The URL can be used to link to this page

2011, 10-11 Regular Meeting AGENDA SPOKANE VALLEY CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING FORMAL MEETING FORMAT Tuesday, October 11,2011 6:00 p.m. Spokane Valley City Hall Council Chambers 11707 E Sprague Avenue Council Requests Please Silence Your Cell Phones During Council Meeting CALL TO ORDER: INVOCATION: Pastor Gary Hebden, "The Intersection" Church PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: ROLL CALL: APPROVAL OF AGENDA: INTRODUCTION OF SPECIAL GUESTS AND PRESENTATIONS: Acknowledgement of LDS Day of Service COMMITTEE,BOARD,LIAISON SUMMARY REPORTS: MAYOR'S REPORT: PUBLIC COMMENTS: This is an opportunity for the public to speak on any subject except those on this agenda as action items. (Action items include public hearings, and those items under NEW BUSINESS. Public Comments will be taken on those items at the time those items are discussed.) When you come to the podium, please state your name and address for the record and limit remarks to three minutes. 1. PUBLIC HEARING: 2012 Budget—Mark Calhoun 2. CONSENT AGENDA: Consists of items considered routine which are approved as a group. Any member of Council may ask that an item be removed from the Consent Agenda to be considered separately. a.Approval of the following claim vouchers: VOUCHER LIST DATE VOUCHER NUMBERS: TOTAL AMOUNT 08-21-2011 3683-3686 $55,065.16 09-22-2011 23940-23989 $944,972.70 09-23-2011 23990-24003 $231,664.76 09-30-2011 24004-24044; 923110042 $79,756.47 09-30-2011 24045-24057 $47,099.68 10-04-2011 5339-5371 (refunds) $4,265.50 GRAND TOTAL $1,362,824.27 b.Approval of Payroll for period ending September 30,2011: $349,449.76 c. Approval of Minutes of September 20,2011 Study Session Format Council Meeting d.Approval of Minutes of September 27,2011 Formal Format,Council Meeting NEW BUSINESS: 3. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-013 Amending Spokane Valley Municipal Code Relative to City Treasurer—Cary Driskell [public comment] Council Agenda 10-11-2011 Regular Meeting Page 1 of 2 4. First Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-014,Bike/Pedestrian Master Program—Mike Basinger [public comment] 5. First Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-015,2012 Levy Property Tax-Mark Calhoun [public comment] 6.First Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-016,2012 tax confirmation—Mark Calhoun [public comment] PUBLIC COMMENTS: This is an opportunity for the public to speak on any subject except those on this agenda as action items. (Action items include public hearings, and those items under NEW BUSINESS. Public Comments will be taken on those items at the time those items are discussed.)When you come to the podium, please state your name and address for the record and limit remarks to three minutes. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS: 7.Animal Control Update—Morgan Koudelka 8. SRCAA(Clean Air Agency)Indirect Source Rule—Bill Dameworth 9. Spokane Valley Fire Dept.Accreditation—Chief Thompson 10.Bonneville Power Franchise—Cary Driskell 11.Advance Agenda INFORMATION ONLY(will not be discussed or reported): 12. School Beacon Grant Opportunity EXECUTIVE SESSION: n/a ADJOURNMENT General Meeting Schedule(meeting schedule is always subject to change) Regular Council meetings are generally held every Tuesday beginning at 6:00 p.m. The Formal meeting formats are generally held the 2nd and 4th Tuesdays. Formal meeting have time allocated for general public comments as well as comments after each action item. The Study Session formats(the less formal meeting) are generally held the 1St 3rd and 5th Tuesdays. Study Session formats DO NOT have time allocated for general public comments; but if action items are included,comments are permitted after those specific action items. NOTICE: Individuals planning to attend the meeting who require special assistance to accommodate physical, hearing, or other impairments, please contact the City Clerk at (509) 921-1000 as soon as possible so that arrangements may be made. Council Agenda 10-11-2011 Regular Meeting Page 2 of 2 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: X Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ❑ new business © public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Public Hearing #3— Proposed 2012 Budget. GOVERNING LEGISLATION: State budget law. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: No formal Council action has been taken on the 2012 Budget. BACKGROUND: This marks the sixth occasion where the Council has discussed the 2012 Budget and by the time the Council is scheduled to adopt the 2012 Budget on November 15, 2011, you will have had an opportunity to discuss it on eight separate occasions, including three public hearings to gather input from citizens: o June 14 Council Budget Retreat o August 9 Admin report: Estimated 2012 revenues and expenditures o August 23 Public hearing #1 on 2012 revenues and expenditures o September 6 City Manager's presentation of preliminary 2012 Budget o September 27 Public hearing #2 on 2012 Budget o October 11 Public hearing #3 on 2012 Budget o October 25 First reading on proposed ordinance adopting the 2012 Budget o November 15 Second reading on proposed ordinance adopting the 2012 Budget Each year City Staff prepare estimates of proposed revenues and expenditures for the next budget cycle and these estimates have been presented to the Council on a number of occasions including a September 6th presentation of the Preliminary 2012 Budget made by Mike Jackson. The purpose of this evenings meeting is to consider input from the public on the Proposed 2012 Budget in the third and final formal Public Hearing. In regards to revenues, we anticipate they will be essentially flat across the board as the economy continues to tread water. As we have discussed with Council in past 2012 Budget presentations, Staff have prepared operating expenditure requests that reflect not greater than a 1% increase over the 2011 Budget. OPTIONS: State law requires this public hearing on the 2012 Proposed Budget. RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: No action is required at this time. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: This information will be incorporated into the 2012 Budget. Given that the budget will not be adopted by the Council until November 15, 2011, it is possible the figures may be modified as we refine estimates of revenues and expenditures. STAFF CONTACT: Mark Calhoun, Finance Director ATTACHMENTS: o 11-year history of CPI o 2010 to 2011 CPI Comparison o Power Point presentation P:IC/erklAgendaPackets for Weblagendapacket 10-11-1111tem 1 RCA 2012 Budg Pb/c Hrng No 3.docx \\SV-FS2\Users\mcalhoun\Budgets\CPI history History of CPI as Published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics 9/21/2011 and Social Security COLAs for the years 2001 through 2011 July to July U;S City Average Year .: CPi U I, CPl W Social Security CPI Increase 2011 3.6 4.1 For calendar year 2011 0.0 2010 1.2 1.6 For calendar year 2010 0.0 2009 -2.1 -2.7 For calendar year 2009 5.8 2008 5.6 6.2 For calendar year 2008 2.3 2007 2.4 2.3 For calendar year 2007 3.3 2006 4.1 :4.3 For calendar year 2006 4.1 2005 3.2 3.3 For calendar year 2005 2.7 2004 3.0 3.0 For calendar year 2004 2.1 2003 2.1 2.0 For calendar year 2003 1.4 2002 1.5 1.3 For calendar year 2002 2.6 2001 2.7 2.6 For calendar year 2001 3.5 average 2.4818 2.5455 average 2.5273 According tothe Bureau of Labor Statisticsi, CPI-U =All Urban Consumers The CPI-U measures consumer inflation for all U.S. residents of urban areas,which accounts for about 87%of the U.S. population. CPI-W= Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers The CPI-W measures consumer price inflation for a subset of the CPI-U population; residents of ubran areas who live in households that: receive more than half of their income from clerical or wage occupations,and have one earner employed for at least 37 weeks during the previous 12 months. The CPI-W covers about 32 percent of the U.S. population. The CPI-U is the most commonly used index because it has the broadest population coverage. However,the CPI-W is used sometimes to make cost-of-living adjustments for labor contracts. CPI comp \\SV-FS2\Users\mcalhoun\Budgets\CPI history CPI as Published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics 9/21/2011 Comparing Change from 2010 to 2011 U S City Average CP14) . I CPI=W January 2010 to January 2011 1.6 1,8 February 2010 to February 2011 2.1 2.3 March 2010 to March 2011 2.7 3 April 2010 to April 2011 3.2 3.6 May 2010 to May 2011 3.6 4.1 June 2010 to June 2011 3.6 4.1 July 2010 to July 2011 3.6 4.1 August 2010 to August 2011 3.8 4.3 September 2010 to September 2011 to be released 10/19/2011 2011 CPI P:1 Finance\For City Council\Yearly GF Act 2006-2010 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY,WA General Fund Revenues,Expenditures and Changes in Fund Balance For the years ended December 31,2006 through 2010 Revenues Property Tax Sales Tax Gambling Tax Franchise Fees/Business Licenses State Shared Revenues Planning&Building Fees Fines and Forfeitures Recreation&Centerpiece Fees Miscellaneous Operating Transfers Total Revenues 2006 Activity 8,043,871.75 18,640,879.65 893,795.12 845,745.38 1,141,723.46 1,959,204.51 1,315,201.45 613,845.27 413,727.94 74,300.00 2007 Activity 9,522,357.67 19,681,665.61 836,404.34 981,813.70 1,271,405.66 2,212,619.10 1,346,221.87 538,373.61 647,187.67 74,300.00 2008 Activity 9,836,088.46 18,327,990.75 846,200.90 1,006,842.12 1,555,368.23 2,241,460.24 1,725,1 86.14 684,313.94 479,847.34 74,300.00 2009 Activity 10,475,750.55 16,323,319.27 735,711.71 1,054,274.63 1,775,506.07 1,652,189.60 1,792,628.84 713,242.37 244,151.17 429,300.00 9/23/2011 2010 Activity 10,741,305.56 16,055,913.49 665,276.40 1,266,776.13 2,090,580.66 1,474,076.07 1,828,409.97 630,945.17 204,511.00 1,016,409.14 33,942,294.53 37,112,349.23 36,777,598.12 35,196,074.21 35,974,203.59 Expenditures Council 206,202.58 237,516.53 261,778.31 295,391.85 316,542.93 City Manager 664,811.30 753,604.47 883,300.39 969,575.91 1,266,410.86 Public Safety 17,037,774.44 17,008,725.78 17,814,951.33 20,538,205.93 21,071,640.18 Deputy City Manager 430,419.87 425,742.11 447,928.18 574,653.73 444,784.22 Finance 465,914.53 648,094.64 765,143.78 1,016,222.06 952,004.03 Human Resources 135,907,36 124,436.43 162,956.07 179,970.72 194,441.61 Public Works 923,231.72 1,116,211.32 767,708.85 672,267.47 703,956.36 Community Development-Administration 0.00 0.00 0.00 305,667.71 311,600.59 CTED Emergng Issues Grant 0.00 0.00 1,657.50 18,342.06 0.00 CTED Grant Services 0.00 0.00 118,741.74 31,258.26 0.00 Community Development-Dev.SvcsiEngineering 0,00 1,783.95 2,224,962.79 663,210.19 601,469.26 Community Development-Planning 1,144,026.93 1,365,026.07 611,723.86 1,026,460.75 914,451.40 Community Development-Building 841,808.12 1,060,908.09 192,721.66 1,058,713.68 1,119,169.99 Library Services 70,887.00 10,199.13 6,665.87 1,910.28 1,011.72 Parks&Rec-Administration 219,824.54 198,254.34 242,686.51 198,279.69 217,186.94 Parks&Rec-Maintenance 665,046.78 715,998.03 615,492.70 701,571.13 680,071.37 Parks&Rec-Recreation 104,246.71 179,367,99 220,559.79 181,217.15 188,622.97 Parks&Rec-Aquatics 214,771.63 232,635.40 294,648.56 352,518.06 420,733.57 Parks&Rec-Senior Center 99,400.14 64,848.15 78,931.29 74,902.37 73,542.93 Parks&Rec-CenterPlace 378,839.29 520,681.64 1,058,519.23 1,135,822.31 1,099,701.83 General Government 8,680,069.10 7,407,881.71 2,061,421.09 2,265,659.41 2,561,707.44 Total Expenditures 32,283,182.04 32,071,915.78 28,832,499.50 32,261,820.72 33,139,050.20 Revenues over(under)expenditures 1,659,112.49 5,040,433.45 7,945,098.62 2,934,253.49 2,835,153.39 Beginning fund balance 7,047,498.89 8,706,611.38 13,747,197.49 21,692,296.11 24,626,549.60 Ending fund balance 8 706 611.38 13,747,044.83 21,692,296.11 24,626,549.60 27,461,702.99 2006-2010 Activity GF Employees at Maximum or nearing Maximum Non-Re presented Employees Employees at Maximum Position Title CITY CLERK PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR BUILDING OFFICIAL PARKS&RECREATION DIRECTOR SENIOR ENGINEER Employees Within 4%of Maximum (Position Title ,PW MAINTENANCE SUPT HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGER Represented Employees Employees at Maximum Position Title SENIOR ENGINEER-PROJ MNGRIPW ENGINEER CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER IT SPECIALIST SENIOR CENTER SPECIALIST ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT ASSOCIATE PLANNER-CURRENT ASSISTANT PLANNER SENIOR ENGINEER PROJ MGMTIPW ENGINEER SENIOR ENGINEER-TRAFFIC RECREATION COORDINATOR CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICER Employees within 4%of Maximum Position Title SENIOR PLANNER-COMM DEVL PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER ENGINEER-STORMWATER ASSISTANT ENGINEER ENGINEERING TECHNICIAN MAINT/CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR 27 of 81 Employees are at or within 4% of the maximum of their grade (33%) 7 of 20 Non-Union employees are at or within 4% of the maximum of their grade(35%) 19 of 61 Represented employees are at or within 4%of the maximum of their grade (31%) City of Spokane Valley Proposed 2012 Budget Public Hearing No . 3 October 11 , 2011 2012 Budget Summary All Funds Total appropriations for all City Funds of $57.0 million including $11 .3 million in capital expenditures. Budgets will be adopted across 21 separate funds. Budget will include a new Aquifer Protection Area Fund. FTE count will remain unchanged at 87.25 employees. 2012 operating expenditure increases have been held at or below 1 % over 2011 . Street Fund budget includes an additional $500,000 for street preservation, plus an additional $100,000 to be set aside for future replacements of snow plows. 10/6/2011 2 General Fund REVENUES: Total recurring 2012 revenues of $34,908,800 as compared to $34,827, 125 in 2011 . 2 largest sources are Sales Tax and Property Tax which are collectively estimated to account for 77% of 2012 General Fund revenues. Sales Tax is estimated at $16.2 million — identical to 2011 . Property Tax levy will not include the 1 % increase authorized by #747. 2012 Levy is estimated at $10,808,900 Levy assumes we start with the 2011 levy of $10,732,863 + new construction of $76,083 = $10,808,946 Based upon a tax levy of $10,808,946 on assessed values of $7, 108,291 ,375, the 2012 levy rate would be $1 .5206 per $1 ,000 10/6/2011 3 General Fund Change in 2012 Property Tax Revenue: 2011 Actual levy +% increase 2012 Levy after increase 10,736,863 + New construction 17,137 Total 2012 levy $10,750,000 $10,808,946 Prior Estimate $10,732,863 0 Curren timate $10,732,863 0 10,732,863 76,083 Change in 2012 Property Tax Levy: Preliminary assessed value Levy rate per $1 ,000 • ip it: Curre t Estimate $7,084,009,988 $7,108,291 ,375 $1 .5175 $1 .5206 10/6/2011 4 General Fund REVENUES: Initiative #1183 that will come before the voters on November 8, 2011 would privatize the distribution and retail sale of liquor in Washington. Similar in concept to Initiatives 1100 and 1105 which failed in 2010. Should have no impact on the liquor excise tax (estimated at $451 ,400 in 2012). It appears that Liquor Board Profits currently estimated at $557,800 in the 2012 Budget will not be impacted by the initiative (per a Fiscal Impact Statement prepared by the Washington State Office of Financial Management). 10/6/2011 5 General Fund EXPENDITURES: 2012 Recurring expenditures of $34,660,900 as compared to $34,825,086 in 2011 (decrease of $164, 186). The 2012 budget presumes service levels that are consistent with those provided in 2011 with neither significant enhancements or reductions in any area of operations. 2012 Nonrecurring expenditures are $535,600, including: An $89,000 interfund transfer for Street Capital Proj . A $100,000 interfund transfer for Park Capital Proj . A $346,600 contingency/emergency appropriation that represents 1 % of recurring expenditures 10/6/2011 6 Significant Sources of Revenues of Other Funds Motor Vehicle Fuel Tax revenue that is collected by the State. Estimated to be $1 ,905,800 with $1 ,897,800 going to the Street O&M Fund and $8,000 to Paths & Trails. Telephone Taxes that are remitted to the City and support Street Fund operations and maintenance are anticipated to be $3,000,000. Real Estate Excise Tax (REET) revenues that are in large part used to match grant funded street projects are anticipated to total $950,000. Hotel/Motel Tax revenues that are dedicated to the promotion of visitors and tourism are anticipated to be $430,000. 10/6/2011 7 Prioritization of Capital Projects Discussed at June 14 , 2011 Council Retreat TIP planned projects and/or projects currently without funding Vote: New Projects a, West gateway at Thierman $120,000 Vote: b) Mission Ave. Trailhead $150,000 Vote: c) University / Appleway Landscaping $100,000 Vote: d) Design Park Road/Vista Rd Quiet Zone Vote: 3. Street Preservation Vote 4 None — Don't spend these Vote: 5. Appleway Landscaping — Park to University Vote: 6 Sprague Swale Landscaping Vote: Highest Priority Second Priority 00 • ot- 10/6/2011 8 Prioritization of Capital Projects Discussed at June 14 , 2011 Council Retreat Sources of Financing for Projects: Fund #311 — Street Capital Improvements Fund 2011 + Adopted General Fund 2011 Budget $ 500,000 Amended General Fund 2011 Budget (40%>$26 million ending 2010 FB) 584,681 $1 ,084,681 Fund #101 — Street O&M Fund 2012 Prelim Budget — Street Preservation 500,000 $1 ,584,681 Fund #403 — Aquifer Protection Area Fund 2011 estimated revenue 2012 estimated revenue $ 500,000 500,000 $1 ,000,000 10/6/2011 9 Future City Council Budget Discussions Oct. 25 — First reading of proposed ordinance adopting 2012 Budget. Nov. 15 — Second reading of proposed ordinance adopting 2012 Budget. 10/6/2011 10 AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY AND THE WASHINGTON STATE COUNCIL OF COUNTY AND CITY EMPLOYEES LOCAL 270-V,AFSCME January 1,2010-December 31,2012 c;o°1- 211 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 -EMBODIMENT 1 ARTICLE 2--RECOGNITION 2 ARTICLE 3 -UNION SECURITY • 2 ARTICLE 4-SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES 4 ARTICLE 5 --SENIORITY 9 ARTICLE 6-BULLETIN BOARDS, UNION OFFICIALS TIME OFF AND VISITATION 10 ARTICLE 7--MANAGEMENT RIGHTS 12 ARTICLE 8--PROBATION AND DISCIPLINE 14 ARTICLE 9-WAGES 16 ARTICLE 10 HOURS OF WORK I9 ARTICLE 1 I -GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 ARTICLE 12 HEALTH AND WELL-BEING 22 ARTICLE [3 -SICK LEAVE 25 ARTICLE 14-ADDITIONAL REASONS FOR LEAVE 26 ARTICLE 15-VACATION LEAVE 28 ARTICLE 16-HOLIDAYS 29 ARTICLE 17- DRUG TESTING 31 ARTICLE 18-LOCKOUTS 3I ARTICLE 19-SAVING CLAUSE 32 PREAMBLE This Agreement entered into by the City of Spokane Valley, hereinafter referred to as the City, and the Washington State Council of County and City Employees, Local 270-V AFSCME, AFL-CIO, hereinafter referred to as the Union,has as its purpose the promotion of harmonious relations between the City and the Union; the establishment of an equitable and peaceful procedure for the resolution of differences; and the establishment of rates of pay, hours of work and other conditions of employment. TERM OF AGREEMENT This Agreement shall become effective on the 1st day of January, 2010, and shall continue in full force and effect through the 3 lst clay of December, 2012. The City and Union agree to eommence negotiations for a successor eontract at least 60 clays prior to the termination of the Agreement. If either party fails to provide notice of an intent to negotiate a successor agreement,the term of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect for the next year. ARTICLE 1 —EMBODIMENT 1.1 It is mutually agreed that the City management and Local 270-V shall work together individually and collectively to provide the public with efficient and courteous service, to encourage good attendance of employees, and to promote a climate of labor relations that will aid in achieving a high level of efficiency in all departments of City government. 1.2 This Agreement expressed herein in writing constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and no oral statement or practice shall add to or supersede any of its provisions. The parties acknowledge that during the negotiations which preceded this Agreement, each had the right and opportunity to make demands and proposals with respect to any subject or matter not removed by law from the area of collective bargaining and that the understandings and agreements arrived at by the parties after the exercise of that right and opportunity are set forth in this Agreement. Therefore, the City and the Union, for the life of this Agreement,each voluntarily and unqualifiedly waive the right, and each agree that the other shall not be obligated to bargain collectively with respect to any mandatory subject of bargaining not specifically referred to, or not settled, during the course of these negotiations. Such matters shall also not be subject to the grievance procedure. ARTICLE 2--RECOGNITION The City recognizes the Union as the sole and exclusive bargaining representative for all eligible fulltime and regular part-time non-uniformed employees in professional, technical and clerical positions in the Executive and Legislative Support, Community Development, Public Works, Parks and Recreation, and Operations and Administration Departments of the City of Spokane Valley, excluding supervisors, confidential employees, seasonal employees and casual employees. A seasonal or casual employee is any employee hired to work for no more than six continuous months or 1040 hours in a calendar year, whichever is greater. ARTICLE 3—UNION SECURITY 3.1 Union Security. Each employee who, on June 1, 2006, is a dues-paying member of the Union, shall, as a condition of employment, maintain his/her dues-paying membership in the Union during the term of this Agreement. Employees who are not dues-paying members of 2 the Union prior to June 1, 2006 shall have the option of choosing to become or not become dues- paying members of the Union, New employees hired after June 1, 2006 shall, as a condition of employment, become a dues-paying member of the Union after thirty-one(31) days or as a condition of employment, any employee hired after June 1, 2006, who does not wish to be a dues-paying member of the Union, shall proportionately and fairly share in the cost of the collective bargaining process by paying to the Union a maintenance fee equivalent to the amount of dues uniformly required of each member of the bargaining unit. Should any employee be opposed to joining the Union by bona fide religious tenets or teachings of a church or religious body of which said public employee is a member, that public employee shall pay an amount of money equivalent to regular Union dues to a non-religious charity or to another charitable organization mutually agreed upon by the public employee affected and the bargaining representative to which said public employee would otherwise pay the dues. The public employee shall furnish written proof that such payment has been made. If no decision can be reached on an acceptable charitable organization, the Public Employment Relations'Commission shall designate the charitable organization. Should a bargaining unit member who is required under the provisions above to become a dues-paying member and maintain such membership in good standing fail to do so after receiving notice of default from the Union, the Union shall provide the City with a request to terminate the employee's employment under this Article, and documentation substantiating the employee's noncompliance and receipt of notice of default. On a one-time basis, the City will offer the employee a one-week unpaid Decision Making Leave. At the expiration of the . Decision Making Leave, the employee must comply with the above by paying his/her dues or entering into a payment plan with the Union to do so, paying a maintenance fee or the equivalent 3 to a charitable organization based upon bona fide religious tenets or teachings of a church, or leave the City's employ. 3.2 Dues Check-Off. The City agrees to deduct, once each month, dues from the pay of those employees who individually request in writing that such deductions be made, The amounts to be deducted shall be certified to the City by the Treasurer of the Union, and the aggregate deductions of all employees shall be remitted together with an itemized statement to . the Treasurer of the Union. The Union shall notify the City at least thirty(30) clays in advance of any changes in its fees. Dues shall be deducted one half each pay period. 3.3 Defense/Indemnity. The Union agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City harmless against any and all claims, suits,orders or judgments brought or issued against the City as a result of any action taken or not taken by the City under the provisions of this Article. ARTICLE 4—SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES 4.1 Grievance Defined.. A grievance is defined as any dispute involving the interpretation, application or alleged violation of any provisions of this Agreement. 4.2 Time Limits. Time limits within the grievance procedure may be waived or extended by the mutual agreement of both parties. If the Union,on behalf of the employee(s), fails to act or respond within the specified time limits, the grievance will be considered waived. If the City fails to respond within the specified time limits, the grievance shall proceed to the next step of the grievance procedure, 4 The day after the event, act or omission shall be the first day of a timeline under this Article. In the event a time limit under this Article ends on a weekend or holiday, the deadline will automatically be extended to the following business day. Submissions will be considered timely under this Article if they are received by 5:00 p.m. on the last day called for under an applicable time limit. Submission of Grievances and Responses. All grievances not resolved at the supervisory level and requests for arbitration must be submitted to the appropriate Department Director and City's Chief Human Resources Officer or designee, by fax, hard copy, and/or electronic mail. The grievance shalt include the facts giving rise to the grievance, the section(s) of the Agreement allegedly violated, and the remedy sought. All City responses will be submitted to the Union's Spokane business office by hard copy or fax. 4.2.1 Employee Representation. Grievances may be filed by the Union on behalf of an employee or on behalf of a group of employees. The grievance will state the name of the employee or the names of the group of employees. The Union, as exclusive representative, is considered the only representative of the employee in each step of the grievance procedure and at any meetings scheduled to discuss a grievance. The Union has the right in each step of a grievance to designate the person who will represent the employee on behalf of the Union. 4.3.2 Resolution. (a) Step I. Employees are encouraged to attempt to resolve complaints through informal discussion with their supervisors. The parties are encouraged to 5 meet and discuss the issues raised in the grievance and explore options for resolving the grievance at each step in the dispute resolution process. The City and Union may also agree to by-pass any of the steps in the grievance process, (b) Step 2,. If the parties are unable to resolve the grievance at the supervisor level, the Union, on behalf of the aggrieved employee shall submit the grievance in writing to the Department Director of the relevant department and Chief Human Resources Officer, within thirty(30) calendar days of the day the employee or Union knew or reasonably should have known of the events giving rise to the grievance. The appropriate Department Director or designee shall respond to the grievance in writing within fourteen (14) calendar days of its receipt. (c) Step 3. If the parties are unable to resolve the grievance after discussing the issue with the Department Director, the Union shall submit the written grievance to the City Manager within fourteen days of its receipt of the Department Director or designee's response. The City Manager or his designee shall respond in writing to the grievance within fourteen (14) calendar days following its receipt. (d) Step 4. Should the preceding steps fail to resolve the grievance, the Union shall notify the City in writing within fourteen(14) calendar days after its receipt of the City Manager or designee's response of its intent to move the grievance to arbitration. 4.3 Arbitrator Selection. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the Union's notification, the parties shall confer and attempt to agree on a neutral arbitrator. If unable to reach agreement, they shall request a list of eleven (11) arbitrators from the Federal Mediation Conciliation Services ("FMCS"), If the parties are unable to obtain a list from 6 FMCS, they may request a list from the Public Employment Relations Commission (PERC). The list shall be limited to arbitrators from Washington and/or Oregon. Within fourteen (14) calendar days following the receipt of the list of eligible arbitrators, the parties' representatives shall meet to select an arbitrator. If the parties are unable to mutually agree upon an arbitrator, they shall each strike five arbitrators from the list in an alternating order, and the remaining arbitrator shall hear the dispute. The party exercising the first strike shalt be the loser of a flip of a coin. 4.4 Rules Governing Arbitration. The arbitrator will: (a) Be limited to interpreting and applying the terms of this Agreement, and will have no authority to rule contrary to, add to, subtract from,or modify any of the provisions of this Agreement; (b) Be limited in his or her decision to the grievance issue(s) set forth in the original written grievance unless the parties agree to modify it; (c) Not make any award that provides an employee with compensation greater than would have resulted had there been no violation of this Agreement, and shall limit any award of back pay or other remedy to no more than 30 days prior to the submission of the grievance in writing to the supervisor(unless the amount owing is due to a payroll error); and (d) Not reduce the discipline rendered if he/she finds there was just cause for disciplinary action as defined in Article 8.3 7 4.5 Arbitrator's Decision. The Arbitrator shall issue a written decision to the parties within thirty(30) calendar days of the close of the hearing or the submission of post-hearing briefs, whichever is later. The decision shall be final,conclusive and binding on the City, the Union and the employees; provided that the decision does not include action by the arbitrator beyond his or her jurisdiction. 4.6 Arbitration Costs. The expenses and fees of the arbitrator and the cost(if any)of the hearing room will be shared equally by the parties. If either party desires a record of the arbitration, a court reporter may be used. If that party purchases a transcript,a copy will be provided to the arbitrator, free of charge. If the other party desires a copy of the transcript, it will pay for half of the costs of the fee for the court reporter, the original transcript and a copy. Each party is responsible for the costs of its staff representatives, attorneys, and all other costs related to the development and presentation of its case. 4.7 Election of Remedies. The parties agree that the grievance procedure contained in this Agreement shall be the employee's sole remedy for issues covered by this Agreement, provided that employees may also seek redress or review by an external body, whether administrative or judicial, of alleged violations of the employee's statutory rights. 8 ARTICLE 5 SENIORITY 5.1 Job Classification Seniority Defined. The length of continuous service in the employee's job classification. 5.2 Seniority List, The City shall prepare a list of full time employees showing their seniority and deliver the same to the Union on an annual basis, Upon completion of their probationary period, new employees shall be added to the seniority list. The list shall reflect the employee's name, classification and date of appointment, classification seniority and length of service with the City. 5.3 Layoff. A reduction in force is accomplished in accordance with this Article. • 5.3.1 Purpose and Notice. In the event that the City determines that financial or operational needs require a layoff, the City will identify the specific position(s)and/or employees affected by the layoff, and will provide a minimum of fourteen(14)days notice to the employee(s)designated for layoff, 5.3.2 Selection of Layoff,. In the event there is more than one employee in a position identified for a reduction-in-force, the City shall consider the employee's ability,performance and qualifications to perform the remaining job; where ability, performance and qualifications are judged equal by the City, classification seniority will be the determining factor. 5.3.3 Layoff Recall. Employees are eligible for recall to the position in which they were laid off in the inverse order in which they were laid off assuming they 9 are qualified to perform the position. An employee on layoff must keep the City informed of the address and telephone number where he/she can be contacted, if the City is unable to contact the employee within ten (10) calendar days, the City's obligation to recall the employee shall cease. The City shall have no obligation to recall an employee after helshe has been on continuous layoff for a period exceeding nine (9) months. Should an employee not return to work when recalled, the City shall have no further obligation to recall him/her, ARTICLE 6—BULLETIN BOARDS, UNION OFFICIALS TIME OFF AND VISITATION, 6.1 Bulletin Boards. The City shall allow the Union to use a designated Bulletin Board for official Union postings. Material posted on the bulletin board shall be appropriate to the workplace, and in compliance with state ethics laws, election laws and identified as Union literature. 6.2 Officers and Stewards. The Union shall furnish to the City an up-to-date list of officers and stewards and their work locations at least annually with changes as they occur to the Human Resources Department. 6.3 Union Officials Time Off for Collective Bargaining. Up to two union officials shall be granted up to two hours paid time-off to participate in each labor negotiation session on behalf of employees in the bargaining unit, provided that the request for time off is approved in advance by the supervisor. Supervisors may deny a request for time off to perform union activities and/or request that the employee seek a delay of the meeting for which time is sought if 10 the employee's absence would adversely impact the City's operations or the employee's presence is necessary to complete a time-sensitive assignment. 6.4 Union Activities. Shop stewards identified by the list cited in 6.2 above, may use paid time to conduct collective bargaining with the City as set forth in Article 6.3, attend investigatory interviews conducted by the City where the employee reasonably expects discipline will follow and has requested Union representation (Weingarten interview), and represent employees in grievance meetings and Loudermill hearings with the City. except as set specifically forth above, the City shall not compensate bargaining unit employees and shop stewards for union related activities. Union officers, stewards and negotiating team members must notify their supervisors before performing any representational activities that will take them away from work for a period of longer than fifteen (15) minutes, and all such time must be recorded on the employee's time sheet. Supervisors may deny a request for time off to perform union activities and/or request that the employee seek a delay of the meeting for which time is sought if the employee's absence would adversely impact the City's operations or the employee's presence is necessary to complete a time-sensitive assignment. 6.5 Visitation. With reasonable advance notice, a representative of the Union may visit the work location of the employees covered by the Agreement at a reasonable time for the purpose of investigating grievances. Said representative shall limit his activities during such investigations to matters relating to this Agreement, and such visits shall be conducted in a manner that will not be disruptive to City operations or interrupt employees' work time. Work hours shall not be used by employees or the Union for the promotion of Union affairs other than as stated above. 11 ARTICLE 7—MANAGEMENT RIGHTS 7.1 Management Rights. The City reserves the right to manage its affairs in accord with its lawful mandate, and retains all management powers and authority recognized by law and not specifically abridged, delegated or modified by the terms of this Agreement. 7.2 Examples of Management Rights. The City's sole and exclusive rights include, but are not limited to, the rights to: 7.2.1 Plan, direct and control all operations and services of the City; 7.2.2 Establish the mission, budget, strategic direction,service levels, staffing levels and resource requirements for all operations and services; 7.2.3 Develop, interpret,amend and enforce reasonable written policies, procedures, rules or regulations governing the workplace, including those described in the City's Administrative Policies and Procedures, as amended from time to time, . provided that such policies,procedures, rules and regulations do not conflict with the provisions of this Agreement; 7.2.4 Determine the methods,means, organization and number of personnel by which such operations and services shall be made or purchased; 7.2.5 Supervise, transfer, promote and direct employees; 7.2.6 Plan and implement any reductions in force, including the determination of the reason for any reduction in force and the identification of the specific position(s) or job classifications affected by a reduction in force; I2 7.2.7 Assign work, schedule the hours of work, alter work schedules, and assign or change work locations, subject to Article 10; 7.2.8 Authorize overtime; 7.2.9 Establish the duties and responsibilities of positions and employees, including the development and alteration of classification and job descriptions; 7.2.10 Establish and implement policies and procedures for evaluating the performance of employees; 7.2.11 Determine all levels of staffing, including the number of employees and other personnel to be assigned to duty at any time; 7.2.12 Recruit, hire and promote employees into positions based on standards established by the City; 7.2.13 Determine whether duties, tasks, or services should be performed by non-unit personnel, including other employees, volunteers, Department of Labor and Industries' workers, interns or third party contractors, However, if the City's proposed use of the above would reduce the number of authorized full time positions in each classification in the bargaining unit as of June 1, 2006, the parties agree to abide by RCW • 41.56; 7.2.14 Discipline or discharge probationary employees as it deems appropriate, and to discipline or discharge employees who have completed probation for cause as set forth in Article 8.3; 13 7,2.15 Perform all other functions not expressly limited by this Agreement. 7.3 Bargaining Obligation. Except as provided by this Article, the parties acknowledge their obligation to bargain regarding matters affecting wages, hours and working conditions. ARTICLE 8—PROBATION AND DISCIPLINE 8.1 All new employees will be required to serve a probationary period of six(6) months from the date of hire. The probationary period may be extended up to six(6) months at the City's discretion. The City may discharge a probationary employee at its sole discretion and without just cause upon written notice to the employee and the Union, Employees serving their probationary period shall have no access to the Settlement of Disputes procedure in Article 4 above. Employees shall accrue sick and vacation leave benefits under this Agreement during their probationary period, but shall not be entitled to use vacation benefits until they have successfully completed their probationary period, 8.2 Promotion Probation. It is the policy of the City to advertise position openings. Qualified employees may apply for vacant City positions that represent a promotional opportunity for a current employee. All employees receiving a promotional appointment will serve a six(6) month probation, The probation may be extended an additional six months at the City's discretion. During the probationary period, an employee may revert to his/her previously held position if the position is vacant or filled by a temporary or casual employee, and the employee still meets the minimum qualifications for the position. If the City determines that an [4 employee is not succeeding in his/her new position, the employee may also revert to the employee's previously held position if the position is vacant, or filled by a temporary or casual employee, and the employee still meets the minimum qualifications for the position. If the position is not vacant or the employee no longer meets the minimum qualifications, the employee will be terminated and available for recall under Article 5.3. The City's determination that an employee has not succeeded in a position during this probationary period may not be challenged through the grievance procedure. Nothing in this Article is intended to affect the City's right to discharge or otherwise discipline a probationary employee for misconduct. 8.3 Discipline. The City has the right to reprimand, suspend, demote or terminate nonprobationary employees for just cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the parties agree that just cause means a legitimate and reasonable reason for discipline. Discipline generally will be progressive, however, serious misconduct may be grounds for immediate termination. The determination of whether circumstances warrant immediate suspension or termination shall be made by the City. 8.4 Notice and Appeal Rights. The City will advise employees that they have the right to request union representation during an investigatory interview with the City in which they are the subject of alleged misconduct that may result in disciplinary action. Employees shall have the right to a Loudermill hearing if the proposed discipline involves a demotion, suspension or termination. Employees who have been demoted, suspended or terminated have the right to appeal such actions through the Settlement of Dispute procedure if they submit their grievance in writing to the Chief Human Resources Officer within ten (l0) working days of the date the discipline was issued. Oral reprimands are not subject to the Settlement of Dispute 15 procedure. Written reprimands can only be processed through Step 2 of the Settlement of Dispute procedure, and may not be taken to arbitration, ARTICLE 9—WAGES 9.1 Salary Matrix. A schedule of all job classifications, their salary ranges and possible steps for progression are set forth in the Appendix A to this Agreement. As set forth in Article 9.3, the City retains the discretion to grant or deny a step increase based upon an employee's performance, as determined by the City. The Salary Matrix for positions covered by this Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of both parties. Beginning 1-1-2010, the salary matrix as of December 31, 2009 will be increased across the board to reflect a 2.5% increase. Beginning 1-1-2011,the salary matrix as of December 31, 2010 will be increased across the board to reflect a 2.5% increase. Beginning 1-1-2012, the salary matrix as of December 31, 2011 will be increased across the board to reflect a 2.5% increase. 9.2 Salary Steps. An employee will typically be hired at Step l in their job classification range of the City's Salary Matrix. At the City's discretion, employees may be hired at a step higher than Step 1 in the Salary Matrix. 9.3 Step Increase. Annually on the first day following the employee's anniversary date, the employee's monthly base salary will be increased, at a minimum, to the next step in the Salary Matrix if the employee's annual twelve (12) month performance evaluation indicates 16 satisfactory job performance as determined by the City. Once an employee's salary reaches the open range in the Salary Matrix, the City may grant the employee a zero to six percent increase based upon the employee's performance as determined by the City. Within ten days of receiving his/her annual performance evaluation, the employee may meet with Human Resources to discuss the annual performance evaluation to provide any information they may want the City to consider prior to a decision on the step increase. The City retains the sole right to determine the amount of the percent increase. An employee's anniversary date is defined as their date of hire or most recent date of reclassification as adjusted with Leave of Absence Without Pay as defined by City Policy 200,530, Miscellaneous Leaves. If the employee's annual performance evaluation indicates below-satisfactory performance as determined by the City, the employee may not be increased to the next step in the Salary Matrix. The City may reevaluate the non- increased employee after 180 days, and if a non-increased employee's performance is satisfactory at the end of that review period, the City may increase the employee's monthly base salary to the next step in the Salary Matrix. [fa non-increased employee's performance remains below satisfactory at the end of the 180 day period as determined by the City, the employee will remain at their current step until their next regular twelve(12) month performance evaluation. The City shall have the exclusive right to evaluate an employee's performance, and such performance evaluations will not be subject to the Settlement of Disputes procedure set forth in Article 4. 9.4 Overtime. Permanent hourly employees shall be compensated at time and one- half 0-1/2) the employee's hourly rate of pay for all work performed in excess of forty(40) hours in any workweek. All overtime must be pre-approved in writing by the Employee's Supervisor except in emergency situations, in which case the overtime must be approved in 17 writing as soon as reasonably possible. Employees will not be allowed to receive more than one overtime rate or premium pay for the same hours worked. 9.5 Exempt Personnel. Each exempt employee shall be credited with forty hours of administrative leave at the beginning each calendar year. Employees hired after January 1 of a year shall receive a prorated amount of such leave. Accrued Administrative Leave must be used in the year in which it is accrued. 9.6 Social Security Substitute Plan. The City has chosen not to opt into the federal Social Security System for eligible employees who were otherwise covered by a qualified retirement system. Instead, the City participates in a 401A social security substitute plan. The City will make benefit contributions as provided for in City Resolution 03-020 as may be amended from time to time. 9.7 Pension. The City and Employees shall participate in the Washington Public Employees' Retirement System as set forth in RCW 41.44. 9.8 Dual Grade Positions. When a position is established by the City having two or more pay grades, the initial placement of an employee into a grade will determine the grade they will remain in except by the promotion or reclassification of the employee to a position having a higher pay grade. 9.9 After review of the salary matrix by the City, effective 1-1-2010 a comprehensive matrix amendment will be made to the City's salary matrix resulting in a 3.0% increase to each grade. 18 ARTICLE 10—HOURS OF WORK 10.1 Work Schedules/Shifts. The standard workweek for purposes of computing overtime for hourly employees shall begin at 12:01 a.m. Monday and shall conclude Sunday at 12:00 midnight. The City may assign appropriate work schedules and shifts. The City may alter work schedules and shifts with seven days advance notice to the employee (the City retains the right to make temporary modifications to the schedules of employees without notice to meet Department and City needs). 10,1.1 Compressed Work Schedules. With the City Manager's approval, employees may be allowed to work compressed work schedules using alternative work weeks. The alternative work week will determine the computation of hours worked, the length of the meal period as well as the computation of overtime compensation. The City retains the right to end the compressed work schedule of an employee or group of employees at any time. Compressed work schedules shall not interfere with the City's ability to provide service to customers nor shall they cause a budgetary impact. The denial or ending of a requested compressed work schedule is not subject to the settlement of disputes article set forth in this agreement. 10.2 Work Day. The normal working hours for full-time employees are eight hours, from 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Monday through Friday, with an unpaid one hour lunch period. The City retains the right to schedule or require employees to return to work outside these hours and days to meet Department and City needs. 19 10.2.1 Return to Work. Employees may be required to respond during off-duty times to return to work when operational needs of the City require them to do so. 10.2.2 Employees notified of an anticipated need for them to return to work wil I provide the City a current contact phone number and be ready, willing and able to return to work as soon as possible(i.e. 30 to 45 minutes). 10.2.3 Employees will be paid at their normal rate of pay after arriving at the designated work site and beginning to perform the duties required. If the response causes an hourly employee to exceed 40 hours of actual work in their assigned workweek, overtime compensation will apply. Employees required to physically return to work will be allowed to work a minimum of two hours. If the amount of work that required the employee to respond takes less than two hours to complete, employees may choose not to work the entire two hours. Employees will only be paid for the hours they actually worked. If the employee is able to complete the work from home they will only be paid for time they actually worked. 10.3 Department Directors also have the discretion to grant an employee's request to adjust his/her hours of work so that the employee begins his/her work schedule up to an hour earlier or later than the normal 8:00 am starting time and completes his/her work day up to an hour earlier or later than 5:00 pm, for a total of not less than eight hours of work. In exercising this discretion, Department Directors may consider a number of factors, which may include the employee's preference, customer needs and the City's ability to best serve the public. The Department Director's decision to grant or deny a request to modify the work hours as set forth in this section is not subject to the Settlement of Disputes procedure. 20 10.4 Meal and Rest Periods. Employees will receive one hour off, without pay, except as provided in 10,1,1 for a meal during any shift lasting longer than five (5) hours. Meal periods shall be scheduled by the supervisor in light of a number of factors, which may include the employee's preference, customer needs and the City's ability to best serve the public, Meal periods may not be banked for late arrival or early departure from work. 10.5 Rest Periods. Employees shall receive a fifteen(15)minute paid rest period for each four (4)hours worked, Employees need not be given a scheduled rest period when the nature of the work allows intermittent rest periods that total fifteen minutes during each four hours of work. Intermittent is defined as intervals of short duration in which employees are allowed to relax and rest, or a brief inactivity from work or exertion such as the time spent on a personal phone call,or taking a smoking break, Such rest time shall total fifteen minutes per four hours of work. Rest breaks may not be skipped and banked to be used for late arrival or early departure from work or for purposes of receiving overtime. ARTICLE 1 1^GENERAL PROVISIONS 11.1 No Discrimination. The City and the Union mutually agree that there should be no unlawful discrimination against any Employee or applicant for employment because of age, race, creed,color, sex; sexual orientation, national origin, mental or physical disability, marital Status, honorably discharged veteran or military status, use of a trained dog guide or service animal by a person with a disability or Union activity. All references to Employees in this Agreement designate both sexes. 21 11.2 Rules. The City reasonably expects its employees to meet high standards of performance to ensure the City provides quality public service. The Union recognizes the City's inherent and traditional right to establish reasonable work rules, and require their observance. Copies of any new rules or amendments to existing rules shall be provided to the Union 14 days prior to their implementation except in emergency circumstances. 11.3 New and Terminated Employees. The City agrees to notify the Union at the end of each calendar quarter if new eligible bargaining unit employees are hired or terminated during that quarter. Such listing shall contain the names of the employees, along with their job classifications, and work locations, 11.4 Labor Management Meetings. It is mutually agreed that the negotiating committee for Local 270-V and the negotiating committee for the City shall conduct regular labor/management meetings for the purpose of resolving problems that may arise. Safety items shall be included as eligible topics for discussion in labor/management meetings. Meetings shall be conducted quarterly, but they may be scheduled more or less often by mutual agreement. ARTICLE 12--HEALTH AND WELL-BEING 12.1 Insurance Plan. For the duration of this Agreement, the City shall make available an insurance program offered through the Association of Washington Cities or other provider consistent with article 12.4,or in conformity with state and/or federal law, to regular full-time and regular part-time employees and their eligible spouses/dependents, including medical, dental, vision, and employee long-term disability insurance coverage. This insurance program includes the following plans as they currently exist or as may be amended from time to time, 22 12.1,1 Medical Insurance.Employees may choose between the following medical plans: AWC HealthFirst or AWC Group Health Cooperative Copay Plan 2 as may be amended from time to time. The City shall pay up to the following base contribution rates for full-time eligible employees based upon the coverage chosen by the employee: $353,55 for employee coverage $524.70 for employee and one dependent coverage $707.65 for employee and spouse coverage $666.10 for employee and two or more dependent coverage $878.80 for employee and spouse and one dependent coverage $962.27 for employee and spouse and two or more dependent coverage Should the 2010 contribution rates as required by AWC or any future plan provider exceed the base contribution rates set forth above, the City will pay sixty percent(60%) of the increase and employees will pay forty(40%)of the increase. Should the 2011 contribution rates as required by AWC or any future plan provider exceed the base contribution rates set forth above, the City will pay sixty percent(60%)of the increase and employees will pay forty(40%) of the increase. Should the 2012 contribution rates as required by AWC or any future plan provider exceed the base contribution rates set forth above, the City will pay sixty percent(60%)of the increase and employees will pay forty(40%) of the increase. The employee's share of any contribution rates as set forth above shall be deducted one half each pay period from the employee's paycheck. 23 121.2 Regular Part-Time Employees. The City will contribute a pro-rata amount of the cost of employee and dependent health coverage for part-time employees based upon the number of hours worked and according to the terms of the provider. Such contribution shall not exceed the current pro-rated contribution rate consistent with the terms of 12.1.1. 12.1.3 Dental The City will provide eligible full time employees and their dependents, if any, covered under their medical plan,with dental coverage through AWC Washington Dental Service Plan B, as may be amended from time to time. 12.1.4 Vision Insurance. The City will provide eligible full time employees and their dependents, if any, covered under their medical plan with vision insurance through the AWC Vision Service Plan as may be amended from time to time, 12,1.5 Long-Term Disability Insurance. The City will provide long-term disability insurance for eligible full time employees through the AWC Standard Insurance Long Term Disability Option 1, as may be amended from time to time. 12.2 Life Insurance. The City will provide a life insurance benefit equal to one-times the employee's annual salary for all regular full time employees. 12.3 Employee Assistance Program The City will participate in an Employee Assistance Program (RAP) in order to provide confidential assistance to employees on family, work, personal or substance abuse issues, EAP assistance may be initiated by either the employee or the employer. 12.4 Cost Containment. In the interest of containing costs, the City may elect different insurance carriers and adopt different insurance plans than those currently described in Article 24 12.1. The Union shall be advised of these changes and must request bargaining of those changes within five days of receiving notice or shall be deemed to have consented to the changes. 12.5 Changes to Insurance Plans. In the event that the health plan providers cause changes to the benefits included in the health insurance plans specified in this Article during the term of this Agreement, the City will notify the Union of those changes, ARTICLE 13—SICK LEAVE 13,1 Sick Leave Accrual. Full-time employees shall accrue sick leave at the rate of eight(8)hours for each completed calendar month of active service;provided that an employee does not have more than ten(10)days leave without pay in that month, Part-time employees shall accrue sick leave on a prorated basis. I3.2 Use of Accrued Sick Leave, Employees' accrued sick leave balances will be charged for the actual time of any sick leave used. Accrued sick leave may be used only for the employee's own illness or injury, for preventative care or as authorized by RCW 49.12.270 and the Washington Family Care Rules, WAC Chapter 296-130 as maybe amended from time to time. The City shall have the right to send an employee home and require the use of accrued sick leave if it reasonably believes the employee is unfit for duty or the employee's illness or injury prevents proper performance of the job and/or unreasonably exposes other employees to illness. The City shall also have the right to require an employee to undergo a fitness-for-duty examination before returning to work. 13,3 Sick Leave Verification. Employees must notify their supervisor as soon as reasonably possible when they will be absent due to illness or injury. The City may require a 25 written medical certificate for absences of three (3) or more consecutive days, where excessive absenteeism or tardiness occurs, or where there is reason to suspect sick leave abuse. Abuse of sick leave or excessive absenteeism or tardiness may be grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination. An employee returning to work after a sick leave absence of three (3) or more consecutive days may be required to provide written certification from his or her health care provider that the employee is able to return to work and perform the essential functions of the job with or without reasonable accommodation. 13,4 Annual Sick Leave Carry-forward and Cash-out. Accrued sick leave may be carried forward at year end,provided that no employee may accrue more than seven hundred twenty(720) total hours of sick leave. After an employee has accrued 720 hours of sick leave, the employee may convert up to ninety six (96) hours of sick leave to cash. For purposes of converting sick leave to cash, each hour of accrued sick leave shall be paid out by valuing the same as 25%of the employee's regular wage. For example, 96 hours of sick leave may be converted to 24 hours of regular pay. Any payout will be included in the last pay period of the year. ARTICLE 14—ADDITIONAL REASONS FOR LEAVE 14.1 Family Medical Leave. Employees shall receive family medical, disability, exigency/care for a service member or pregnancy leave as required by state and federal law. Employees must use any accrued and available paid leave as part of their Family Medical Leave, except as otherwise authorized by the City Manager. Once all available paid leave has been exhausted, any remaining period of Family Medical Leave shall be without pay. Accrued paid 26 leave is available under this section if its use is permitted for the type of absence for which the employee has taken Family Medical Leave. 14.2 Leave Without Pay. At the City's sole discretion, the City may grant a leave without pay. Such leave shall not extend beyond 26 weeks, unless required by law. 14.3 Bereavement Leave. An employee may use up to three days of accrued sick leave as bereavement leave in the case of a death to a member of the employee's immediate family. The Deputy City Manager may grant employees the ability to use up to two additional days of accrued sick leave or Leave Without Pay for this purpose in extenuating circumstances. Immediate family shall be defined as spouse, mother, father, mother-in-law, father-in-law, children,sister, brother, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, grandparents and grandchildren. Bereavement leave is to be used to arrange for and/or attend funeral activities. 14.4 Jury and Witness Leave. Employees subpoenaed to appear for jury service or as a witness in a court proceeding unless the employee is the moving party in an action against the City, will receive pay at their regular rate of pay for work hours missed because of their required service. Employees must notify their supervisors upon receipt of a subpoena for jury or witness duty, keep their supervisors apprised of the schedule for their jury or witness duties, and report to work when the court schedule permits, The City may require documentation confirming the participation as a juror. Any compensation paid to an employee for jury or witness service, other than reimbursement for expenses, must be paid to the City. 14.5 Military Leave. Employees shall be entitled to military leave in accordance with state and federal law. 27 Unless prohibited by military necessity, employees must provide the City with a copy of their orders at the time they request military leave. Requests for military leave shall be made as soon as reasonably practical after the employee learns of the need for such leave. 14.6 Donated Leave, Where an employee has exhausted his/her leave banks and the City determines that a catastrophic health situation exists, the City Nvill implement a donated leave policy. The City will determine the terms of the policy based upon the circumstances that exist at the time, however, employees shall be entitled to donate up to twenty percent of their qualifying leave banks as long as the other terms and conditions of the policy are met. ARTICLE 15--VACATION LEAVE 15.1 Vacation Accrual. Full-time employees shall accrue vacation at the rates set forth below. Part-time employees shall accrue vacation on a prorated basis. During Years of Continuous Employment Monthly Accrual Rate Date of Hire through5 years 8 hours per month 6 through 9 years 10 hours per month 10 or more years 12 hours per month One half of the monthly accrued vacation hours shall be credited on the last day of each pay period. Employees who are in unpaid status for more than ten (10)working days in a month will not accrue vacation leave during that month, 28 • Nothing in this Article or Agreement limits the City Manager's authority to place highly experienced new employees higher on the vacation accrual table in recognition of their previous experience as part of an offer of employment, or to provide greater benefits than provided in this Agreement. 15.2 Maximum Vacation Accrual. Employees may accrue vacation up to a maximum of three hundred sixty(360) hours. 15.3 Use and Scheduling of Vacation. Vacation leave must be scheduled with the advance approval of the employee's supervisor based upon the needs of the department. At their election, employees may use vacation in place of or in addition to sick leave for any of the purposes described in Section 132. Employees using vacation for this purpose are expected to provide their supervisor notice of their absence as described in Section 13.3. Employees' accrued vacation balances will be charged for the actual time of any vacation used. 15.4 Cash-out of Vacation. Employees will be paid for their accrued but unused vacation upon their termination of employment with the City at the regular rate of pay in effect as of the date of termination. ARTICLE 16—HOLIDAYS 16.1 Paid Holidays. The following days are paid holidays for all regular full and part- time employees: 29 New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Day -3`d Monday in January President's Day -3`d Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday of May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day 1St Monday of September Veteran's Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day 41h Thursday of November Day after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 When a holiday falls on a Saturday,the preceding Friday will be the holiday. When a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be the holiday. 16.2 Holiday Pay. Eligible full-time employees will receive eight (8) hours of pay at their straight-time rate for each holiday. Part-time employees will receive holiday pay on a prorated basis. 16.3 Eligibility for Holiday Pay. Employees are eligible for holiday pay if they are in paid status on their regular, scheduled work day preceding the holiday and the day immediately following the holiday. 16.4 Hours Worked on a Holiday. Employees required to work on a holiday will receive straight time for all hours worked on that day. They shall also receive holiday pay or another day off during the month in which the holiday was celebrated, with the advance approval • 30 of the employee's supervisor, or the employee shall receive holiday pay rather than the equivalent time off. 16.5 Holiday Observance. When a holiday falls within a period of paid leave, the holiday shall not be counted as a leave day in computing the amount of leave debited. ARTICLE 17—DRUG TESTING 17.1 The City may require an employee to have a drug or alcohol test where there is a reasonable suspicion that an employee is impaired or under the influence of alcohol or drugs while on duty, following an accident or incident involving the employee, upon return to work from a protracted leave of absence, in conjunction with a D.O.T. or other regularly scheduled physical examinations, or pursuant to applicable law or regulation. 17.2 Where the City elects to perform a drug or alcohol test as set forth in this agreement, refusal by the employee to submit to the drug or alcohol screen, or a positive test result, may result in termination or other disciplinary action as determined by the City, subject to the grievance procedure. ARTICLE 18— LOCKOUTS 18.1 Lockouts. No lockout of employees shall be instituted by the City during the term of this Agreement. 18.2 No Strikes. The Union and employees agree that there shall be no strikes, slowdowns, or stoppage of work. Any employee who violates this provision may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination, 31 ARTICLE 19—SAVING CLAUSE It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply with all applicable provisions of the State or Federal law, and they believe that each and every part of this Agreement is lawful. All provisions of this Agreement shall be complied with, unless any of such provisions shall be declared invalid or inoperative by a Court of final jurisdiction. In such event,either party may request renegotiation of such invalid provisions for the purpose of adequate and lawful replacement thereof; provided, however, that such findings shall have no effect whatsoever on the balance of this Agreement. SIGNED AND DATED THIS 0 go DAY OF i '7009. FO X CITY: FOR THE UNION. Cit �,ager President i / • .A ciLl. 0 i41 w _ 19,11A ity Clerk Vice 'r sident �..�rf / Approved as to Form: Dean Vercruysse, Staff R;Presentative f ,r Attorney 32 Appendix A EMPLOYEE POSITION CLASSIFICATION MONTHLY SALARY SCHEDULE 2010 Salary Schedule Effective 1!1!2010 Position Title Grade 2010 Ran City Manager Unclassified Deputy City Manager 21 or 22 $8,460 $1 $12,052 • Cit Attorne 21 8 460 - 10 846 Community Development Director 21 _ $8,466 - $10,846 Finance Director 21 $10,846 Public Works Director 21 $8,460 - $10,846 Parks and Recreation Director 19 $6,852 - $8,786 Human Resources Maria.er 18 $6 168 -` $7 907 Planning Manager 18 $6,168 - $7,907 ` Building Official 18 $6,168 - $7,907 Senior Engineer-Capital Projects,Development m 18 ^ $6,188 - $7,907 Deputy City Attorney 18 $6,168 - $7,907 Senior Engineer-Traffic,CIP Planning/Grants 17 , $5,651 - $7,116 Accounting Manager 17 $5,551 - $7,116 City Clerk 16 $4,995 - _ $6,404 Engineer 16 . $4,995 - $6,404. Senior Plans Examiner " , 18 $4,895 - _ $8,404 Public Works Superintendent 16 $4,995 - _ $6,404 Senior Administrative Analyst 16 $4,995 - _ $6,404 Senior Planner 16 $4,995 - $6,404 Associate Planner 16 $4,496 - $5,764 CenterPlace Coordinator 16 $4,498 - _ $5,764 Database Administrator 15 $4,498 - $5,769 Assistant Engineer 15_ $4,498 - $5,764 IT Specialist 15 $4,495 - $5,764 Engineering Technician II _ 15 $4,498 - $5,764 Human Resource Analyst _ , 14 $4,047, - $5,188 Accountant/BudgetAnalyst 14 $4,047 - $5,188 Administrative Analyst 14 $4,047 - _ $5,188 Assistant Planner 14 $4,047 - _ $5,188 Building inspector i1 14 $4,047 - $5188_ Plans Examiner 14 $4,047 - $6,188 Public information Officer 14 $4,047 , $5,188 Engineering Technician 1 14 $4,047 - _ $5,188 Senior Permit Specialist 14 $4,047 - $5,188 MaintenancelConstruction inspector 13 or 14 $3,642 - $5,188 Recreation Coordinator 13 or 14 $3,642 - _ $5,188 Customer Relations/Facilities Coordinator 13 $3,642 - _ $4,669 Code Enforcement Officer 13 $3,642 - _ $4,669 Building Inspector 1 13 $3,642 - $4,669 Planning Technician 13 $3,642 - $4,669 Deputy City.Clerk . $3,279 $4,689 Senior Center Specialist. 12 or13 $3,279 - $4,669 _Human Resources Technician 12 or13 $3,279 - $4,889 Administrative Assistant 11 or 12 p,950 - $4,202 Permit Specialist 11 or 12 $2,950 - $4,202 Accountant Technician 11 or 12 $2 950 - 4 202 Maintenance Worker 11 or 12 $2,950 _ - $4,202 Office Assistant I I 10 or 11 $2,655 -I_ $3,782 Custodian 10 §2,655 - $3,403 Office Assistant I 9 or 10 $2,390 - $3,403 84 II CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: III Check all that apply: ® consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Approval of the Following Vouchers: VOUCHER LIST DATE VOUCHER NUMBERS: TOTAL AMOUNT 08-21-2011 3683-3686 $55,065.16 09-22-2011 23940-23989 $944,972.70 09-23-2011 23990-24003 $231,664.76 09-30-2011 24004-24044; 923110042 $79,756.47 09-30-2011 24045-24057 $47,099.68 10-04-2011 5339-5371 (refunds) $4,265.50 GRAND TOTAL $1,362,824.27 RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: Approve claims for vouchers as listed above. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: STAFF CONTACT: Mark Calhoun, Finance Director ATTACHMENTS Voucher Lists vchiist Voucher List Page: 1 09/21/2011 2:18:21PM Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept DescriptionlAccount Amount 3683 9/20/2011 000048 VANTAGE TRANSFER AGENTS,401A PLAN Ben40193 001.231.14, 401A: Payment 20,688.78 Total: 20,688.7E 3684 9/20/2011 000682 EFTPS Ben40195 001.231.11. FEDERAL TAXES:Payment 26,177.35 Total: 28,177.35 3685 9/20/2011 000145 VANTAGEPOINTTRANSFERAGENTS,457 PL? Ben40197 001.231.18. 457 DEFERRED COMPENSATION:Payn 5,172.36 Total: 5,172.36 3686 9/20/2011 000162 VANTAGE TRANSFER AGENTS,401A EXEC P1 Ben40199 001.231.14. 401 EXEC PLAN:Payment 1,026.67 Total: 1,026.67 4 Vouchers for bank code: apbank Bank total: 55,065.16 4 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 55,065.16 I,the undersigned,do certify under penalty of perjury, that the materials have been furnished,the services rendered,or the labor performed as described herein and that the claim is just,due and an unpaid obligation against the City of Spokane Valley,and that I am authorized to authenticate and certify said claim. Finance Director Date Mayor Date Council Member Date Page: vch l ist 09/22/2011 2:39:51 PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 1 Bank code: Voucher 23940 23941 23942 23943 23944 23945 23946 23947 23948 23949 23950 apbank Date Vendor Invoice 9/22/2011 000958 AAA SWEEPING, LLC 9/22/2011 000212 ANS OF WASHINGTON, INC 9/22/2011 000050 APA-INLAND EMPIRE SECTION 9/22/2011 001310 ARROW CONCRETE&ASPHALT 9/22/2011 000694 AVISTA UTILITIES 9/22/2011 000168 BLACK BOX NETWORK SVC 9/22/2011 000101 CDW-G 9/22/2011 000863 CENTURY WEST ENG CORP 9/22/2011 000683 DAVID EVANS&ASSOCIATES 9/22/2011 000734 DEPT OF TRANSPORTATION 9/22/2011 002213 ED KA MANUFACTURING INC. 46553 46554 September 2011 SEPTEMBER 2011 10780 29719 SPO-018160 ZLM4282 ZND3236 232553 232554 232622 232627 232628 309941 RE 46 JG6362 L006 10215 Fund/Dept 402.402.000 402.402.000 001.018.013 001.058.056 101.042.000 001.090.000 001.090.000 001.090.000 001.090.000 303.303.063 101.042.153 101.042.000 303.303.063 101.042.153 001.058.055 303.303.113 101.042.000 Description/Account 2011 VACTORING SERVICES CONT 2011 STREET SWEEPING SREVICE Total : NOTARY NAME CHANGE FEE Total : CENSUS SEMINAR: M. BASINGER Total : STREET MAIM-ASPHALT WORK Total : HOME ENERGY AUDITS SERVICE CALL Total : Total : COMPUTER SOFTWAR/HARDWARI WIRELESS PRINTER Total : 10-011 DESIGN ROW CIP 0063 10-011 DESIGN ROW CIP 0063 2011 TIP SERVICES 10-011 DESIGN ROW CIP 0063 10-011 DESIGN ROW CIP 0063 Total: SURVEYING SERVICES Total : SIGNAL DESIGN PARTICIPATION Total : Amount 33,359.87 16,089.25 49,449.12 15.00 15.00 30.00 30.00 7,402.69 7,402.69 935.00 935.00 59.24 59.24 70.10 337.80 407.90 813.68 180.49 6,639.36 910.99 166.55 8,711.07 2,899.00 2,899.00 171.29 171.29 SNOW PLOW PARTS 2,695.00 Page: 1 vchlist 09/22/2011 2:39:51 PM Voucher List Page: 2 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 23950 9/22/2011 002213 ED KA MANUFACTURING INC. (Continued) 10262 101.042.000 SNOW PLOW SPRINGS 2,953,72 Total : 5,648.72 23951 9/22/2011 001926 FARR,SARAH EXPENSES 001.018.014 MILEAGE&EDEN USER GROUP:S 211.07 Total : 211.07 23952 9/22/2011 001232 FASTENAL CO PURCHASING IDLEW77348 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 15.66 Total : 15.66 23953 9/22/2011 002507 FASTENERS, INC S3131843.001 101.042.000 SUPPLIES:PW 107.09 Total : 107.09 23954 9/22/2011 001447 FREE PRESS PUBLISHING INC 36874 001.058.056 LEGAL PUBLICATION 68.85 Total : 68.85 23955 9/22/2011 000007 GRAINGER 9624108578 001.032.000 SUPPLIES: PW 47.95 Total: 47.95 23956 9/22/2011 000849 GRIFFITH, DEANNA EXPENSES 001.058.050 NORFMA CONFERENCE: D.GRIFFI 399.60 Total : 399.60 23957 9/22/2011 000002 H&H BUSINESS SYSTEMS INC. AUGUST 2011 001.076.000 COPIER COST 1,717.68 Total : 1,717.68 23958 9/22/2011 002043 HDR ENGINEERING, INC 00325187-H 101.042.000 SPRAGUE-APPLEWAY COUPLET E 14,651.55 Total : 14,651.55 23959 9/22/2011 002520 HUSKY INTERNATIONAL TRUCKS 54216 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 30.28 54263 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 1,315,27 54749 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 43.58 54751 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 62.43 54955 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 62.43 54956 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 15.98 55107 101.042.000 PLOW TRUCK PARTS 124.30 Total : 1,654.27 23960 9/22/2011 000864 JUB ENGINEERS, INC, 0071560 101.042,000 TIP DATA MAINTENANCE AND UPD, 9,288.20 Page: 2 vchlist 09/22/2011 2:39:51 PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 3 Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account 23960 9/22/2011 000864 000864 JUB ENGINEERS, INC. 23961 9/22/2011 002522 KOEGEN EDWARDS LLP 23962 9/22/2011 002593 LILAC CITY GARGE DOOR 23963 9/22/2011 002203 NAPA AUTO PARTS 23964 9/22/2011 000652 OFFICE DEPOT INC. 23965 9/22/2011 002243 ORBITCOM 23966 9/22/2011 000881 OXARC 23967 9/22/2011 002424 PITNEY BOWES GLOBAL 23968 9/22/2011 001089 POE ASPHALT PAVING, INC_ (Continued) 1875 1876 1877 90611 432102 667653 667655 667718 667737 667795 668474 578928938001 00492878 CM16798 R078687 SSQ4345 1428301-SP11 43528 Pay App#1 23969 9/22/2011 000019 PURRFECT LOGOS, INC. 28083 001.013.015 001.013.015 001.013.015 101.042.000 101.042.000 101,042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 001.018.014 001.090.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 001.090.000 101.042.000 303.303.063 001.058.050 Total : PROFESSIONAL SVCS: POLICE SE PROFESSIONAL SVCS: SHORELIN PROFESSIONAL SVCS: GENERAL Total : DOOR SERVICE AT MAINT FACILIT' Total : SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW OFFICE SUPPLIES:FINANCE Total : Total : EITHERNET:SEPTEMBER 2011 Total : SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW Total : SEPTEMBER 2011: POSTAGE METE Total : 2011 STREET AND STORMWATER BROADWAY AVE SAFETY/RESURFI Total : ACRYLIC SIGN:J. HOHMAN Amount 9,288.20 2,381.00 575.00 175.50 3,131.50 113.05 113.05 33.84 194.63 12.38 98.22 98.22 409.26 -261.92 584.63 7.47 7.47 590.00 590.00 -85.10 234.77 52.09 201.76 275.00 275.00 246,713.60 280,468.79 527,182.39 16.25 Page: 3 vch l ist 09/22120/1 2:39:51 PM Voucher List Page: 4 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 23969 9/22/2011 000019 000019 PURRFECT LOGOS, INC. (Continued) Total : 16.25 23970 9/22/2011 002467 QWICK KURB, INC. 103311 001.032.000 SUPPLIES 778.28 Total : 778.28 23971 9/22/2011 002578 REBUILDING&HARDFACING INC .114436 101.042.000 ICE BLADE GAURDS 640.24 Total : 640.24 23972 9/22/2011 000836 SCHULTZ,WILLIAM J. EXPENSES 001.058.057 WACE CONFERENCE: B.SHULTZ 361.78 Total : 361.78 23973 9/22/2011 002531 SIX ROBBLEES INC 5-610928 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 62.43 5-611355 101.042,000 SUPPLIES: PW 31.19 5-612290 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 52.76 5-612443 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 154.33 Total : 300.71 23974 9/22/2011 000230 SPOKANE CO AUDITORS OFFICE AUGUST 2011 001.058.056 RECORDING FEES 455.00 Total : 455.00 23975 9/22/2011 000172 SPOKANE CO ENGINEER VLY1108 101.042.000 COUNTY SERVICES 65,143.49 Total : 65,143.49 23976 9/22/2011 000001 SPOKANE CO TREASURER 11002231 303.303.129 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS 438.19 11002279 303.303.130 WATER LINE INSPECTION . 299.83 51500814 001.016.000 AUGUST2011 HOUSING INVOICE 85,612.00 51500834 101.042.000 AUGUST 2011:WORK CREW 7,144.57 Total : 93,494.59 23977 9/22/2011 002835 SPOKANE COURIER SERVICES LLC 1920 001.090.000 BROADCASTING 7.50 Total : 7.50 23978 9/22/2011 000898 SPOKANE PROCARE 2011-08 101.042.000 2011 LANDSCAPING CONTRACT#' 17,648.24 Total : 17,648.24 23979 9/22/2011 000093 SPOKESMAN-REVIEW 23152 001.013.000 YEARLY SUBSCRIPTION:COUNCIL 48.00 278956 001.058.056 ADERTISMENT 275.48 Page: 4 vchlist 09/2212011 2:39:51 PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 5 Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 23979 9/22/2011 000093 000093 SPOKESMAN-REVIEW 23980 9/22/2011 000065 STAPLES ADVANTAGE 23981 9/22/2011 001875 STRATA 23982 9/22/2011 001895 TAYLOR ENGINEERING INC 23983 9/22/2011 002254 TOWEY,TOM 23984 9/22/2011 001108 TRAFFIC PARTS 23985 9/22/2011 002185 URS CORPORATION 23986 9/22/2011 000964 VOLT MANAGEMENT CORP 23987 9/22/2011 002845 WEST COMPANY INC 23988 9/22/2011 000089 XO COMMUNICATIONS 23989 9/22/2011 001885 ZAYO BANDWIDTH LLC 50 Vouchers for bank code: apbank 50 Vouchers in this report (Continued) 8019512001 S110206-IN #1 EXPENSES 337333 4807926 25632840 25671678 APP#1 0245575248 SEPTEMBER 2011 Total : 001.058.056 OFFICE SUPPLIES 101.042.000 MATERIAL TESTING SERVCEIS Total : Total 303.303.141 EUCLID SULLIVAN PCC INT SURVE Total: 001.011.000 MILEAGE:TOM TOWEY Total : 101.042.136 PROJECT#136-TRAFFIC SIGNAL Total: 001.058.056 PROFESSIONAL SVCS:SHORELINE Total : 001.090.000 STAFFING SVCS: IT 001.090.000 STAFFING SVCS: IT 101.042.000 SULLIVAN BRIDGE JOINT AND SUR Total : Total : 001.090.000 INTERNET/DATA LINES 001.090.000 DARK FIBER LEASE Total : Total : Bank total : Total vouchers: 323.48 502.03 502.03 1,385.00 1,385.00 12,999.79 12,999.79 343.00 343.00 782.73 782.73 4,140.00 4,140.00 744.00 744.00 1,488.00 107,660.12 107,660.12 283.33 283.33 242.39 242.39 944,972.70 944,972.70 Page: 5 vchlist 09123/2011 12:51:07PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 1 Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice 23990 9/23/2011 001081 ALSCO 23991 9/23/2011 000394 AM LANDSHAPER INC 23992 9/23/2011 000030 AVISTA 23993 9/23/2011 001169 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY 23994 9/23/2011 000132 MODERN ELECTRIC WATER CO 23995 9/23/2011 000132 MODERN ELECTRIC WATER CO LSPO1020737 July 2011 August 201 August 2011 September 2011 August 2011 EE-11-017 23996 9/23/2011 000193 NORTHWEST CHRISTIAN SCHOOL INC October 2011 23997 9/23/2011 001133 PATRIOT FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 239207 23998 9/23/2011 000709 SENSKE LAWN&TREE CARE INC. 4330196 4330198 23999 9/23/2011 001083 STANDARD PLBG HEATING CONTROLS 29931 24000 9/23/2011 002212 STANLEY SECURITY SOLUTIONS 8586160 24001 9/23/2011 000257 STATE AUDITOR'S OFFICE L90002 Fund/Dept 001.058.057 001,076.300 101.042.000 001.076.300 001.058.056 001.076.302 101.042.133 001.090.000 001.076.305 001.076.300 001.076.300 001.016.000 001.016.000 001.090.000 Description/Account FLOOR MATS: BUILDING Total : SCULPTURE LANDSCAPING PROJI Total : UTILITIES:PW MASTER AVISTA UTILITIES:PARKS MASTER AVISTA Total : Pt I I Y CASH:9762,63,64,65 UTILITIES: PARKS PRE-JOB COST ESTIMATE CITY HALL RENT Total : Total: Total : Total : ANNUAL INSPECTION OF SPRINKL Total : MISC PARK REPAIRS MISC PARK REPAIRS Total : AUGUST 2011 MONTHLY MAINT PR Total : MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE Total: 8/11 AUDIT OF 2010 Amount 33.22 33.22 7,791.62 7,791.62 22,127.53 15,763.25 37,890.78 17.45 17.45 5,949.07 5,949.07 740.87 740.87 38,416.84 38,416.84 184.79 184.79 316.55 886.99 1,203.54 537.48 537.48 81.53 81.53 25,719.60 Page: 1 vch list 09/2312011 12:51:07PM Voucher List Page: 2 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 24001 9/23/2011 000257 000257 STATE AUDITOR'S OFFICE (Continued) Total: 25,719.60 24002 9/23/2011 000038 WASTE MANAGEMENT OF SPOKANE 0054009-1518-6 402.402.000 AUGUST 2011 2,715.97 Total : 2,715.97 24003 9/23/2011 000487 YMCA OF THE INLAND NW September 2011 001.076.302 AUGUST 2011 OPERATION AND MA 110,382.00 Total : 110,382.00 14 Vouchers for bank code: apbank Bank total : 231,664.76 14 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 231,664.76 1,the undersigned,do certify under penalty of perjury, that the materials have been furnished,the services rendered,or the labor performed as described herein and that the claim is just,due and an unpaid obligation against the City of Spokane Valley,and that I am authorized to authenticate and certify said claim. Finance Director Date Mayor Date Council Member Date Page: 2 vchlist 09/30/2011 11:21:24AM Voucher List Page: 1 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 24004 9/30/2011 002816 ABLE CLEAN-UP TECHNOLOGIES 14588 101.042.000 HAZARD WASTE 2,002.03 Total : 2,002.03 24005 9/30/2011 002495 ARCHITECTURAL RECORD PERMIT#318 001.032.000 ACHITECTURAL RECORD SUBSCIF 49.00 Total : 49.00 24006 9/30/2011 000173 BINGAMAN,GREG CELL ALLOWANCE 001.018.014 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: 135.00 Total : 135.00 24007 9/30/2011 000904 BRANCH,CAROLBELLE CELL ALLOWANCE 001.018.013 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: 135.00 Total : 135.00 24008 9/30/2011 000796 BUDINGER&ASSOC INC M11299-1 101.042.000 FANCHER RD PAVING PROJECT 3,073.20 Total : 3,073.20 24009 9/30/2011 002562 CD'A METALS 362992 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 288.52 363434 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 96.85 373585 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 154.52 Total : 539.89 24010 9/30/2011 000101 CDW-G ZPG8046 001.013.000 USB FOOT CONTROL 97.39 Total : 97.39 24011 9/30/2011 000322 CENTURYLINK SEPTEMBER 2011 001.076.302 SEPTEMBER 2011:PHONE SERVIC 436.17 Total : 436.17 24012 9/30/2011 001880 CROWN WEST REALTY LLC 30 101.042.000 CAM CHARGES:MAINT FACILITY 209.25 Total : 209.25 24013 9/30/2011 000912 DEX MEDIA WEST SEPTEMBER 2011 001.076.304 ADVERTISING:SENIOR CENTER 38.10 SEPTEMBER 2011 001.076.305 ADVERTISING:CP 274.70 Total : 312.80 24014 9/30/2011 002157 ELJAY OIL COMPANY 0647632 101.042.000 SUPPLIES:PW 112.72 Total : 112.72 24015 9/30/2011 002507 FASTENERS, INC S3125320.001 101.042.000 SUPPLIES:PW 35.71 Page: 1 vchlist 09/30120/1 11:21:24AM Voucher List Page: 2 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 24015 9/30/2011 002507 FASTENERS, INC (Continued) 83150633.001 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 92.10 Total : 127.81 24016 9/30/2011 001009 GOTHMANN,WILLIAM CELL ALLOWANCE 001.011.000 3RD QUARTER CELLALLOWANCE: 135.00 EXPENSES 001.011.000 MILEAGE:GOTHMANN 184.93 Total : 319.93 24017 9/30/2011 002235 GRAFOS, DEAN CELL ALLOWANCE 001.011.000 3RD QUARTER CELLALLOWANCE: 135.00 Total: 135.00 24018 9/30/2011 000007 GRAINGER 9635184451 001.032.000 SUPPLIES: PW 59.48 964094976 001.032.000 SUPPLIES: PW 42.79 Total : 102.27 24019 9/30/2011 002271 GRASSEL, BRENDA CELL ALLOWANCE 001.011.000 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE 135.00 EXPENSES 001.011.000 MILEAGE:GRASSEL 187.60 Total : 322.60 24020 9/30/2011 002682 HAFNER,CHARLES CELL ALLOWANCE 001.011.000 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: 135.00 Total : 135.00 24021 9/30/2011 002518 INLAND PACIFIC HOSE&FITINGS 460437 101.042.000 SUPPLIES: PW 49.72 Total : 49.72 24022 9/30/2011 000265 JACKSON,MIKE CELL ALLOWANCE 001.013.000 3RD QUARTER CELLALLOWANCE: 135.00 OCTOBER 2011 001.013.000 MONTHLY AUTO ALLOWANCE 300.00 Total : 435.00 24023 9/30/2011 000275 KERSTEN, NEIL CELL ALLOWANCE 001.032.000 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: 135.00 Total : 135.00 24024 9/30/2011 000993 LES SCHWAB TIRE CENTER 505071 101.042.000 TIRES FOR PLOWS 1,042.22 Total : 1,042.22 24025 9/30/2011 000662 NAIL BARRICADE&SIGN CO 74116 001.032.000 SUPPLIES:PW 156.53 Total : 156.53 Page: 2 whilst 09/30/2011 11:21:24AM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 3 Bank code: Voucher 24026 24027 24028 24029 24030 24031 24032 24033 24034 24035 24036 24037 apbank Date Vendor Invoice 9/30/2011 001035 NETWORK DESIGN&MANAGEMENT 20326 9/30/2011 000239 NORTHWEST BUSINESS STAMP INC. 85034 9/30/2011 000652 OFFICE DEPOT INC. 9/30/2011 001334 OLYMPIC FOUNDRY INC. 9/30/2011 000019 PURRFECT LOGOS, INC. 9/30/2011 001071 ROAD PRODUCTS INC. 9/30/2011 000064 SCHIMMELS, GARY 9/30/2011 002531 SIX ROBBLEES INC 9/30/2011 001140 SPECIAL ASPHALT PRODUCTS 9/30/2011 000459 SPOKANE CO TITLE CO 9/30/2011 000406 SPOKANE REGIONAL CVB 9/30/2011 000311 SPRINT 578162680001 0000218830 28224 PAY APP#1 CELL ALLOWANCE 5-612290-1 5-612443-1 ORD17421 SM3138 SM3162 SM3164 SEPTEMBER 2011 326088106-046 959698810-046 Fund/Dept 001.090.000 001.018.016 001.090.000 101.042.000 001.011.000 101.042.147 001.011,000 101.042.000 101.042.000 101.042.000 402.402.000 402.402.000 402.402.000 001.018.013 001.090.000 001.058.057 Description/Account Amount SYSTEM MONTHLY MAINTENANCE Total : Total : Total: Total Total : PICTURE ID BADGES SUPPLIES: BING SUPPLIES: PW CITY LOGO MAGNETS BIKE LANE RESTRIPING CONTRAC Total : 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: Total : SUPPLIES: PW SUPPLIES: PW CRACK CEALANT: PW Total : Total : PROPERTY REQUEST COPIES PLANT SEARCH PLANT SEARCH CTA ANNUAL RENEWAL WAPS FOR LAPTOPS SPRINT CELL PHONES Total : Total : 11,225.00 11,225.00 28.26 28.26 326.09 326.09 208.70 208.70 215.23 215.23 34,859.47 34,859.47 135.00 135.00 33.78 163.04 196.82 13,263.56 13,263.56 27.18 21.74 326.10 375.02 10.00 10.00 322.92 982.01 Page: 3 vchlist 09/30/2011 11:21:24AM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 4 Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 24037 9/30/2011 000311 000311 SPRINT 24038 9/30/2011 000273 SRTC 24039 9/30/2011 002254 TOWEY,TOM 24040 9/30/2011 001464 TW TELECOM 24041 9/30/2011 000087 VERIZON WIRELESS 24042 9/30/2011 000964 VOLT MANAGEMENT CORP 24043 9/30/2011 001792 WHITEHEAD,JOHN 24044 9/30/2011 002651 WOODARD,ARNE (Continued) TS-1655 CELL ALLOWANCE EXPENSES 04096028 1013860460 1013861288 25711969 EXPENSES CELL ALLOWANCE 923110042 9/23/2011 002244 AOT PUBLIC SAFETY CORPORATION spkvly-21 42 Vouchers for bank code: apbank 001.032.000 001.011.000 001.011.000 001.076.305 001.016.000 001.016.000 001.090.000 001.018.016 001.011.000 001.016.000 SOFTWARE MAINT Total : 1,304.93 1,141.35 Total : 1,141.35 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: MILEAGE;TOWEY Total : INTERNET/DATA LINES/PHONE LINI Total : AIR CARD FOR SHERIFF AIR CARDS FOR POLICE DEPARTN Total : STAFFING SVCS: IT Total : AWC HR FALL CONFERENCE:WHI Total : 3RD QUARTER CELL ALLOWANCE: Total : CRY WOLF CHARGES:AUGUST 20 Total : 135.00 64.95 199.95 1,272.32 1,272.32 43.01 860.36 903.37 567.30 567.30 444.74 444.74 135.00 135.00 2,880.83 2,880.83 Bank total : 79,756.47 42 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 79,756.47 Page: 4 vchlist 09/30/2011 2:06:16PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 1 Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account 24045 9/30/2011 000694 AVISTA UTILITIES 24046 9/30/2011 001606 BANNER BANK 24047 9/30/2011 000918 BLUE RIBBON LINEN SUPPLY INC 24048 9/30/2011 001169 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY 24049 9/30/2011 000326 CONSOLIDATED IRRIGATION#19 24050 9/30/2011 000246 EAST SPOKANE WATER DIST#1 24051 9/30/2011 000252 LOWE'S BUSINESS ACCOUNT 24052 9/30/2011 000041 PROTHMAN COMPANY 24053 9/30/2011 000019 PURRFECT LOGOS, INC. 24054 9/30/2011 000324 SPOKANE CO WATER DIST#3 Job 785285193 0618 4064 4375 4458 4720 8861 9262546 50017814 50017929 September 2011 September 2011 September 2011 August 2011 Sept 2011 September 2011 2011-3106 28203 Aug-Sept 2011 309.309.079 001.011.000 001.058.056 001.011.000 001.011.000 001.018.016 001.076.301 001.076.305 001.076.305 001.076.305 001.058.056 001.076.300 101.042.000 001.076.300 101.042.000 001.076.300 001.018.013 001.076.301 101.042.000 1311 N LONG,SERVICE EXTENSIOI Total : SEPT 2011:0618 SEPT 2011:4064 SEPT 2011:4375 SEPT 2011:4458 SEPT 2011:4720 SEPT 2011:8861 Total : LINEN SUPPLY AND SERVICE AT CI LINEN SUPPLY AND SERVICE AT CI LINEN SUPPLY AND SERVICE AT CI Total : PETTY CASH:9766,67,68,69,70 Total : UTILITIES: PARKS UTILITIES:PW Total: WATER CHARGES: EDGECLIFF PAl WATER CHARGES: PW OPERATING SUPPLIES:CP Total : Total : INTERIM DEPUTY CITY MGR SERVI Total : BANNERS FOR PARKS&REC PRO. Total : 435-0146-000 Amount 605.00 605.00 45.00 1,533.89 45.00 203.41 1,553.52 2,301.93 5,682.75 299.74 115.97 163.76 579.47 10.90 10.90 710.73 402.41 1,113.14 1,136.72 1,190.91 2,327.63 189.07 189.07 5,077.90 5,077.90 369.58 369.58 117.80 Page: 1 vchlist 09130/2011 2:06:16PM Voucher List Page: 2 Spokane Valley Bank code: apbank Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 24054 9/30/2011 000324 000324 SPOKANE CO WATER DIST#3 (Continued) Total : 117.80 24055 9/30/2011 000406 SPOKANE REGIONAL CVB 2721 105.105.001 2011 LODGING TAX GRANT REIMBI, 18,357.44 Total : 18,357.44 24056 9/30/2011 002847 VAN LEUVEN, CHEIF RICK Expenses 001.016.000 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT 84.00 Total : 84.00 24057 9/30/2011 002111 WASTE MANAGEMENT OF SPOKANE Aug Sept Oct 2011 402.402.000 2011 LEASE ON MAINTENANCE FAI 12,585.00 Total : 12,585.00 13 Vouchers for bank code: apbank Bank total : 47,099.68 13 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 47,099.68 I,the undersigned,do certify under penalty of perjury, that the materials have been furnished,the services rendered,or the labor performed as described herein and that the claim is just,due and an unpaid obligation against the City of Spokane Valley,and that I am authorized to authenticate and certify said claim. Finance Director Date Mayor Date Council Member Date Page: 2 vchlist 10104/2011 12:58:16PM Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 1 Bank code: pk-ref Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 5339 10/4/2011 002848 AMERISTAR MEATS 5340 10/4/2011 002849 BEEMSTER,TODD 5341 10/4/2011 002851 CAVA NAU G H, CHRISTINE 5342 10/4/2011 002854 CHASE, ROB 5343 10/4/2011 002850 CHIEFS BOOSTER CLUB 5344 10/4/2011 002829 CH1SOVA, LIUDMILA 5345 10/4/2011 002852 CLINE,CONNIE 5346 10/4/2011 002855 CORNERSTONE CHURCH 5347 10/4/2011 002853 CRISLER, KATHLEEN 5348 10/4/2011 002873 DU RAN, BRYAN 5349 10/4/2011 002614 ESSENCE HEALTHCARE 5350 10/4/2011 002856 FULKERSON,MEGAN 5351 10/4/2011 002857 G E I LE,JILL REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND 001.076.305 DEPOSIT REFUND:GREAT ROOM f 244.50 Total : 244.50 001.076.301 CANCELLATION REFUND:TUNE TA 64.00 Total : 64.00 001.076.301 CANCELLATION FEES:SUMMER C) 200.00 Total : 200.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: MIRABEAU ME/ 52.00 Total : 52.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: BROWNS PARK 52.00 Total : 52.00 001.076.305 REFUND FOR SERVICES 131.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:FIRESIDE LOUP 210.00 Total : 210.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:VALLEY MISSIC 52.00 Total : 52.00 001.076.302 SWINNING LESSON REFUND 15.00 Total : 15.00 001.076.305 DEPOSIT REFUND:GREAT ROOM 200.00 Total : 200.00 001,076.305 CANCELLATION REFUND: ROOM 1' 630.00 Total : 630.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:BROWNS PARK 52.00 Total : 52.00 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:BROWNS PARK 52.00 Total : 131.00 Page: 1 vchlist 10/04/2011 12:58:16 P M Voucher List Spokane Valley Page: 2 Bank code: Voucher 5351 5352 5353 5364 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 pk-ref Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 10/4/2011 002857 002857 GEILE,JILL 10/4/2011 002858 GIBB, ROB 10/4/2011 002859 GRAVELLE, LORI 10/4/2011 002872 H.A.S.S.I.E CLUB 10/4/2011 002860 HANSEN,JAMES 10/4/2011 002874 HANSHAW, DAVE 10/4/2011 002861 HILL, LAINA REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND 10/4/2011 002287 LIBERTY LAKE COMMUNITY THEATRE REFUND 10/4/2011 002862 MILLER,JULIE 10/4/2011 002863 MOUSER,JESSICA 10/4/2011 002864 PARDEE, MICHAEL 40/4/2014 002865 REED, MOLLY 10/4/2011 002866 RSVP OF SPOKANE CO 10/4/2011 001785 SIMMET, KATH1 REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND REFUND (Continued) Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: BROWNS PARK Total : 001.076.301 CANCELLATION REFUND 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:MIRABEAU PAR Total : 001237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:VALLEY MISSIC Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:VALLEY MISSIC Total : 001.076.301 CANCELLATION REFUND: LITTLE T Total : 001.076.305 DEPOSIT REFUND:GREAT ROOM Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:VALLEY MISSIC Total : 001.076.301 CACELLATION REFUND:CPR&1S- Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: MIRABEAU ME/ Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: EDGECLIFF Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: GREAT ROOM Total : 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: EDGECLIFF Total : 52.00 52.00 52.00 64.00 64.00 257.00 257.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 52.00 30.00 30.00 90.00 90.00 52.00 52.00 220.00 220-00 52.00 52,00 52.00 52.00 210.00 210.00 52.00 Page: 2 vchlist 10/04/2011 12:58:16 P M Voucher List Page: 3 Spokane Valley Bank code: pk-ref Voucher Date Vendor Invoice Fund/Dept Description/Account Amount 5364 10/4/2011 001785 001785 SIMMET, KATHI (Continued) Total: 52.00 5365 10/4/2011 002867 SPOKANE HOUSE CHURCH REFUND 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND: ROOMS 108, 11 52.00 Total: 52.00 5366 10/4/2011 002868 STALLINGS,JODI REFUND 001.076.301 CANCELLATION REFUND: LITTLE T 30.00 Total : 30.00 5367 10/4/2011 002205 STATE PROTECTION SERVICES REFUND 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:VALLEY MISSIC 52.00 Total : 52.00 5368 10/4/2011 002869 SWANSON, KIRSTEN REFUND 001.076.305 REFUND FOR CHANGING ROOMS 460.00 Total : 460.00 5369 10/4/2011 002870 TURNER, KIM REFUND 001.076.302 REFUND:SWIMMING LESSONS 15.00 Total : 15.00 5370 10/4/2011 002163 VALLEY HOSPITAL MEDICAL REFUND 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:MIRABEAU MEE 257.00 Total : 257.00 5371 10/4/2011 002871 VANAGTMAEL, PATRICIA REFUND 001.237.10. DEPOSIT REFUND:FIRESIDE LOUP 210.00 Total : 210.00 33 Vouchers for bank code: pk-ref Bank total : 4,265.50 33 Vouchers in this report Total vouchers: 4,265.50 Page: 3 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: 10-11-2011 City Manager Sign-off: Item: Check all that apply: ® consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Payroll for Period Ending September 30, 2011 GOVERNING LEGISLATION: PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: BACKGROUND: OPTIONS: RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: Budget/Financial impacts: Gross: $ 220,776.67 Benefits: $ 128,673.09 Total payroll $ 349,449.76 STAFF CONTACT: Raba Nimri DRAFT MINUTES SPOKANE VALLEY CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING STUDY SESSION FORMAT Spokane Valley City Hall Council Chambers Spokane Valley,Washington September 20,2011 6:00 p.m. Attendance: Councilmembers Staff Tom Towey,Mayor Mike Jackson,City Manager Gary Schimmels,Deputy Mayor Cary Driskell,City Attorney Bill Gothmann,Councilmember Mark Calhoun,Finance Director Dean Grafos,Councilmember John Hohman Community Dev. Director Brenda Grassel,Councilmember Mike Stone,Parks&Recreation Director Chuck Hafner,Councilmember Steve Worley, Senior Engineer Arne Woodard,Councilmember Scott Kuhta,Planning Manager Mike Basinger, Senior Planner Carolbelle Branch,Public Information Officer Chris Bainbridge,City Clerk Mayor Towey called the meeting to order at 6:00 p.m. Proclamations: Mayor Towey read the "National Fall Prevention" proclamation, and the "Valleyfest Days" proclamation, which were accepted with thanks by Public Health Educator Marion Lee, and Valleyfest Executive Chair Peggy Doering,respectively. 1.Bike Helmet Information—Marion Lee Ms. Marion Lee, Public Health Educator of the Spokane Regional Health District explained that she wanted to share some information about traumatic brain injuries, which includes skull fractures and concussions; and said part of the issue is, there are not enough people wearing helmets when they use their wheeled sports apparatus. The newest data, she explained shows about eight traumatic brain injuries annually in Spokane Valley, with about half of those under the age of sixteen; and said that adults are more likely to have a negative interaction with motor vehicles. Ms. Lee stressed that it is important for council to be aware there are some proven strategies to increase helmet use, and that they are about 85% effective in protecting the brain when the head encounters concrete. She explained that ordinances have been proven effective as parents can explain to their children that the law requires them to wear helmets, and children can tell their parents the same thing. Ms. Lee said that the Board of County Commissioners passed an ordinance directed at people age three to sixteen, while Spokane City has an all-age ordinance which carries a penalty of a civil infraction, and she said that ordinance has worked well and the City of Spokane has seen a reduction in traumatic brain injuries; adding that she is aware that the City of Spokane issued over 1,000 citations for not wearing helmets,and probably made that many educational contacts as well. Ms. Lee said she particularly likes the "get caught wearing a helmet" reward program for kids, where members from SCOPE or other law enforcement agencies give ice cream coupons to kids"caught" wearing a bike helmet; and said first responders really enjoy handing out those coupons. Ms. Lee said that Commissioner French's son is three, which attributed to his rationale for starting with the age of three, and she mentioned that they don't recommend helmets for those under three as their heads won't support the helmet. Ms. Lee also mentioned that there are about thirty-three communities in Washington that have all-age helmet ordinances. Council Study Session Minutes September 20,2011 Page 1 of 4 Approved by Council: DRAFT There was council discussion about all-age ordinances versus those with limited ages, such as three to sixteen;that the state statutes do not permit giving tickets to minors;mention that SCOPE has helmets for those who need them; and mentioned school districts and their education sources such as their "head- smart" campaign. Mayor Towey said he would like to see Council continue the dialogue on having an ordinance and Councilmembers concurred to start with the dialogue first rather than a draft ordinance,and to place that topic on an upcoming agenda. 2. Sullivan Road Bridge,Temporary Repairs—Steve Worley Senior Engineer Worley said he gave a presentation last month on the status of the Sullivan Road Bridge, which included an update on the design and funding for the bridge's replacement; and that during that presentation, he mentioned we would be hiring a consultant to look at the condition of the bridge and examine options for temporary repairs that might enable us to lift the weight restrictions. Mr. Worley said they contracted with Sargent Engineers to examine options for temporary repairs so that the weight restrictions could be lifted, and of the eight possible repair options, staff recommends option 8, which is to add supplemental shear steel reinforcing to the girders, and he explained what that would entail. Mr. Worley emphasized that the repairs are temporary and not intended to be permanent and that there are more issues associated with this bridge than what these options address; adding that we cannot use grant funds for these temporary repairs. Engineer Worley said if the decision is to move ahead, they want to wait until the next bridge inspection is done, which is set for the first part of October as the information they have now is based on last year's inspection. Mr. Worley said the estimated cost for the temporary repairs is $358,000, but cautioned that other issues could be found during the upcoming inspection. Mr. Worley added that our engineers have worked with a local bridge contractor on this estimate and feel confident with the price. Mr. Worley said that a conservative estimate for completing the temporary repairs is six to seven months, but they are hopeful it could get done quicker; and said he will bring council an update once the bridge inspection is complete. Councilmember Grafos said he feels we should run the traffic on just one lane and perhaps modify that signal.Mr. Worley explained that the construction season is mostly over for the year; that he heard from DOT(Department of Transportation)that trucks are using other routes, but that traffic counts in 2008 showed 21,000 traffic counts, which he said is a lot to try to put on one lane; and added that the signal is operational again.Mr.Worley said funds could be used from the street capital improvements fund to cover the expenses; that such would require Council approval; and once staff moves forward to prepare the bid documents,that staff will come back to council for a final recommendation. Council voiced no objections to staff moving forward. 3.Fee Resolution Review—Mark Calhoun Finance Director Calhoun explained that the fee resolution was last amended December, 2010 for fees effective January 2011; that he asked City Departments to review the current schedule and these changes are the recommended changes for implementation January, 2012; he said the changes include a change from Community Development for a change in some of the language but no change in fees; one fee change from Parks and Recreation; and fee changes from the Fire Department; and he referenced the attached memos from the various departments. Councilmember Hafner asked how the original fees were derived,and Mr.Jackson said staff could come back at a future meeting and discuss the philosophy of our fees and the cost of providing a service,that it is currently our policy to recover fees and in the case of the recreation programs, we recover 100% of the direct cost to provide programs, but added that we cannot do that with all fee structures. Councilmember Gothmann asked why the Fire Department fees increased 14%. Director Calhoun explained that we merely collect the fees and pass them through to the Fire Department, and he invited Fire Marshall Kevin Miller to the table to answer Councilmember Gothmann's question. Marshall Miller explained that they haven't raised their fees since 2009; that the fees cover the cost of the review service they provide to this City;that there is a two-week turn-around for inspections and with their recently hired inspector, they are able to meet those goals; he said the fees recover about two-thirds of the cost of the Council Study Session Minutes September 20,2011 Page 2 of 4 Approved by Council: DRAFT engineer, and asked Council to keep in mind that the fees don't account for that engineer's full salary as she performs other tasks in addition to the inspections. Councilmember Gothmann asked about having some comparisons of our fees to Spokane County's and Spokane City's fees and Mr. Jackson replied that we can provide those figures. Mr. Jackson also explained that staff can bring back for future council discussion, our philosophy and policy on cost recovery; and Mayor Towey and other councilmembers indicated they recognize this is a time sensitive issue and acknowledged the need to move forward with this resolution as proposed. Finance Director Calhoun said adoption of the resolution is scheduled for the October 25 council meeting. 4.Bicycle &Pedestrian Master Program—Mike Basinger Community Development Director Hohman stated that this document was reviewed with Council several weeks ago, and as a result of those discussions, staff has submitted a redline copy with suggested changes, and a clean copy for ease in reading; and that they trimmed some of the information and re- organized some of the material to make the document easier to read. Senior Planner Basinger also noted that the suggestions results in a more clear and practical program, and said that the document's language was adjusted so that it is a guiding document and not a mandate; he said some policies were added to address council's concerns about the quality of street surfaces, as well as internal coordination of projects with other departments. Some typographical errors and some instances where the word "boulevard" wasn't changed to "bicycle friendly routes," were noted; and Mr. Basinger said several tables were removed to the appendix, and the Health District Information and workshop information were removed from the appendix since it was encapsulated within the text. Councilmember Woodard mentioned 11.4.2 in section a, about combining existing driveway cuts, and stated that if that is construed as a shared driveway, it would detract from property values; and Mr. Hohman said this provision is also included in the City's Street Standards so it doesn't need to be in this document; and Councilmember Gothmann suggested if there might be concern about that in the future when council addresses the City's Street Standards, that perhaps this should be eliminated here so that it would only exist in one place, and Mr. Hohman agreed with removing that from this document. There was other discussion about bike parking and incentives included in section 11.4.2, and Mr. Hohman said there is nothing that would delay a permit,and suggested staff could even remove that verbiage after that first sentence. Councilmember Grassel asked about the requirements for new developments and Mr. Basinger explained that it is based on the number of parking spaces required, depending on the development; that some types of bicycle racks are harder on bikes than others but we don't make people do one particular option; he said he can research the language for required spaces in our City Code, and explained that was a carryover from the Spokane County Code; he said staff can research cost as well as that would be something to look at with future Code Text Amendments. Discussion turned to the "education and encouragement" section and a caution from Council on the use of the word "shall." City Manager Jackson said in reference to 11.4.3,we have a contract with the Sheriffs Office for our law enforcement, that we stress the city's intent instead of developing a policy,that he works with Police Chief VanLeuven on enforcement issues, and said the verbiage could be softened. Mr. Hohman also mentioned that the word"immediately" (section 11.4.4)could be replaced with a different word. Mr.Hohman asked council if they would like to have further discussions or if staff should come back with a draft ordinance for a first reading, and it was Council consensus to move forward with a first reading of a draft ordinance. To clarify the previous questions about bike racks, Mr. Kuhta explained that the requirement is for one rack accommodating five bikes when the parking requirement is for twenty-five spaces; and said the regulations are the same citywide. 5.Advance Agenda—Mayor Towey Items that Council expressed a desire to have on upcoming agendas included the speed limit on Indiana going east from Sullivan; overall discussion on speed limits city-wide; code enforcement for unkempt businesses and/or foreclosed homes; school safety beacons at Bowdish Middle School and prioritizing Council Study Session Minutes September 20,2011 Page 3 of 4 Approved by Council: DRAFT which other schools might need the beacons, including an inventory on what we have now; and a council decision not to hold a meeting December 20 unless issues come up later that would warrant having the meeting. 6. Council Check-in—Mayor Towey Councilmember Gothmann paid homage to Dick Behm's passing. 7. City Manager Comments—Mike Jackson Mr. Jackson had no additional comments. It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels, seconded and unanimously agreed to adjourn. The meeting adjourned at 8:05 p.m. Thomas E.Towey,Mayor ATTEST: Christine Bainbridge,City Clerk Council Study Session Minutes September 20,2011 Page 4 of 4 Approved by Council: DRAFT MINUTES City of Spokane Valley City Council Regular Meetings Formal Meeting Format Tuesday, September 27,2011 Mayor Towey called the meeting to order at 6:00 p.m. Attendance: City Staff: Tom Towey,Mayor Mike Jackson,City Manager Gary Schimmels,Deputy Mayor Cary Driskell,City Attorney Bill Gothmann,Councilmember Mark Calhoun,Finance Director Dean Grafos,Councilmember Neil Kersten,Public Works Director Brenda Grassel,Councilmember John Hohman,Community Dev. Director Chuck Hafner,Councilmember Mike Stone,Parks&Recreation Director Arne Woodard,Councilmember Carolbelle Branch,Public Information Officer Chris Bainbridge,City Clerk INVOCATION: Pastor Bill Dropko,of Greenacres Christian Fellowship gave the invocation. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: Mayor Towey led the Pledge of Allegiance. ROLL CALL: City Clerk Bainbridge called the roll;all councilmembers were present. APPROVAL OF AGENDA: It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels, seconded and unanimously agreed to approve the amended agenda. INTRODUCTION OF SPECIAL GUESTS AND PRESENTATIONS: n/a COMMITTEE,BOARD,LIAISON SUMMARY REPORTS: Councilmember Hafner: reported that last week's STA(Spokane Transit Authority)meeting included five or six hours discussing proposed new and cancelled routes,and said the discussion continues. Councilmember Grassel: said she attended a workshop on economic recovery concerning the resurgence of manufacturing in the Inland Northwest, with the President of Schweitzer Engineer discussed the topic of manufacturing coming back to the United States, and mentioned the changing labor force in China due to increasing expectations by employees; that she attended another workshop with the Spokane Convention and Visitor's Bureau and discussion concerned funding tourism in the state, and said at the last state budget discussion,tourism funding was removed. Deputy Mayor Schimmels: said he attended the Spokane Transit Operations meeting; the Council of Governance meeting at the Fairgrounds; opening day of the Fair;the 9-1-1 ceremony at the fire station off Mansfield and Montgomery; the SRTC (Spokane Regional Transportation Council) meeting; went to an Inland Pacific HUB meeting in Coeur d'Alene; and said he did not ride in the Valleyfest parade but attended the parade. Councilmember Grafos: said he went to the Greater Spokane, Inc. "Courage to Compete" 2011 annual meeting and said the keynote speaker was a representative from the Bill Gates Foundation where the discussion was about the challenges we face competing with the rest of the world and how we are losing our edge in the world with our education system; said he went to the Growth Management Steering Committee meeting where they are working on updating the urban growth boundaries; said he met with the Fire Commissioners at Station 8 and discussed challenges of response times of Station 1; and said he participated in the Valleyfest parade. Councilmember Gothmann: reported that he attended the Board of Health Executive Meeting; the Chamber of Commerce meeting and a barbeque honoring Larry Stucker, who served for forty years working for SNAP; attended the memorial for Dick Behm; went to the Transportation Improvement Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 1 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT Board meeting last week in Pasco where they discussed project schedules and compressing the process, and said there will be a new selection process which the Board approved, and he distributed copies of "Draft Criteria Banding Categories." Councilmember Gothmann reported that he also attended Valleyfest; and today's 9-1-1 Board meeting where they approved a GPS system to map every driveway in the county so when people call 9-1-1,they will be able to be located. Councilmember Woodard: said he attended the Council of Governance meeting; the opening of the Fair; went to a dedication of new equipment in Fire House #8; spoke at the Home Based Business meeting; went to the Inland Northwest Community Foundation Annual awards; attended Dick Behm's memorial; went to the Chamber business meeting;the Spokane Association of Realtors' 100th anniversary fall forum and convention;went to a"Smart Growth"forum; and attended Valleyfest and the parade. MAYOR'S REPORT: Mayor Towey reported that he attended the National Board of Health Conference in Coeur d'Alene where they explained their history and how they impact the community; went to the SRTC meeting; the Regional Council of Governance meeting;he read a proclamation of"People First"at the convention center; went to a car show at CenterPlace where he handed out the Mayor's trophy; went to the Tenth Anniversary for 9-1-1; went to Mukilteo for a Mayor's conference where they discussed planning and acting today for the future; was invited by Greater Spokane, Inc. to meet with representatives from a small business forum where they discussed the difficulties small businesses have in today's economy; and also attended the Association of Realtors meeting. Mayor Towey then read a proclamation in memory of Dick Behm,which proclamation was accepted with thanks from Dick Behm's son and other family members. PUBLIC COMMENTS: Mayor Towey invited general public comments. Jack Marr, 16201 E. Indiana Avenue: said he is employed by Walt Worthy, and spoke concerning the speed limit on Indiana east of Sullivan, mentioned the recommendation from City Traffic Engineer Inga Note to change that to 35, and of council's subsequently not passing that recommendation; and said he would like the speed limit determined in a fair and equitable manner, and said the road was designed for 35 and feels the situation should be reviewed and to avoid the speed trap and $154 ticket. Mr. Man also distributed a copy of a letter from Robert Boyle of Hanson Industries concerning the same topic. City Manager Jackson said council is scheduled to discuss speed limits during their October 18 council meeting. Jim Sjothum, 12925 E. Alki: spoke in support of the traffic safety school and encouraged Council to consider Spokane Valley's participation. Randy Chapman, Vice President of Association of Manufactured Home Owners, PO Box 142173 Spokane,WA, 99214: said he is here tonight to talk about zoning of manufacturing housing communities; that he is aware the process is coming up to make zoning changes through ordinances and wanted to get this information to council;he said their association formed about four years ago because a manufacturing home park was in dire straits and was going to be closed by a new owner;that the current law RCW 59.20 states that an owner wanting to do something else with his land,must give the tenants a one-year notice to move;he said many homes are over forty years old and it would be very expensive to move them; so he is asking council to create manufactured housing zoning so it would protect the interests of those people in their own homes, who rent the land in a manufacturing home park. Others who spoke concerning the same topic and in support of Mr. Chapman's concerns included Lynn Riggins� 11303 E., Jackson; Dolores Brown, 16300 E.2"d; and Naomi Eisenhauger,2601 N Barker Road. Melissa Bolton, 1107 N TShirley: said she sent an e-mail to council several weeks ago but only heard from one councilmember in regard to the speed limit on Indiana Avenue Extension; she said it appears that the belief is that the new couplet runs through a densely populated neighborhood but that really it expands a vast, open area; that when headed east through the new round-about, it does lead to a residential area,but that area is east of the new couplet; she said the speed limit east of the area remains at Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 2 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT 35, so the vote that the council took previously did not affect that area; she said it is incredibly disheartening that a city councilmember would presume to know more than a traffic engineer, and base their vote on a personal belief that a speed limit of 35 mph is for a lunatic; she said she struggles more with the fact that city councilmembers would intentionally set a speed too low to speed trap the very tax paying citizens who they are supposed to represent; she said she uses this new thoroughfare almost daily, and she urged council to reconsider their position when it is time to vote again on this issue; and said she respectfully requests that the city council follow the suggestion of the traffic engineer and set the speed limit to the appropriate speed of 35 mph. Martin Houser, Vice President, Citizens Alliance for Property Rights: said he was here previously about an initial presentation on the Shoreline Management Act, and explained about an upcoming free workshop/forum scheduled for October 1 at the New Life Assembly of God Church, concerning how to legally counter threats to your property rights, and he gave flyers to the City Clerk for distribution to councilmembers. 1.PUBLIC HEARING: 2012 Budget—Mark Calhoun Mayor Towey opened the public hearing at 6:55 p.m. Finance Director Calhoun explained that tonight marks the fifth occasion for discussion on the upcoming 2012 budget, and via his PowerPoint presentation, gave a summary of the funds included in the budget, general fund revenues, the revised figures for new construction estimates, mentioned that we anticipate no impact should Initiative #1183 receive voter approval; that this initiative would privatize the distribution and retail sale of liquor in Washington; mentioned other expenditures including recurring and nonrecurring; went over some significant sources of revenues of other funds such as telephone taxes, motor vehicle fuel tax, and real estate excise tax; briefly mentioned the prioritization of capital projects discussed at the June 14 council retreat, and reminded everyone of the upcoming 2012 budget schedule. Mr. Calhoun said we anticipate revenues will be flat for 2012; and while we don't have a sense that things are getting better, neither are they getting worse. Councilmember Grassel, in referring to a city policy or part of a document she got out of the City's Laserfiche repository, asked about the step and COLA (cost of living allowance) increases for staff as noted in Article 9.3 and said she was not aware of step increases, which led to discussion concerning some staff receiving a 2.5% COLA and a 4% to 6% step increase. City Manager Jackson said a typical step increase is 4%, and said it is very unlikely for a staff member to receive 6%, adding that in the city's history, perhaps there were only two or three increases which exceeded the 4%, so it has rarely if ever been used, and said the City Manager approves all salary increases, and the supervisor or department director cannot make that salary adjustment; and stated that if an employee receives a satisfactory annual review, they would receive a 4% increase until they reach the top of the range, at which point no further merit increases are granted to those employees, and the only wage increase they would receive would be the COLA; and Mr. Jackson confirmed that policy for COLAs and step increases are applied to all staff,whether or not the staff is a member of the union. Councilmember Grassel said she was seeking clarification on the rationale of the large increases, and she read a portion of Mr. Calhoun's September 22 memorandum regarding the 2012 budget: "The health insurance line item which is a result of health insurance premium increases of 9.6% in 2010 and 10.41% in 2011 (which were shared between the City and employees at the ratio of 60%; 40% respectively)." Further Councilmember Grassel said under the medical insurance program as stated in the document she shared with councilmembers: "In 2006, the City paid up to the following amounts for full-time eligible employees based upon the coverage chosen by the employee. . . . Should the 2007 contribution rates as required by AWC or any future plan provider exceed the 2006 rates set forth above, the City will pay sixty percent of the increase and employees will pay forty of the increase." Councilmember Grassel said it appears the City covers the base amount 100%, and it is only the rates above that 2006 where the 40/60%enters; and Mr. Calhoun confirmed that is correct. Mr. Jackson said in looking at the dates of the document shared by Councilmember Grassel, it appears it is an excerpt from the original contract which ran through the end of 2006, and for 07, 08 and 09,and said there is a new contract for 10, 11 and 12;but Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 3 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT said these clauses did not change and said he would be happy to share a copy of the current union contract with all councilmembers, and they indicated they would appreciate receiving the document. Mayor Towey invited public comment; and no comments were offered. Councilmember Woodard mentioned page 2 of the 2012 budget development process, and said it concerns him that we use an "incremental budgeting approach that assumes for most functions of government, that the current year's budget is indicative of the base required for the following year. Any increases for incremental and based on need defined by the organization's budget policies, emerging issues, Council goals, and available resources." Councilmember Woodard said he is concerned with the incremental budgeting approach as you never get back to what is actually needed. Councilmember Gothmann said he asked for some information from Mr. Calhoun on how much we actually spent because a budget is an allocation process; in comparing actual expenses since 2006, he explained that the average actually spent budget went up by.96%annually;and it was agreed that Mr. Calhoun would also share that information with the other members of council. Councilmember Grafos said he received information from Councilmember Gothmann that our general fund budget did increase 7% a year, but we didn't spend all the money; and said between the years 2005 and 2009, it increased in actual dollars about 13%; and in 2009 to 2010 when council and the finance committee started discussions about a new direction for the city, that it only went up 2.7%, and said the proposed budget is 1% or less; and said even though all the dollars weren't spent, it is important to set the direction that we are using actual figures and not exceed that; and said if the budget were to increase by 7% every year, the budget would double in about ten years. Regarding the incremental budget, Mr. Jackson said staff will review that line as it doesn't really reflect our last couple years of budgeting; and said we have reduced about 9.5 positions and reduced spending substantially and not added an incremental increase for 2012. In regard to the step program, Councilmember Grafos said he understands that the step program can only be changed by an action of the city council, but what happens is, that if a 2.5% increase is granted as a COLA, it also moves the entire matrix up 2.5%; so in reality if there is a good employee, they automatically get another 4%; so in 2009 there was a 4% step increase for everyone not at the top of the matrix, plus another 3% which was the COLA increase for the union and the non-union employees, and then in 2010 the non-union employees did not get the 2.5% increase because council asked that it be reviewed a year down the line; so the nonunion employees would have received a step increase of about 4% in 2010; so in 2009 and 2010, there was at least a 6.5% increase for union employees, and at least a 4% increase for non-union employees. Mr. Jackson said the actual reduction occurred in 2011; therefore they would have been identical in 2010; and said provided the employee wasn't at the top of the matrix, they would have received the step increase. Councilmember Grafos asked if someone was at the top of the matrix, and a 2.5% COLA was granted, would they stay at the top of the received 2.5%; and Mr. Jackson explained that the employee would receive the 2.5%., and that adjustment would be made to the entire matrix. Councilmember Gothmann added that COLA stands for cost of living allowance, that it is not a raise but an allowance for the fact that the cost of living has gone up and is considered separate from a raise. There being no further discussion, Mayor Towey closed the public hearing at 7:31 p.m., and called for a recess. The meeting reconvened at 7:45 p.m. 2. CONSENT AGENDA: Consists of items considered routine which are approved as a group. Any member of Council may ask that an item be removed from the Consent Agenda to be considered separately. a.Approval of the following claim vouchers: VOUCHER LIST DATE VOUCHER NUMBERS: TOTAL AMOUNT 08-16-2011 3643—3464 $59,695.13 08-17-2011 23634—23683 (refunds) $2,379.00 08-19-2011 23684—23708 $65,088.14 08-23-2011 23709—23736(minus 23729); 815110011 $342,868.19 08-23-2011 23737—23738 $448.75 Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 4 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT 08-26-2011 23739—23757 $138,460.43 08-26-2011 23758—23802 $303,524.36 09-01-2011 5316—5338 (refunds) $2,874.40 09-07-2011 23803-23815 (minus 23811); 8311100015 $2,081,891.40 09-07-2011 23816; 902110014 $574,150.38 09-07-2011 3663-3681; 23817-23821 $221,070.99 09-07-2011 23822-23837 $180,052.71 09-09-2011 23838-23877; 907110129 $84,185.87 09-13-2011 23878-23911 $111,962.79 09-16-2011 23912-239389 $228,994.89 GRAND TOTAL: $4,397,647.43 b.Approval of Payroll for period ending August 31,2011: $372,482.20 c.Approval of Payroll for period ending September 15,2011: $255,280.74 d.Approval of Commute Trip Reduction Interlocal Agreement e.Approval of Minutes of August 15,2011 Special Council Meeting f.Approval of Minutes of August 23,2011 Formal Council Meeting g.Approval of Minutes of August 30,2011 Study Session Format Council Meeting h.Approval of Minutes of August 31,2011 Special Joint Council Meeting(with noted revision) i.Approval of Minutes of September 6,2011 Study Session Format Council Meeting It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels, seconded and unanimously agreed to approve the Consent Agenda. NEW BUSINESS: 3.First Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-013 Amending Spokane Valley Municipal Code Relative to City Treasurer—Cary Driskell After City Clerk Bainbridge read the ordinance title, it was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels and seconded, to advance Ordinance 11-013 to a second reading. City Attorney Driskell explained about the provisions referring to city treasurer or finance director and as we do not have a treasurer, it was determined it would be good to make the designation to keep in line with our city's position of finance director; and said that this is mostly a housekeeping item. Mayor Towey invited public comment; no comments were offered. Vote by Acclamation: In Favor: Mayor Towey, Deputy Mayor Schimmels, and Councilmembers Hafner, Grassel, Grafos, Gothmann and Woodard. Opposed:None. Motion carried. 4.Motion Consideration: Allocation of Funds to Outside Agencies—Mark Calhoun It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels and seconded to express final funding allocation shown as the averages on page two. Finance Director Calhoun explained the process for funding local social service and economic development agencies, and that the accompanying spreadsheet represents individual councilmember's recommendations, but that they are not necessarily indicative of which councilmember gave which recommendation. Mr. Calhoun said that $150,000 is included in the 2012 budget for this purpose. Mayor Towey invited public comment. Dr. Jim Harken, 11525 East 20t: said he is the President of Spokane Arts Council, and that he spoke with a few councilmembers who suggested he come to the meeting tonight to express his concerns; he said in the past the City has graciously granted the Arts Council $5,000 each year, even though they asked for $10,000; he mentioned the sculpture the Arts Council gave to the City which was placed at CenterPlace, along with the second sculpture, and of the newly landscaped area; he said he understands that letters went out informing entities of this granting process,but that he did not receive a letter so he did not know if the letter was actually mailed or if he was left off the list; but that he received no indication of this process for this year; he said they have a post office at the Chamber of Commerce, but no one received this letter, although he said he spoke with Ms. Davenport and Mr. Calhoun who indicated the letters did get mailed;he said he was working diligently to make the city a better place to live but was left out of this Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 5 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT process they are about to vote on; and he is not sure of the protocol, but he asked for the ability to insert this into the budget; and said so far, they have donated goods to the city over a three-year period, in excess of$200,000. Fred Aronow, Spokane Veteran's Forum: said that any amount of funds they receive will help them; that this is the first opportunity they have had to apply for a grant as formerly they were part of the Spokane County Veteran's Forum; and he asked Council's consideration in funding assistance Finance Director Calhoun explained the advertising process for these grants, including newspaper legal ads, advertising on our website, mailing out letters, and press releases. It was moved by Councilmember Gothmann and seconded, to make the following amended allocations: Project Access: $20,000; Spokane Valley Partners: $30,000; Valley Meals on Wheels, $8,500; YWCA $3,500; Greater Spokane, Inc. $40,500; Greater Spokane Valley Chamber of Commerce $9,000; International Trade Alliance $10,000; Heritage Museum $3,000; the HUB Sports Center $4,500; and Valleyfest $20,000. Discussion included Councilmember Hafner speaking of the importance of Greater Spokane Substance Abuse and the other social service agencies; mention by Councilmember Woodard of including the Arts Council; and at the request of Mayor Towey, City Attorney Driskell explained the City's adopted process of having established deadlines and of past situations of not accepting any late applications. City Manager Jackson said that perhaps we could offer another round of grants later; and said we send out letters as a courtesy as the opportunity is advertised in the newspaper and on our website; and said he cannot think of any time we ever made an exception. Councilmember Hafner agreed not to make exceptions to the deadline as there are many other agencies that perhaps would have considered this grant opportunity. Councilmember Gothmann agreed and said as a City, we must be fair to all. After further discussion on the allocations, Councilmember Hafner called for the question, with two councilmembers in favor of calling the question, and five against. The motion failed and discussion continued. After further discussion, Deputy Mayor Schimmels withdrew his motion. Councilmember Grassel then made an amended motion by substitution as follows: Big Brothers/Big Sisters $1,000; Coalition of the Responsible Disabled $400; Greater Spokane Substance Abuse $2,000; Project Access: $16,500; Spokane Valley Partners $30,500; Spokane Valley Veterans Forum $600; Valley Meals on Wheels: $9,000; YWCA $3,000; Greater Spokane, Inc. $41,500; Greater Spokane Valley Chamber $9,000; International Trade Alliance $10,000; Heritage Museum $2,000; HUB Sports Center $5,000; and Valleyfest $19,500. The motion was seconded. Mayor Towey invited public comment; no comments were offered. Vote by Acclamation on the amended motion by substitution: In Favor: Mayor Towey, and Councilmembers Hafner, Grassel, Grafos, Gothmann, and Woodard. Opposed: Deputy Mayor Schimmels. Motion carried. Deputy Mayor Schimmels asked that for the next time we go through this grant process, for staff to research other possibilities for funding allocation options, and for council to consider some ground rules to ensure we have a smooth process. 5.Motion Consideration: Confirmation of Mayoral Appointment to Lodging Tax Committee—Mayor Towey Mayor Towey said this was a tough decision,and thanked both people for applying; and he recommended Jeff Fiman as the new member of the Lodging Tax Advisory Committee. It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels and seconded to confirm the Mayoral appointment of Jeff Fiman to the Lodging Tax Advisory Committee for a term beginning immediately and ending December 31, 2012. Mayor Towey invited public comment; no comments were offered. Vote by Acclamation: In Favor: Mayor Towey, Deputy Mayor Schimmels, and Councilmembers Hafner, Grassel, Grafos, Gothmann and Woodard. Opposed: None. Motion carried. PUBLIC COMMENTS: Mayor Towey invited public comments; no comments were offered. Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 6 of 7 Approved by Council: DRAFT —HUD Sustainable Communities Regional Planning Grant -John Hohma (added agenda item) Community Development Director Hohman explained that SRTC (Spokane Regional Transportation Council) was approved to apply for a $2 million grant under the U.S. Housing and Urban Development Agency's Sustainable Communities Regional Planning Grant, and seeks commitments from local agencies and jurisdictions to participate; he said the grant stems from a partnership between HUD, the U.S. Department of Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency to support multi- jurisdictional efforts to increase economic and workforce development, improve access to housing, provide affordable and varied transportation choices, and preserve local environments and communities. Mr. Hohman said SRTC has requested letters of commitment from participating jurisdictions and needs them by September 29 in order to meet the application deadline of October 5. To clarify, Mr. Hohman explained that if we participate, it would mean in-kind donations such as uncertain amount of staff time, and/or such things as making meeting rooms available. Mr. Jackson said staff seeks council consensus to move forward with the letter, and if we are awarded the grant, we would bring back a formal Memorandum of Understanding for council approval consideration. There were no objections from council for staff to move forward with the letter. 6.Advance Agenda—Mayor Towey Councilmember Grassel said it appears the neighbors and business owners have an agreeable solution to the speed limit for the Indiana/Mission couplet area; and she asked about the discussion of speed limits for the October 18 meeting. Mr. Jackson said he would like to have a review of the speed limits in general to begin with, and after that staff could come back later for a motion consideration; and said Mr. Kersten will be able to provide a general overview of speed limits, then move into that specific question. Councilmember Hafner asked if we have other complaints about speeds in other areas, and Mr. Jackson replied that we do get complaints occasionally, and said he'll ask that Public Works bring those up at the time of discussion. It was suggested that Chief VanLeuven might be included concerning enforcement information; and Mr. Jackson said Chief VanLeuven can be included in the discussion. Councilmember Woodard indicated he would like an update on quiet zones, and Mr. Jackson noted that Interim Deputy City Manager Crum is working on that and will give council an update upon his return. INFORMATION ONLY: Department Reports, Sullivan Bridge Tiger Grant, and Allowed Uses of Lodging Tax Funds were for information only and were not reported or discussed. It was moved by Deputy Mayor Schimmels, seconded and unanimously agreed to adjourn. The meeting adjourned at 8:45 p.m. ATTEST: Thomas E.Towey,Mayor Christine Bainbridge,City Clerk Council Regular Meeting 09 27-2011 Page 7 of 7 Approved by Council: CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 City Manager Sign-off: Item: Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ® new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Second Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-013 Amending SVMC Relative to City Treasurer GOVERNING LEGISLATION: SVMC 2.40.010, 2.40.020, 3.10.010, 3.10.100, 3.15.040. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: On August 9, 2011, staff provided Council with information regarding the proposed ordinance which would allow the City to comply with State law and accurately reflect the City's practice. On September 13, 2011, Council held a first reading on the proposed Ordinance, and moved it to a second reading. BACKGROUND: The existing language in SVMC 2.40.010, 2.40.020, 3.10.010, 3.10.100, and 3.15.040 contain provisions relating to the position and duties of the city treasurer. The City does not employ a person with the title of city treasurer. Instead, it has been the practice of the City to have the finance director fulfill these duties. However, some provisions in State law refer to a city treasurer, so it is helpful to keep the reference to the city treasurer in the Code. The terms "city treasurer" and "finance director" are used interchangeably in various places, so both terms should be retained. As such, Staff recommends this amendment be adopted to ensure compliance with State law, provide clarity, and accurately reflect the City's practice. Staff views this as a housekeeping item. OPTIONS: 1) Motion to adopt Ordinance 11-013; 2) Request that additional changes be made to proposed ordinance. RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: Move to approve Ordinance 11-013 relating to references to the City finance director/City treasurer in the City Code. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: Anticipated to be revenue neutral. STAFF CONTACT: Cary Driskell, City Attorney; Mark Calhoun, Finance Director/City Treasurer ATTACHMENTS: Proposed Ordinance 11-013 DRAFT CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY SPOKANE COUNTY,WASHINGTON ORDINANCE NO. 11-013 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, SPOKANE COUNTY, WASHINGTON, AMENDING SECTIONS 2.40.010, 2.40.020, 3.10.010, 3.10.100, AND 3.15.040 OF THE SPOKANE VALLEY MUNICIPAL CODE RELATING TO THE CITY TREASURER AND FINANCE DIRECTOR, AND OTHER MATTERS RELATING THERETO. WHEREAS, the City of Spokane Valley previously adopted Spokane Valley Municipal Code sections 2.40.010, 2.40.020, 3.10.010, 3.10.100, and 3.15.040, which have provisions relating to the position and duties of the city treasurer; and WHEREAS, it is the City's practice to have the finance director perform the duties of the city treasurer,and no person is employed as the city treasurer;and WHEREAS, there is no requirement in State law that a city have both a city treasurer and a finance director;and WHEREAS, the existing provisions should be amended to ensure compliance with State law, to provide clarity,and reflect the actual practice of the City. NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Spokane Valley, Washington ordains as follows: Section 1. Amendment. Spokane Valley Municipal Code section 2.40.010 is hereby amended as follows: 2.40.010 Oath required. The city manager, city clerk, city treasurer,—/city finance director and the city chief of police,before entering upon the performance of their duties, shall be required to take an oath or affirmation for the faithful performance of their duties in substantially the following form: OATH OF OFFICE I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully and impartially to the best of my ability perform the duties of the office of in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington and all other duly enacted laws, rules and policies of the City of Spokane Valley, Spokane County,Washington. By: [Attestation] The oath or affirmation shall be given before the mayor and filed with the Spokane County auditor. Ordinance 11-013 Finance Director/City Treasurer Page 1 of 4 DRAFT Section 2. Amendment. Spokane Valley Municipal Code section 2.40.020 is hereby amended as follows: 2.40.020 Bond required. Prior to performance of their duties, the city manager, city clerk, city treasurer, /city finance director and city chief of police shall be required to furnish an official bond, to be renewed annually, conditioned on the honest and faithful performance of their official duties. The premium on the bond(s) shall be paid by the City. The amount of the bonds shall be as follows: A. City manager: $250,000; B. City cler'%: $250,000; I C.Finance director/city treasurer: $250,000; D. Chief of police: $250,000. In lieu of individual fidelity bonds,the City may purchase a blanket fidelity bond in amounts not less than those provided for above. Section 3. Amendment. Spokane Valley Municipal Code section 3.10.010 is hereby amended as follows: 3.10.010 One-quarter percent excise tax on real estate sales. A. Imposition. Pursuant to RCW 82.46.010, there is imposed an excise tax on each sale of real property constituting a taxable event as defined in Chapter 82.45 RCW, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended. The tax imposed under this section shall be collected from persons who are taxable by the state under Chapter 82.45 RCW,as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, and such tax shall comply with all applicable rules, regulations, laws and court decisions regarding real estate excise taxes as imposed by the state under Chapters 82.45 and 82.46 RCW, as the same now exist or may hereafter be amended. B. Tax Rate. The rate of tax imposed by this section pursuant to RCW 82.46.010, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, shall be one-quarter of one percent of the selling price of all real property upon which this tax is imposed. C. Use of Proceeds. All proceeds from the tax imposed by this section shall be I placed by the finance director/city treasurer, or authorized designee, in the City's capital project fund, with expenditures therefrom restricted solely to those uses permitted by state law; namely, for any capital purpose identified in a capital improvements plan and local capital improvements including those listed in RCW 35.43.040. Ordinance 11-013 Finance Director/City Treasurer Page 2 of 4 DRAFT Section 4. Amendment. Spokane Valley Municipal Code section 3.10.100 is hereby amended as follows: 3.10.100 Additional one-quarter percent excise tax on real estate sales. A. Imposition. Pursuant to RCW 82.46.035,there is imposed an additional excise tax on each sale of real property constituting a taxable event as defined in Chapter 82.45 RCW, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended. The tax imposed under this section shall be collected from persons who are taxable by the state under Chapter 82.45 RCW, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, and such tax shall comply with all applicable rules, regulations, laws and court decisions regarding real estate excise taxes as imposed by the state of Washington under Chapters 82.45 and 82.46 RCW,as the same now exist or may hereafter be amended. B. Tax Rate. The rate of tax imposed by this section pursuant to RCW 82.46.035, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, shall be one-quarter of one percent of the selling price of all real property upon which this tax is imposed. C. Use of Proceeds. All proceeds from the tax imposed by this section shall be placed by the finance director/city treasurer, or authorized designee, in the City of Spokane Valley's special capital project fund established under SVMC 3.10.170 and shall be used solely for financing capital projects,as specified in the capital facilities plan element of the City comprehensive plan approved by the city council. Section 5. Amendment. Spokane Valley Municipal Code section 3.15.040 is hereby amended as follows: 3.15.040 Administration and collection. I The finance director/city treasurer, or designee, is authorized and directed to contact the Washington State Department of Revenue to administer and collect the tax in accordance with RCW 82.29A.080. The city manager is authorized to enter into a contract with the State Department of Revenue for the administration, collection and disbursement of the taxes imposed herein, pursuant to RCW 82.29A.080.A copy of the contract shall be maintained on file in the office of the city clerk. The city clerk is further directed to transmit a certified copy of the ordinance codified in this chapter to the clerk of the board for Spokane County, the Washington State Office of Financial Management and the Department of Revenue. Section 6. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of any other section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance. Section 7. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication of the Ordinance Summary. Ordinance 11-013 Finance Director/City Treasurer Page 3 of 4 DRAFT Passed this day of October, 2011. Mayor, Thomas E. Towey ATTEST: City Clerk, Christine Bainbridge Approved As To Form: Office of the City Attorney Date of Publication: Effective Date: Ordinance 11-013 Finance Director/City Treasurer Page 4 of 4 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Review Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: Check all that apply: ❑consent ❑old business ®new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin.report ® pending legislation AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Bike and Pedestrian Master Program PREVIOUS ACTION TAKEN: On September 20, 2011, Council reviewed changes to the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program (BPMP) as directed during the August 30th administrative report. Council directed staff to make further changes for review and consideration at first ordinance reading. BACKGROUND: The City of Spokane Valley applied for a competitive grant from the Energy Efficiency and Conservation Block Grants (EECBG) program and was awarded funds to develop the BPMP. The BPMP is proposed to be an element of the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan expanding on the Transportation Element to focus on non-motorized transportation. If the BPMP is adopted, it is required by the Growth Management Act (GMA) to be consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. The BPMP includes background data concerning bike and pedestrian facilities (Section 11.1), applicable federal, state and local codes relating to the topic (section 11.2), and a set of goals and objectives (section 11.3). Section 11.4, contains city-wide bike and pedestrian facility improvements, potential education, enforcement and evaluation tools. As a policy document, this chapter can guide decisions regarding multi-modal transportation facilities. As an implementation tool, it can detail priorities and standards for development. On August 30, 2011, staff provided a detailed overview of the BPMP and an opportunity for open discussion on any changes Council would like to see. Staff and Council worked through the program identifying specific changes. Council directed staff to work through the remainder of document based on the established guidance and to bring back the document in strike through format for further consideration. On September 20, 2011, Council worked through the requested strike through document identifying further changes to bring back for first ordinance reading. NOTICE: Notice for the proposed BPMP was placed in the Spokane Valley News Herald on June 17, 2011. SEPA REVIEW: Pursuant to the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA — RCW 43.21C) an Environmental Checklist was required for the BPMP. Under SEPA, the BPMP is considered a "non-project action" defined as actions involving decisions on policies, plans, or programs that contain standards controlling use or modification of the environment. Additional environmental review may be required for the physical development of the bike and pedestrian facilities. 1 of 2 Staff reviewed the environmental checklist and a threshold determination was made for the BPMP. A Determination of Non-significance (DNS) was issued for the BPMP on June 17, 2011 consistent with the City of Spokane Valley Environmental Ordinance. OPTIONS: Consensus to advance the ordinance to a second reading with or without modifications, or take other action deemed appropriate. RECOMMENDED MOTION: Advance Ordinance 11-014 to a second reading. STAFF CONTACT: Mike Basinger, AICP, Senior Planner ATTACHMENTS: Exhibit 1: Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Element and supporting appendices Exhibit 2: Draft Ordinance 11-014 Exhibit 3: Findings and Conclusions 2 of 2 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan CHAPTER 11- BIKE AND PEDESTRIAN ELEMENT 11.0 Introduction 11.0.1 Why Plan for Bicycling and Walking? Bicycling in urban areas has grown dramatically in the last decade due to factors such as healthier lifestyles, rising fuel costs and a desire to lessen impacts on the environment. By creating safe places to ride, the development of new facility types such as bike lanes, bicycle friendly routes, and shared use paths have enabled more people to use bike transportation. In addition, as the importance of a healthy lifestyle has grown, the desire to incorporate exercise through walking has also grown. As a basic form of mobility, virtually all trips—regardless of mode—start and end with walking. The City of Spokane Valley has the essential elements to create a great place to bike and walk. Most streets connect, congestion is minimal, the terrain is flat, and weather is suitable many months of the year. For these reasons, biking and walking is a great way to get around the City. Where there are close links between home and destinations (such as school, work, and shops) walking and cycling can be the preferred and efficient way to move from place to place. Promoting walking and bicycling can help ease congestion, address weight and health issues and enhance the livability and economic vitality of our community. They help promote interaction between neighbors, strengthen connection to the community, provide `eyes-on-the-street' security, and support local retail activity. By comparison, streets and places where people are not present often feel uncomfortable and barren. Cities around the nation with the most positive economic growth and solid resources from tourism, general retail and other sources are places where people can come and feel comfortable. 11.0.2 Overview As an element of the City of Spokane Valley's Comprehensive Plan, this chapter is organized to present background data concerning bike and pedestrian facilities (Section 11.1), applicable federal, state and local codes relating to the topic (section 11.2), and a set of goals and objectives (section 11.3). Section 11.4, contains city-wide bike and pedestrian facility improvements, potential education, enforcement and evaluation tools. As a policy document, this chapter will guide decisions regarding multi-modal transportation facilities. As an implementation tool, it will detail priorities and standards for development. 11.0.3 Vision Statements To increase opportunities for non-motorized transportation that improve the connectivity, safety, convenience and attractiveness of the pedestrian and bicycle network in the City of Spokane Valley. To identify and prioritize facility recommendations based on thorough data collection and analysis, community visioning, regional collaboration, engineering assessment and preliminary cost estimates. 11.0.4 Process Several steps were involved in creating the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program. a. Data Collection A comprehensive field inventory of existing bicycle and pedestrian facilities was conducted, identifying constraints and opportunities for improvements. The City coordinated with adjacent jurisdictions as well as bike, pedestrian and health advocates, property owners and other stakeholders. This step incorporated a thorough review of the existing adopted Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan, including a review of the bike facility map, goals and Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 – Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 1 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan policies related to bike and walking activity, as well as a review of recently approved similar plans in the region. Accident data and funding sources for potential future projects were also gathered. A sidewalk inventory completed by students at Washington State University (WSU)was added to the City's GIS system. b. Public Outreach This Bike and Pedestrian Master Program (BPMP) was created over a year and a half period with participation from a diverse group of citizens, residents and interested parties. A contact database was created to ensure interested parties were notified throughout the development of the plan. Over 900 contacts were included within five months of initiation. The first in a series of BPMP workshops was held on June 16, 2010. A diverse group voiced opinions and concerns on bicycling and walking in the City. Through an interactive exercise, the participants identified destinations, obstacles, and preferred routes for bike and pedestrian facilities. An on-line survey was made available through the City's web page. Over 350 responses were received from the online survey, indicating a significant level of interest. The short, non-statistical survey gathered additional insight into the biking and walking experience in Spokane Valley and into desired routes and destinations. c. Connectivity Assessment and Route Recommendations From the gathered data, a preliminary connection assessment and potential route recommendations were developed. Details of existing rights-of-way, pavement width, driveway approaches and traffic counts were gathered. d. Continued Public Outreach A second community workshop was held on September 19, 2010 to present preliminary bike and pedestrian routes and connections based on the information gathered at the first workshop and through the on-line survey. The Spokane Regional Health District presented information on health impacts associated with alternative modes of transportation. By prioritizing potential projects, participants helped create a vision of a comprehensive bike and pedestrian network. The workshops were publicized online, at schools, bike shops and community facilities throughout the City. In addition, staff prepared newsletters and maintained a BPMP page on the City of Spokane Valley website. Quarterly updates were presented to the City Council as part of the Energy Efficiency and Conservation Block Grant (EECBG) status reports. e. Safety Analysis and Prioritization of Improvements A portion of money from the City's EECBG funded an engineering consultant to review the proposed routes for safety, cost and prioritizations. This engineering assessment provides technical guidance to help ensure that proposed bike and pedestrian facilities, such as bike lanes on arterials or shared use paths in neighborhoods, are safe, functional, and appropriate for the set route. f. Plan Refinement, Review and Adoption Desired routes were refined based on technical input from the consultant. Classifications for both bicycle and pedestrian facilities were reviewed based on the American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO) guidelines and industry standards. Comprehensive Plan text, maps and exhibits were prepared. Priorities and preliminary implementation schedules were included. Additional workshops were held to gather input on the draft BPMP document. Finally, the BPMP was presented to both the Planning Commission and the City Council. 11.0.5 Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Technical Advisory Group Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 2 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Developing the BPMP resulted in partnerships and collaboration between the City, adjoining jurisdictions and many other interested agencies and individuals. Representatives from many of these groups served on the Bike and Pedestrian Technical Advisory Group (BPTAG). The BPTAG met several times to review and make recommendations on potential routes, facilities and implementation strategies. 11.0.6 Partnerships Preparation of the BPMP has involved a wide range of people and agencies. Partnerships and collaboration contributes to the quality and integrity of the program. Maintaining these partnerships will contribute toward successful implementation and realization of shared goals. a. Spokane Regional Health District The Spokane Regional Health District (SRHD) serves as the area's public health leader and partner in protecting and improving the health of the community. The Health District's Physical Activity program works with community coalitions, elected officials, citizen groups and other organizations to encourage policies that make it easier for people to be physically active. An analysis of existing social, economic and health statistics of the residents of the City of Spokane Valley was prepared by the SRHD epidemiologist. The role of SRHD was to bring awareness of the positive health impact bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure can have on a community. b. School Districts and Safe Routes to School Safe Routes to School is a national program aimed at enabling community leaders, schools and parents across the country to improve safety and encourage more children to be active by safely walking and bicycling to school. In the process, work associated with Safe Routes to School contributes to reducing traffic congestion, improving physical health, and making communities more livable overall. The SRHD along with the City, Bicycle Alliance of Washington, Central Valley School District, East Valley School District, and West Valley School District worked diligently through the 2010/2011 school year to prepare walking audits of all elementary and middle schools. Walking audits are detailed surveys of streets and sidewalks within a one-mile radius surrounding a school using the Safe Walk and Bike Routes: A Guide for Planning and Improving Walk and Bike to School Options for Students (site: WSDOT and WTSC 2010). Results of the audits are used to prepare preferred walking routes for students and to identify and prioritize street and sidewalk safety projects. Continued coordinated efforts between school districts, SRHD and the City will aid in the successful implementation of safe routes for pedestrians of all ages. c. Spokane Transit Authority The Spokane Transit Authority (STA) is a regional public transportation agency providing a variety of transportation options, including bus service to the City of Spokane Valley. The transit system effectively expands the area that pedestrians are able to access for daily services and activities. STA's database of pedestrian paths throughout its service area was used as base data for the City's sidewalk inventory, gap analysis and recommended pedestrian network. The data identified barriers to people using the sidewalk network to access the bus system. d. Bicycle Alliance of Washington The Bicycle Alliance of Washington is a non-profit organization advocating for bicyclists and bike-friendly communities throughout Washington. The Alliance works toward increasing the percentage of all types of bicycle riders and increasing funding available for inclusive, non-motorized transportation facilities. The Alliance works closely with Safe Routes to School programs and serves as a clearinghouse for bicycle education and advocacy. e. Washington State University Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 3 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan In 2007, Washington State University Interdisciplinary Design Institute (WSU) created a pedestrian model by mapping pedestrian networks throughout Spokane Transit Authority's service area, identifying barriers such as the absence of sidewalks and curb ramps, and non-ADA compliant variations in the surface condition, height, width, and slope of pedestrian facilities. The data has been used to identify existing routes and to determine sidewalk infill priorities. By partnering with the City, data developed through the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program will be used to update the WSU pedestrian network model. In turn, the model will be useful in prioritizing pedestrian improvements in an effort to increase safety throughout the City. f. Spokane Regional Transportation Council The Spokane Regional Transportation Council (SRTC) is the local metropolitan planning organization encouraging coordination and collaboration between planning and transportation departments throughout the region. SRTC maintains the Transportation Improvement Program, a three-year list of state and federally-funded transportation projects, and the Metropolitan Transportation Plan in Spokane County, a document addressing transportation needs for the next 20 years. SRTC recognizes that walking and bicycling are simple and efficient modes of travel that can increase public transit ridership. Coordination between the City and SRTC will create opportunities to implement effective non-motorized projects and programs. 11.1 Planning Context The Bike and Pedestrian Element of the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan expands on the Transportation Element to focus on non-motorized transportation. Also referred to as the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program, this element is consistent with the overall Comprehensive Plan, specifically the Land Use, Transportation, Parks and Recreation and Neighborhood Elements. 11.1.1 GMA The Washington Growth Management Act (GMA), the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) provide for the inclusion of non-motorized transportation elements in comprehensive plans. Bike and pedestrian planning is sometimes included in the land use, transportation or recreation elements. Using a separate element to address opportunities and constraints specific to these non-motorized forms of transportation allows the City of Spokane Valley to focus on improvements that enhance the livability and economic vitality of our community. 11.1.2 County-Wide Planning Policies County Wide Planning Policies (CWPP) provide a policy framework for the County and its respective cities. Specifically items 10 and 16 under Policy Topic 5—Transportation, state: 10. Each jurisdiction should coordinate its housing and transportation strategies to support existing, or develop new, public multimodal transportation systems. 16. Each jurisdiction shall address energy consumption/conservation by: a. Designing transportation improvements for alternatives to the single-occupant vehicle; b. Locating and adopting design standards for new development to support pedestrian or non-motorized travel; c. Providing regulatory and financial incentives to promote efforts of the public and private sector to conserve energy; and d. Reducing the number of vehicle miles traveled and number of vehicle trips. As described in Section 11.0.6 above, the SRTC is the Metropolitan Planning Organization for the Spokane region. SRTC maintains the Metropolitan Transportation Plan (MTP), a 20-year strategy to meet the transportation needs of the region. MTP goals related to non-motorized transportation include: Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 4 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan • Establishing a bicycle and pedestrian program that will increase the mode-share of people walking and bicycling as a means of transportation over the next 20 years; • Eliminating barriers that discourage or prohibit pedestrian or bicycle access; • Identifying the needs and gaps in the regional bicycle and pedestrian system; and • Encouraging connections between residential areas and adjacent land uses to enhance awareness and cooperation between all roadway users. The MTP facilitated the creation of three complementary products: the Spokane Regional Bike Plan (adopted in 2008); the Spokane Regional Pedestrian Plan (adopted in 2009) and the SmartRoutes program. All of these were collaborative efforts with SRTC, the Spokane Regional Health District, the Active Transportation Technical Committee (including representatives from the City of Spokane Valley and other cities and towns) and a citizen-based steering committee. Each of these documents encourages jurisdictions to tailor the regional plans to their own needs and to use them for guidance to develop appropriate bicycle and pedestrian protects that traverse jurisdictional lines. 11.2 Existing Setting 11.2.1 Comprehensive Plan The City of Spokane Valley's Comprehensive Plan includes goals and policies to guide development within the City. All elements within the Comprehensive Plan must be internally consistent. Goals found within other elements encourage the development and implementation of a bike and pedestrian system within the City. The following are from the Land Use, Transportation, Natural Environment and the Parks and Recreation elements: Land Use - Goal LUG-7 Provide a balanced transportation network that accommodates public transportation, high occupancy vehicles, pedestrians, bicyclists, automobiles and integrated parking. Transportation -Goal TG-9 Enhance community livability and transportation by encouraging a connected system of pedestrian and bicycle ways that is integrated into a coordinated regional network. Natural Environment- Goal NEG-20 Support regional efforts to improve air quali Parks and Recreation -Goal PRG-4 Based upon budgetary resources, promote, develop, operate and maintain a comprehensive trail/bicycle system within Spokane Valley that provides non-motorized travel (walking, bicycling, skating, and horseback riding)to meet city residents recreation, fitness and commuting needs. 11.2.2 Current Activity a. Collision Dat. The Washington State Department of Transportation maintains records of pedestrian and bicycle collision data. Between 2003 (incorporation) and 2010, there were six fatalities and 295 serious or disabling injuries in Spokane Valley associated with pedestrian and bicycle collisions. On average, there are 41 pedestrian and bicycle collisions per year. The majority of the collisions occurred on major arterials including Argonne, Pines and Sullivan Roads. It is estimated that many bicycle and pedestrian collisions have happened but have not been reported. b. Citizen Input Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 5of18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan To ensure the bike and pedestrian system reflects the community's desires, an extensive outreach component was built into the process. As described in the previous section, this process included workshops and an on-line survey. The results showed that a majority of respondents walk or bicycle for exercise/health, enjoyment, or to commute to work/school. When asked what prevents a person from biking or walking, an overwhelming 70% of the respondents said it was due to the lack of facilities. The results showed the community's desire to see improved bike and pedestrian facilities in or around the following six routes: 1. Sprague Avenue 2. Pines Road 3. 32nd Ave/Dishman Mica 4. Argonne/Mullan corridor 5. Valleyway Avenue (as a bicycle friendly ro' 6. Sullivan Road Many mentioned the need for more north/south connectio,7s to the Centennial Trail. The preferred facilities were bike lanes and shared use paths. The graphs below illustrate the respondent's views. '11, o you bike or walk? Note: Resp, 'ents were asked to check all that apply . % 58% 55% 35% 9% 3% 4% �r err- ay oo\ e` �� t r°a o�� °aao eta° 5or ��a� �� & Fc, o° Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 6 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan What prevents you from biking or walking? Note: Respondents were asked to check all that apply 70% 57% 43% 28% 1 26% 26% 1 I I 6% 14% 13% 17% f �`e5 v�°q �a\\\ a�oe a,`oc ,\ot `��, ot� rec a \o- \ems er era o a r� O e� a e e� a•� \5� p e� to , \�a `o O av o �\' • Q � :b i `aJ CT i1P Where would kle to be able to bicyle or walk? Note: ResI. es sere tallied from qualitative data 23% /0 21% 5% 5% 5% 4% 4% 2% 2°0 °0 2'. --r 1% 1% d G \, ,§; `� a� a Ge eG ��Oa� aay �eQ..k co e -.1 e ,t, Eceta J \eA -"k' a � \p o 4a/ G ei o e e Ge od 5r Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 7 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Which roadways are difficult for bicyclists or pedestrians? Note: Responses were tallied from qualitative data 24% 17% 16% 10% 5% 6% /0 3% 3% ° 3% 3% 3% l� � � 0 '1% 1% 1`/y7 �a� ,,- ��t „„ ,,a) at\ ,c, ez t`k¢� a� ��, 0 N �„.. 5�� a,A PQQ,e Pao,° Oa �o� O`Qaa �ac�ac‘�� std; F° Q Q` �Qsa� �t J�,€, a\_ O`yr Q tl What bicycle an ,edestrian facilities do you prefer? Note: Responk is were asked to check all that apply N 62% 51% 36% 7- Dike Lanes Shared Use Paths Signed, Shared Bicycle Boulevard Roadways Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 8 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Which of the following programs would you like to see implemented? Note: Respondents were asked to check all that apply 87% 66% Hi 47% 46% 36% 1 L 17 ,i, �aa at `, ,et �i. 0 e, �ot� o �� ` \5 • \-�o a %iii c. Health Data As part of t !e initia community workshops, the SRHD prepared information correlating active lifestyles, including bicycle and pedestrian commutes, to improved health. Sedentary lifestyles can contribute to obesity. Obesity can be defined as a person with a body mass index of 30 or greater. Obesity can contribute to illnesses including heart disease and strokes, high blood pressure, osteoarthritis, diabetes and some forms of cancer. Lack of physical activity increases health risks, resulting in increased costs for medical care, worker compensation and lost productivity. Obesity and lack of activity contribute to hronic diseases including cancer, heart and respiratory disease. The top five causes of death in Spokane Valley are shown below: Literature reviews have shown that urban design and land use policies creating opportunities for physical activity within communities have been effective and are considered best practices for increasing a community's health and reducing obesity. More than half of Spokane County's carbon monoxide emissions are from vehicle sources. Reducing vehicle trips by accommodating and encouraging active transportation can positively impacts health by improving air quality. SRHD also considers socio-economic factors as they relate to health. A link exists between education, poverty, and mobility choices. In Spokane Valley, between 2004 and 2008, 37.4 percent of the population had less than a high school diploma or GED. The amount of education a person achieves influences their ability to earn a certain standard of living. Between 2004 and 2008, 43.9 percent of the City's population was at or below the 200 percent federal poverty level. That is more than twice the national average. A substantial percentage of the population either cannot afford automobile transportation, or affording it is a financial hardship. For these people, in addition to the young in age and the Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 9 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan older population, getting around by other alternatives such as walking, bicycling or transit is a necessity. 11.2.3 Existing Bicycle System Though developed as a compilation of rural townships over time, the City of Spokane Valley has a strong grid pattern of streets. The placement of principal and minor arterials, collectors and local access streets overlaid on the relatively flat topography provides an excellent base for non- motorized transportation. a. Types of Bicycle Users There are many types of bicyclists with varying skills and levels of comfort in terms of riding in traffic. While bicyclists can be loosely categorized as experienced adult, casual adult and child cyclists, there are many levels of cycling competency and just as many opinions as to what makes an ideal bike route. Some experienced cyclists ride on busy arterial streets regardless of bicycle facilities. Some cyclists will ride on busy roads only if bike lanes are provided. Some will use the lanes only if parallel residential roads are unavailable. b. Existing Bicycle Facilities A combination of striped bike lanes, posted bicycle friendly routes and separated bike facilities are found throughout the City. In addition, other streets act as informal routes, favored by bicycle commuters as safe and convenient alternatives to bike ways with heavy automobile traffic. The following different types of bicycle facilities, as defined by the American Association of State and Highway Trans o Cation Officials (AASHTO) are found throughout Spokane Valley: i. Shared Use Path: Facilities on separated right-of-way and with minimal cross flow by motor vehicles. Minimum width is six feet; optimal width is ten feet. Shared use paths may also be used by pedestrians, skaters, wheelchair users, joggers and other non- motorized users. • The Centennial Trail is an example of a shared use path in the City. With connections through adjacent jurisdictions, it is an important regional recreational and commuting facility. Other shared use paths exist along the south side of Appleway Avenue from Sprague Avenue to the eastern City boundary and on Sullivan Road, from Centennial Trail to just south of Trent Road. ii. Bike Lanes: A portion of a roadway designated by striping, signing and pavement markings for the preferential or exclusive use by bicyclists. The required width of a bike lane on a given street varies based on several factors, such as existence of a gutter and curb. Parking and traffic volume must be considered as well. AASHTO and SRTC (Spokane Regional Transportation Council) guidelines recommend that for a street without gutter or curb, the minimum width of the bike lane should be four feet. If the street includes curb and gutter, the minimum width should be five feet. In situations where parking is permitted without any striping or stalls, AASHTO guidelines recommend an 11-foot bike lane width. Bicycle lanes improve conditions for cyclists of all abilities within a given corridor and encourage increased bicycle use by providing a greater degree of comfort and perceived safety for less skilled cyclists. • Striped bicycle lanes are located along several arterials, including 32nd Avenue, portions of Broadway, Evergreen Road, Mission Road, Sprague Avenue and 16th Avenue. Mirabeau Parkway from Pines Road to Indiana Avenue and Indiana Avenue from Mirabeau to Evergreen Road are also improved with bike lanes. iii. Signed Shared Roadway: Signed lane allowing both vehicular and bicycle traffic. Minimum width is 14 feet. Signed shared roadways indicate to cyclists that there are particular advantages to using these routes compared to alternate routes. Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 10 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan • In the City of Spokane Valley, signed shared roadways exist on 4th Avenue from University to Conklin, and on Trent from Flora to the eastern city boundary. iv. Shared Roadway: Lane allowing both vehicular and bicycle traffic. No signing is involved. • All public streets in the City of Spokane Valley can be defined as shared roadways. Existing bike facilities in the City of Spokane Valley are shown in Map 11.1. Other bicycle facilities found throughout the City include bicycle parking facilities at some commercial, public and office facilities and bicycle racks on transit vehicles. c. System Deficiencies Barriers surrounding both recreation and commuting bicycle activity throughout the City include crossing Interstate 90, railroad tracks, and the Spokane River. Currently, principal arterials cross these barriers. However, the limited space for bike facilities on these arterials plus the traffic volume hinders the safety and comfort for many riders. This impacts those trying to access commercial and employment centers in the north part of the City as well as those trying to access the Centennial Trail. Other factors impacting bicycle activity include impaired sight distances, limited street connectivity, cyclist and motorist behaviors, lack of way-finding signs, and maintenance issues. 11.2.4 Existing Pedestrian System a. Types of Pedestrians For trips of a certain length, walking is a simple affordable way to get around. Spokane Valley, with relatively flat terrain and a predominately grid street pattern, has great opportunities for pedestrians of all kinds. People choose to walk for many reasons including recreation and necessity. Pedestrians include adults, children, seniors, people without cars and people with disabilities. Those with higher levels of transportation choice, i.e. those specifically able to afford cars and of driving age, make use of autos for most trips. This situation is not so much a reflection of popular transportation preferences but of the many auto-dominated land use and transportation decisions that created present day Spokane Valley. Citizens, including those driving cars as well as seniors, youth and people with disabilities, need safety, connectivity and accessibility. b. Existing Pedestrian Facilities Sidewalk inventories were performed by City staff as part of the analyses conducted for the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program and the American with Disabilities Act transition plan. Also, in association with the Safe Routes to School program, volunteers from all elementary and middle schools in the City conducted walking audits to determine potential routes to their schools and to identify missing sidewalk segments, potential pedestrian conflicts and existing safe haven areas for students. The existing pedestrian system in Spokane Valley includes sidewalks, shared use paths, wide shoulders on rural roads and residential streets. Generally, sidewalks exist on most of the existing arterials and range in width from three to six feet. In addition, most streets surrounding elementary, middle and high school facilities are improved with sidewalks. Several shared-use paths, intended for all types of non-motorized transportation, are located throughout the City (see section on existing bicycle facilities above). Map 11.3 shows locations of existing sidewalk facilities. Other infrastructure associated with pedestrian activity includes curb ramps, intersection markings, cross walks with and without associated signals, benches and shelters for transit facilities, and street trees. c. System Deficiencies: Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 11 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan For the most part, sidewalks on arterials are constructed adjacent to the curb and lanes where cars are traveling in excess of 30 and 40 miles per hour, impacting pedestrian comfort and safety. In addition, while current development standards require separated sidewalks, there are portions where sidewalks were not built with initial street construction. Other factors making walking difficult include crosswalk issues on high-volume streets, obstructions such as power poles and utility boxes in the sidewalk, outdated or non-existent curb ramps, poor lighting, limited facilities at transit stops, and maintenance issues. 11.3 Goals and Policies Spokane Valley is intended to become a bicycle and pedestrian friendly City, where bicycling and walking are encouraged and promoted as safe and convenient forms of transportation and recreation. Goals help guide actions towards fulfilling this vision. Policies are more specific statements relating to implementing measures that will achieve the goals. As with many cities, Spokane Valley has limited funds with which to pursue its bike and pedestrian goals. Focused and prioritized resources will aid the City in having a positive impact on non- motorized transportation infrastructure. The City will strive to make strategic investments of the limited resources available and where possible, leverage resources in cooperation with other governmental and private agencies. The following goals and policies are consistent with the goals and policies of other chapters of the Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan, with the Countywide Planning Policies and the Growth Management Act. Network and Facilities Goal & Policies Goal BP-1 Provide a comprehensive bikeway and pedestrian system connecting residential neighborhoods with parks, schools, commercial areas, trails, and employment areas within the City and to adjacent jurisdictions. Policies BP-1.1 Encourage bike lanes, shared use paths and sidewalks throughout the City where applicable and appropriate. -1.2 Encourage bicycle parking facilities at commercial and public facilities as well as at places of employment. BP-1.3 Work with Spokane Transit Authority to develop safe, comfortable and secure pedestrian amenities and bicycle parking facilities at transit stops as well as bike racks on transit vehicles. BP-1.4 Encourage sidewalks, bicycle facilities and shared use paths as part of development where applicable. BP-1.5 Encourage landscaping, bollards and other treatments with new streets, parking lots and other pedestrian activity zones to create an effective safety and visual buffer between the sidewalk and the street. BP-1.6 Coordinate on regional non-motorized efforts in partnership with adjoining jurisdictions and with the Spokane Regional Transportation Council. BP-1.7 Pursue joint funding applications for implementation that will expand the regional bikeway and pedestrian network. BP-1.8 Strive to maintain access for pedestrians, bicycles and emergency response vehicles when a street closure or a vacation request is processed. Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 12 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan BP-1.9 Encourage the use of technological advances to provide a safe, user friendly bicycle and pedestrian network. BP-1.10 When considering alternative modes of transportation, priority should be placed on providing sidewalks for children particularly in areas near parks and schools. Safety and Accessibility Goal and Policies Goal BP-2 Reduce the number of bicycle and pedestrian injuries through development of safe and accessible routes for bicyclists and pedestrians of all ages and abilities. Policies BP-2.1 Encourage bicycle and pedestrian facilities to meet nationally recognized design standards for safety and accessibility, such as AASHTO. BP-2.2 Encourage bicycle routes and shared use paths to be properly signed and marked to address personal safety. BP-2.3 Encourage safe bicycle and pedestrian crossings of major arterials, railroads, I- 90 and the Spokane River through use of innovative treatments where appropriate. BP-2.4 Encourage the enforcement of pedestrian and bicycle safety rules on City streets and bikeways. Promotion and Education Goal and Policie Goal BP-3 Implement comprehensive education and encouragement programs targeted at all populations in the City. Policies BP-3.1 Continue coordinating with existing agencies and programs, including the Spokane Regional Health District, the Safe Routes to Schools program, the Police Department, SCOPE, the Commute Trip Reduction program and other entities concerned with bicycle and pedestrian safety, to create education programs focused on safe bicycle riding, walking and motorist activity. BP-3.2 Provide current and easily accessible information about the bicycle and pedestrian networks, programs and facilities. Implementation, Funding and Maintenance Goal and Policies Goal BP- 4 Seek funding from all available sources to implement and maintain bicycle and pedestrian facilities as well as ongoing education and enforcement. Policies BP-4.1 Maintain a prioritized and phased implementation plan that takes into consideration the scope, cost and benefits of a facility, and available funding opportunities. BP-4.2 Where feasible, include facilities as described in this Bike and Pedestrian Element as part of the annual Transportation Improvement Program (TIP). BP-4.3 Review and monitor opportunities for multi-modal grant funding as they become available. Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 13 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan BP-4.4 City should strive to maintain quality street surfaces that provide a safe environment for vehicles and cyclists. BP-4.5 Ensure internal coordination between departments prior to developing street projects that include bike and/or pedestrian facilities. 11.4 Bike and Pedestrian Master Program 11.4.1 Engineering Improvements a. Overall Bicycle and Pedestrian Network The City of Spokane Valley Bike and Pedestrian Master Program is based on field data, citizen input and engineering analysis of constraints and opportunities for bicycle and pedestrian facilities. It should be noted that this is a master program, not a detailed feasibility analysis. As such, exact routing and designations could be modified during the course of more detailed studies of specific projects. The recommended bikeway network is shown in Map 11.2 and recommended pedestrian network is shown in Map 11.4. Map 11.5 shows the recommended travel ways for the schools that participated in the safe routes to school exercise. b. Possible Engineering Solutions The specific types of bike and pedestrian treatments that are applied to roads vary depending on the existing right-of-way, traffic counts, traffic speeds, roadway cross sections, number of approaches or driveways on the street and topography. A brief description of bicycle treatments is provided below. More specific design guidelines including the complete toolbox and typical cross section layouts are found in Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines. i. Bicycle Friendly Routes— Bicycle friendly routes are roadways with low speeds and low volumes. The treatments recommended for bicycle routes should strive to improve through movements for bicyclists and other non-motorized modes. Bicycle route treatments are ideal on two-lane roadways where traffic volume is less than 3,000 vehicles per day (although less than 1,500 vehicles per day is preferred) and posted speeds of 25 miles per hour or less. See Appendix 2 for specific bicycle friendly route treatments and cross sections. ii. Bicycle Lanes - Bicycle lanes designate an exclusive part of the roadway (typically on the right side of the roadway) to be used by bicyclists only. A bike lane is typically located between the right most traffic lane and the curb or on street parking area. A bicycle lane should be considered on roadways with traffic volumes greater than 3,000 vehicles per day or posted speeds greater than 25 miles per hour. Appendix 2 includes a variety of bicycle lane treatments from a standard bike lane to buffered bike lanes and climbing lanes. The appendix also includes cross sections showing how bike lanes could be applied to existing City roadways. iii. Cycle Tracks - A cycle track is an exclusive bike facility separated from vehicle traffic and the sidewalk, and is intended to provide improved comfort and safety for the bicyclist as compared to an on-street bike lane. The cycle track can be separated from vehicle traffic using a variety of treatments (curbs, planter strips, on-street parking, pavement markings, or other options). In addition, the cycle track should be clearly defined from sidewalks (grade separated, pavement markings, or an alternate clear indication) to prevent bicycle conflicts with pedestrians. A cycle track requires a wider cross section than a typical bike lane, but should be considered on roadways where bicyclists may not feel comfortable biking directly adjacent to vehicle traffic. Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 14 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan iv. Shared Use Paths — Shared use paths are physically separated from the roadway and are intended for use by pedestrians, bicyclists, runners and other non-motorized users. Shared use paths supplement bike lanes, bicycle friendly routes and sidewalks and connect to these other facilities at ends of the path as well as midway, depending on the length and location. The number of driveways and crossings should be minimized when designing a shared use path. Generally, if there are more than eight crossings per mile, an on-street facility should be considered instead. v. Bicycle Intersection Treatments - Intersection treatments improve the safety of bicyclists through an intersection (typically a signalized intersection). Depending on the characteristics of the cross streets (traffic and bicycle volumes, traffic and bicycle speeds, type of bicycle facility, number of vehicles and/or bikes turning, visibility, surrounding land use, and other factors) a range of treatments may be applicable. Appendix 2 provides specific intersection treatment guidelines and criteria. vi. Mid-Block Crossing Treatments - Mid-block crossings can be dangerous for bicyclists because drivers are not typically expecting a crossing at a non-intersection location. The need for a mid-block crossing may arise if two bicycle facilities are off-set or if a trail intersects a roadway at mid-block. In these situations, mid-block crossing treatments can be applied to improve the safety. vii. Wayfinding - Wayfinding is meant to be used by bicyclists while en route to communicate directions, distance and sometimes expected travel time to a particular destination. Wayfinding is typically accomplished through the use of signs supplemented at times with pavement markings. Wayfinding can be beneficial to all types of bicycle facilities. viii. Prioritization Criteria—Bicycle Network The overall bicycle and pedestrian networks will be implemented over time. The criteria contained in Appendix 1 has been used to determine where to focus available funding and staff time to implement bicycle facility projects. Priority is given to those projects anticipated to serve the most number of people and to contribute to overall safety. ix. Prioritization Criteria—Pedestrian Network The criteria contained in Appendix 1 was used to determine where to focus available funding and staff time to implement pedestrian facility projects. Priority is given to those projects anticipated to serve the most number of people and to contribute to overall safety. x. Network Improvements Facility improvements, summarized in Appendix 1, are categorized as short-term and long-term projects based on need and ease of implementation. 11.4.2 Ancillary Facilities Ancillary facilities add to the safety and comfort of using walking and bicycling as modes of transportation. Ancillary facilities can include bicycle parking, showers and lockers, transit features and bicycle and pedestrian maps. Crosswalk design can aid in increasing visibility through the use of specific striping patterns and lights. The following methods address ancillary features: a. Pedestrian Features: Encourage that pedestrian crossing facilities, including crosswalks and signage, alert both motorists and pedestrians to the presence of the facility. Work with developers and utilities to remove existing hazards such as light Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 15 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan poles and utility boxes from the sidewalk. Where appropriate, constrain roadway width with bulb-outs and tighter right turns at intersections to slow vehicles as they approach areas with high pedestrian volumes. Provide sidewalks or pedestrian paths between neighborhoods and commercial or public destinations where appropriate. Encourage clearly identified safe walking paths between public sidewalks and commercial buildings. b. Bicycle Parking: Continue to require bicycle racks for new development. Consider developing standards for the size of bicycle parking spaces, clearance, aisles, signs, anchoring, non-interference with pedestrian circulation, and weather protection. c. Shower and Locker Facilities: Continue to coordinate with Spokane County Commute Trip Reduction program to encourage shower and locker facilities as tenant benefits and to encourage employers to consider partnering with nearby gym facilities for use of existing shower facilities. d. Transit Features: Continue as an active partner with the Spokane Regional Transportation Council and the Spokane Transit Authority to encourage the accommodation of bike lockers and bikes on transit vehicles. 11.4.3 Education and Encouragement Unfortunately, too many bicyclists in the United States lack the basic skills or knowledge to safely ride a bicycle in traffic. Many people are afraid of bicycling on streets. Bicycle education programs are designed to increase bicycle safety by improving the ability to ride with traffic as well as improve motorist awareness. The difficulties faced in helping people develop this skill and knowledge stems from the wide range of age groups that require this training and the necessity to tailor the programs to each group. Bicycle education programs should be directed at children bicyclists, adult bicyclists and motorists. The following methods address education and encouragement: a. Child Education and Encouragement: In conjunction with the Health District, school districts and other interested organizations, encourage development of bicycle education programs for several age groups or use existing programs that have demonstrated effectiveness. Programs could be incorporated into existing summer parks programming and existing school programming. Programs could include bicycle helmet safety information, maintenance and repair, safe riding habits and bicycle rides. More specifically, students in grades K-3 could be taught basic pedestrian skills, stranger danger, crossing residential streets, using pedestrian push buttons and taking a school bus. Older students in Grades 4 to 5 could learn bike safety and handling skills, including bike operation on streets with supervised bike rides on neighborhood streets. Later, in Grades 7-9, students could learn basic mobility skills of how to get around town including using transit for utilitarian and recreational trips (e.g., how to read a bus schedule, execute a transfer, take rapid transit), and more on safe bicycling practices. In tenth grade, many students take driver's education. The driver's education curriculum could include focused instruction on how motorists should interact with pedestrians and bicyclists, how to predict their movements, pass safely and learn when different modes have the right-of-way. b. Adult Education and Encouragement: Continue to partner with the Health District, Police Department, SCOPE and other interested organizations to develop adult pedestrian and bicycle program(s) which could include a public awareness campaign focused on responsible road behavior. The campaign could be directed to pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists alike and make use of public service space from newspapers, television, radio, bus advertising, posters and flyers included in utility bills. In addition, promote community events such as Bike to Work Week, charity bike rides, costume rides, bike fairs and bicycle rodeos. Include bicycle safety checks and Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 16 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan safety information. Incorporate "share the road" signs where appropriate on City streets and include "sharing the road" or other safety campaign information on the City's webpage. 11.4.4 Enforcement While laws that address bicyclists' behavior and safety are in place, they are sometimes not fully enforced. Effective enforcement leads to a safer environment for pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists alike. The following methods address enforcement of this Bike and Pedestrian Master Program: a. Law Enforcement: Work with the Spokane Valley Police Department to develop a policy to include the City's intent to enforce existing laws affecting pedestrian, bicyclist and motorist responsibilities, including parking in bike lanes but especially those relating to drunken driving, careless driving, speeding and failing to yield. b. School Crossings: Continue assisting school districts to develop their Safe Routes to School programs to ensure safe crossing activity at school sites. Engage SCOPE as an additional presence where needed. c. Facility Upkeep: Continue existing program of regular maintenance of street and sidewalk facilities. Ensure that asphalt pavement overlays are flush with the concrete gutter and that utility covers are flush with the pavement. 11.4.5 Implementation and Funding X. Various portions of this Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Program can be implemented with existing procedures (such as paint applied when a road is resurfaced, continuing existing requirements and coordination with other agencies). Other portions will require further study, possible neighborhood input and detailed engineering design. Table 11.4.1 summarizes potential steps involved with implementation: Table 11.4.1 BPMP Implementation Summary Program or Possible Implementation Step(s) Lead Department Improvement Further studies to determine exact facility Community Development; Public Works improvements to be implemented Neighborhood input Community Development Bicycle and Pedestrian Network Improvements Engineering design work Public Works Funding source identification Community Development; Public Works Environmental review Community Development; Public Works Application of requirements with development Community Development; Project Developers Ancillary Facilities Coordination with other agencies Community Development Education and Program research and development Community Development; Parks Department Encouragement Programs Coordination with other agencies in developing Community Development programs Enforcement Programs — Funding Source identification Community Development; Public Works Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 17 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan As referenced in Table 11.4.1, funding would be required to implement many portions of the Bike and Pedestrian Master Program. Detailed descriptions of funding sources, including match requirements and application timing, are contained in Appendix 3. Review of several funding programs reveals that while each grant announcement details specific criteria for funding, certain common threads are present. When applying for funding consider the following criteria: a. Partnership Funding is limited. Therefore, grant sources encourage and support cooperative regional projects and planning efforts that integrate housing, transportation, environmental impact and economic development. Projects that pull together public and private entities and multiple stakeholders are favored. b. Risk Reduction Crash data quantifies dangerous stretches of pedestrian and bicycle commute routes. Increasing safety for pedestrians and bicyclists encourages the larger community to consider these alternative modes of transportation. Projects designed to address a clear and demonstrated safety hazard are therefore encouraged. c. Location Bike and pedestrian facilities that link residential areas with schools, recreation facilities, and shopping areas result in a large benefit to a community. Encouraging alternative transportation to daily activities reduces car commutes and pollution. Well located projects also consider and provide for multi-generational users. d. Broad Project Scope Developing and encouraging use of an overall bike and pedestrian system is an on-going process. Implementing a successful bike and pedestrian master program includes identification of facility improvements, provisions for education, encouragement and enforcement, and program follow-up that provides for evaluation and adjustments over time. 11.4.6 Monitoring and Modifications Monitoring the effectiveness of the overall BPMP can be accomplished as part of the annual Comprehensive Plan review and update. Modifications to the Bicycle Map, the Pedestrian Map, the project implementation tables and other programs described in this Chapter can be accomplished as needed to achieve established goals. The City's web page can be updated with notices of projects that are in the planning, design, build or maintenance phase. Education and enforcement activities can be highlighted on the web page. Adopted XX-XX-XX Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Master Program Page 18 of 18 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Appendix 1: Prioritization Criteria and Network Improvements Introduction This appendix identifies the prioritization criteria used to determine where to focus available funding and staff time to implement bicycle and pedestrian projects. Priority is given to those projects anticipated to serve the most number of people and to contribute to overall safety. Facility improvements are categorized as short-term and long-term projects based on need and ease of implementation. Exact timing of improvements may vary depending on factors such as funding and coordination with other private and public development projects. Prioritization Criteria— Bicycle Network Bicycle Facility Prioritization Criteria Criteria Reasoning Points Available Mobility and Access(Total of 20 Points) Estimated volume of existing or potential Projects that serve the most number of 0-5 bicycle users people should receive priority. Projects that provide a continuous Completes a missing segment of a bicycle path 0-5 bicycle network are desirable. Provides access to major destinations Getting people where they want to go is 0-5 (shopping,schools,transit,trails,etc.) important. Connects existing routes/eliminates gaps Projects that provide a continuous and/or barriers(i.e. 1-90,the Spokane River, 0—5 Bicycle network are desirable. railroad) Safety(Total of 20 Points) Projects that reduce or eliminate an Corrects or improves specific issue areas 0-10 existing hazard should have priority. Routes with higher vehicular traffic have Improves routes with higher vehicular traffic greater potential safety conflicts that 0-5 should be reduced. Provides an alternative route to a higher volume Routes with lower vehicular volumes 0-5 and/or higher speed facility and speeds have less safety conflicts. Ability to Implement(Total of 10 Points) Project has all or partial funding,or is likely to Identified funding facilitates quicker 0-5 be funded implementation. Projects further along in the design and Route has design and environmental reviews review phase can be implemented 0-5 initiated sooner. Maximum Possible Score: 50 Points Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 1 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Network Improvements — Bicycle City of Spokane Valley Bicycle Network Projects # Street From To Proposed Comments and Potential Improvements Short Term Pry East—West Routes 1 Valleyway Avenue Flora Road Park Road Bicycle Friendly Enhanced crossing treatments at 6 Route locations. 2 Alki Avenue Barker Road Flora Road Bicycle Friendly Route 3 12th Avenue Sullivan Road University Road Bicycle Friendly Enhanced crossing treatments at 3 Route locations. 4 13th Avenue University Road Woodruff Road Bicycle Friendly Route 5 24th/25th Avenue Sullivan Road University Road Bicycle Friendly Enhanced crossing treatment at 1 _ Route location 6a Sprague Avenue University Road Pines Rd- Bicycle lanes a,b,c"indicates portions of connected route. 6b Sprague Avenue Pines Rd Evergreen Rd 6c Sprague Avenue Evergreen Rd Sullivan Rd 7 Mission Avenue Pines Road Sullivan Road Bicycle lanes 8 Mission Avenue Flora Road East City Limits Bicycle lanes Design funded 9 North Greenacres Centennial Trail East City Limits Shared Use Path Design partially funded Enhanced Path _ _ _ _ _ _ crossing treatments at 1 location. Mirabeau Adjacent to railroad line Enhanced 10 1 Millwood Path Fancher Road I Parkway Shared Use Path crossing treatments at 3 locations Design funded Sprague Enhanced crossing treatment at 3 11 Appleway Path University Road Avenue/ Shared Use Path locations Tschirley Road 12 Sprague Ave Sullivan Rd Sprague/Corbin Bicycle lanes Already designed North—South Routes 13 Progress Road 24th Avenue Mission Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 14 Blake Road Highway 27 Valleyway Bicycle Friendly Avenue Route 15a Pierce Road 32nd Avenue 4th Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 15b 4th Avenue Pierce Road Skipworth Road Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of Route connected route. 15c Skipworth Road 4th Avenue Appleway Path Bicycle Friendly Route 16 Long Road Appleway Montgomery Bicycle Friendly Avenue Avenue Route 17a Marguerite Road Mission Avenue Harrington Bicycle Friendly Avenue Route 17b Hutchinson Road Harrington Riverside Bicycle Friendly Avenue Avenue Route "a,b,c,d"indicates portions of 17c Harrington Avenue Marguerite Hutchinson Bicycle Friendly connected route. Road Road Route 17d Riverside Avenue Hutchinson Argonne Road Bicycle Friendly Road Route 18a University Road Sprague Ave Mission Avenue Bicycle lanes a,b,c"indicates portions of connected route. 18b University Rd 16th Ave Sprague Ave Bicycle lanes _ 18c University Rd 32nd Ave 16th Ave Bicycle lanes Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 2 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan City of Spokane Valley Bicycle Network Projects # Street From To Proposed Comments and Potential Improvements 19a Park Road Sprague Broadway Ave Bicycle lanes a,b,c"indicates portions of Avenue connected route. 19b Park Rd Broadway Ave Indiana Ave Bicycle lanes 19c Park Rd Indiana Ave Rutter Ave Bicycle lanes 20 Evergreen Road 16th Avenue 32nd Avenue Bicycle lanes 21 Flora Road Mission Avenue Appleway Path Bicycle lanes 22 Pines Road 16th Ave 24th Ave Bicycle lanes MEI •ng Term Projec East—West Routes 23a Indiana Avenue East City Limits Arc Street Bicycle Friendly Route 23b Tschirley Street Indiana Avenue Baldwin Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of Avenue Route connected route. 23c Baldwin Avenue Arc Street Flora Road Bicycle Friendly Route 24a 4th Avenue Park Road Carnahan Road Bicycle Friendly Route 24b Carnahan Road 4th Avenue 6th Avenue Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of Route connected route. 24c 6th Avenue Carnahan Road West City Bicycle Friendly Limits Route 25 16th Avenue Sullivan Road Rotchford Drive Bicycle Friendly Route 26 Boone Avenue University Road Pines Road Bicycle Friendly Route 27a 3`d Avenue Flora Road Tschirley Road Bicycle Friendly Route "a,b,c"indicates portions of 27b 4th Avenue Tschirley Road Barker Road Bicycle Friendly connected route. _ _ Route 28 37th/38th Avenue Bowdish Road Pines Road Bicycle Friendly _ _ Route 29 Mission Avenue Fancher Road Vista Road Bicycle Friendly Route 30 Liberty Avenue Vista Road Park Road Bicycle Friendly Route 31 Railroad Avenue Stanley Road Fancher Road Bicycle Friendly Route 32a Knox Avenue Vista Road Sargent Road Bicycle Friendly Route 32b Sargent Road Knox Avenue Montgomery Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of Avenue Route connected route. 32c Montgomery Avenue Sargent Road Argonne Road Bicycle Friendly Route 33 4th Avenue Dishman Mica University Road Bicycle Friendly Road Route 34 Sprague Avenue Sullivan Road East City Limits Bicycle lane 35a Wellesley Avenue West City Evergreen Bicycle lane "a,b,c"indicates portions of Limits Road connected route. 35b Wellesley Avenue Progress Road Flora Road Bicycle lane 36 8th Avenue West City Park Road Bicycle lane Limits 37 3`d Avenue Wm t City Fancher Road Bicycle lane One-way westbound 38 Broadway Avenue Fancher Road West City Bicycle lane Limits 39 Montgomery Avenue Argonne Road Woodruff Road Bicycle lanes Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 3 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan City of Spokane Valley Bicycle Network Projects # Street From To Proposed Comments and Potential Improvements 40 Broadway Avenue Sullivan Road Moore Road Bicycle lanes 41 I Montgomery Avenue University Road Wilber Road _ I Bicycle lanes 42 Mission Avenue Marguerite Willow Road Bicycle lanes Road 43 Broadway Avenue Flora Road East City Limits Bicycle lanes 44 Euclid Avenue Sullivan Road East City Limits Bicycle lanes Eve 45 32nd Avenue Highway 27 Road reen Bicycle lanes 46 Mansfield Avenue Pines Road Houk Road _ I Bicycle lanes 47 Indiana Avenue Sullivan Road Desmet Bicycle lanes Avenue 48 Trent Path Park Road East City Limits Shared Use Path Along south side of roadway on Railroad ROW,requires 2 bridges 49 32nd Avenue Rd hman-Mica Glenn Road Bicycle lanes 50 Mansfield Ave Houk Rd Mansfield Ave Bicycle lanes terminus 51 I Sprague Path Appleway West City Shared Use Path Adjacent to railroad line Avenue _ Limits North—South Routes 52 Rotchford 16th Avenue 4th Avenue Bicycle Friendly Drive Route 53 Park Road Liberty Avenue Rutter Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 54 Vista Road Mission Avenue Liberty Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route Conklin Sprague Bicycle Friendly 55 Road Broadway Avenue Avenue Route 56 Roadlin Sprague Avenue 4th Avenue Bicycle Lane 57 Locust Road Valleyway Avenue Mission Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 58a Farr Road Broadway Avenue 8th Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 58b 8th Avenue Farr Road Woodruff Road Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of Route connected route. 58c Woodruff 8th Avenue 16th Avenue Bicycle Friendly Road _ Route Stanley Broadway Bicycle Friendly 59 Road Railroad Avenue Avenue Route University University Bicycle Friendly 60a Road Mission Avenue Pedestrian- Road Bicycle Bridge University University Pedestrian- Montgomery Bicycle Friendly "a,b,c"indicates portions of 60b Road Bicycle Bridge Avenue Route connected route. 60c University Montgomery Avenue Trent Avenue Bicycle Lane Road Mirabeau Mamer Parkway Bicycle Friendly 61 Road-Nora Mission Avenue Pedestrian- Route Avenue Bicycle Bridge 1 62 Thierman 8th Avenue Appleway Bicycle Friendly Street Avenue Route 63 Park Road 8th Avenue 1-South City I Bicycle Friendly Limits Route Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 4 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan City of Spokane Valley Bicycle Network Projects # Street From To Proposed Comments and Potential Improvements 64 Flora Road I Appleway Path 3rd Avenue Bicycle Friendly Route 65 Riverway Montgomery Avenue Eden Road Bicycle Friendly Avenue Route 66 _ Roadher Rutter Avenue 3`d Avenue Bicycle lane 67 Pines Rd 32"d Ave 40th Ave Bicycle Friendly Route 68 Conklin Rd — 4th Ave Sprague Ave Bicycle lane Carnahan 69 6th Avenue 14th Avenue Bicycle lane Possible climbing lane only Road _ 70 Bowdish Dishman Mica Road Mission Avenue Bicycle lanes Road 71 Barker Road 8th Avenue Boone Avenue Bicycle lanes 72 Barker Road Spokane River Trent Avenue Bicycle lanes 73 McDonald 16th Avenue Mission Avenue Bicycle lanes 74 Flora Road Wellesley Avenue Euclid Avenue Bicycle lanes 75 Evergreen Trent Avenue North City Bicycle lanes Road Limits Evergreen Mansfield 76 Road Indiana Avenue Avenue Bicycle lanes Extension 77 Pines Road Mirabeau Parkway Trent Avenue Bicycle lanes Requires WSDOT approval 78 Dishman Path Appleway Avenue South City Shared Use Path Adjacent to railroad line Mica Path Limits 79 Sullivan Path Centennial Trail Wellesley Shared Use Path Avenue 80 1 Flora Path Mission Avenue l Centennial Trail Shared Use Path Along west side of roadway 81 Long Road Crossing over 1-90 Pedestrian-bicycle Bridge bridge —Mirabeau Pedestrian-bicycle 82 Parkway Crossing over 1-90 bridge _ Bridge _ 83 University Crossing over 1-90 Pedestrian-bicycle Road Bridge bridge Trent Path Pedestrian bicycle 84 Bridge at Crossing over railroad and Millwood Trail Millwood bridge Trent Path 85 Bridge at Crossing over Spokane River and Pedestrian bicycle Spokane Centennial Trail bridge River Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 5 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Prioritization Criteria— Pedestrian Network Pedestrian Facility Prioritization Criteria Criteria Reasoning Points Available Project Setting(Total of 20 Points) Projects that enable direct access to transit Located within 1/4-mile of a transit route increase the availability and use of alternative 0-5 modes of transportation. Connects residential neighborhoods to activity centers Getting people where they want to go is 0-5 important. Completes a missing segment of a pedestrian path Projects that provide a continuous pedestrian 0-5 network are desirable. Estimated volume of existing or potential pedestrian traffic Projects that will serve a higher pedestrian 0-5 population are advantageous. Safety(Total of 15 Points) Part of an identified"Safe Route to School" Improving safety for children is top priority. 0-5 Projects that reduce or eliminate an existing Eliminates or improves an existing barrier hazard and/or that provide a shorter path of 0-5 travel should have priority. Since many destinations are most easily accessed by arterials, increasing pedestrian Increases safety on a classified road safety on these direct paths is important. In 0-5 addition,many pedestrian/vehicle collision incidents occur on these routes where vehicle speed and volume are highest. Ability to Implement(Total of 15 Points) Project has all or partial funding,or is likely to be funded Identified funding facilitates quicker 0-5 implementation. Route has design and environmental reviews initiated Projects further along in the design and review 0-5 phase can be implemented sooner. Projects that demonstrate collaboration and Project involves multiple sponsors cooperation with multiple interest groups build 0-5 community and entitlement. Maximum Possible Score: 50 Points Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 6 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Network Improvements — Pedestrian City of Spokane Valley Pedestrian Network Projects # Street From To Proposal Comments and Potential Improvements Short Term Projects East—West Routes 1 Wellesley McDonald Evergreen Both sides 2 Wellesley Sullivan Isenhart North side South side sidewalk exists 3 Buckeye Park Vista One or both sides Schools in area 4 Montgomery +/-Dartmouth Carlisle Both sides 5 Montgomery East of Carlisle Pines Crosses railroad 6 Indiana Pines +/-McDonald Both sides 7 Indiana Mirabeau +/-Adams North side South side sidewalk exists 8 Broadway Havana 1 Fancher North side South side sidewalk exists 9 Broadway Fancher Heacock South Side North side sidewalk exists 10 Broadway +/-Moore Conklin South Side North side sidewalk exists 11 Broadway +/-Conklin Flora North side South side sidewalk exists 12 Broadway Flora Long Both sides 13 16`hAve Sullivan Rotchford North side South side sidewalk exists 14 24th Ave Adams Sullivan North side Complete existing gaps;school Design and construction funded East of Evergreen,sidewalk 15 32"d Ave SR-27 Best already exists on north side of street 16 44th Ave City limit Woodruff 17 44th Ave Bowdish Sands North side Complete gaps in sidewalk on north side of street North—South Routes 18 Fancher +1-Cataldo Boone Gap in front of school 19 Farr Appleway 8th Ave Both sides Funded for design and construction to 4th Ave a,b,c"indicates portions of 20a Bowdish 8th Ave 16th Ave Both sides connected route.To provide safe access to middle school 20b Bowdish 16th Ave 24th Ave 21 Perrine Main Sprague One or both sides To connect to library 22 Adams 4th Ave 24th Ave Gaps on one or both sides;3 schools on segment 23 Evergreen 16th Ave 32nd Ave Both sides With road construction 24 Sullivan 4`h Ave 16th Ave West side East side sidewalk exists 25 Conklin Broadway Sprague Both sides 26 Long Mission Boone Future school and new park site MEW INN= mi.Long Term P East—West Routes Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 7 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan City of Spokane Valley Pedestrian Network Projects # Street From To Proposal Comments and Potential Improvements 27 Trent McDonald Barker One or both sides Could be replaced by Shared Use Path(see Bicycle network) 28 Mission Fancher Vista Both sides 29 Mission Willow Pierce Both sides Connects to Valley Mission Park 30 Mission Bowdish +/-Union Both sides Connects Valley Mission Park to commercial area on Pines 31 Wellesley Sunnyvale City Boundary North side South side sidewalk exists 32 12th Ave Bowdish Union Both sides 33 24`h Ave University Wilbur Both sides Two schools 34 24th Ave Union F Pines — South side School Nice residential through street; 35 24th Ave Pines 1 Evergreen One side would need treatment to solve difficult crossing at SR-27 North–South Routes Access to park area and school, 36a Park Sprague Ave Broadway Ave One or both sides Broadway to Indiana is funded for design. 36b Park Broadway Ave Indiana Ave Both sides 37 Park Sharp Dalton Both sides Access to schools;need safe railroad crossing 38 Vista Dalton 1-90 Both sides School;railroad crossing 39 Vista Mission Broadway Both sides 40 Farr Broadway Sprague One or both sides Connects school 41 Bowdish 24th Ave Dishman-Mica Both sides Portions included as short-term project 42 Evergreen Forker Trent Both sides Adopted XX-XX-XX - DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 8 of 8 Appendix 1 City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines Introduction This appendix is intended to be used as a resource to determine appropriate treatments for bicycle facilities in the City of Spokane Valley. It is organized in two sections: 1. Toolbox. The toolbox describes treatment options and criteria to determine whether the treatment is best suited for a particular facility. 2. Cross Sections. The second section illustrates several existing cross sections of roadways in the City recommended as bicycle facilities, and shows how those cross sections could be adjusted to accommodate different bicycle facilities. Toolbox The toolbox provides design guidelines and criteria for seven general types of bicycle treatments: • Bicycle Friendly Routes (Table 1) • Bicycle Lanes (Table 2) • Cycle Tracks (Table 3) • Bicycle Intersection Treatments (Table 4) • Mid-Block Crossing Treatments (Table 5) • Wayfinding (Table 6) • Shared Use Bicycle Paths (Table 7) These treatments are not exclusive of one another, and are generally used in combination. For example, a bicycle friendly route or bicycle lane could also include wayfinding and intersection treatments. Resources: The following resources are referenced in the toolbox developed for the City of Spokane Valley Bicycle Master Program (BPMP): • National Association of City Transportation Officials (NACTO) Urban Bikeway Design Guide. Website: http://nacto.org/cities-for-cycling/design-guide/ • Fundamentals of Bicycle Boulevard Planning and Design. Prepared by Alta Planning and Design, IBPI, and Portland State University. July 2009. • American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Bicycle Guide, 1999 (a draft 2010 update is currently under review and waiting adoption) • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), 2009 • National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Report 562. Improving Pedestrian Safety at Unsignalized Crossings. 2006 • Minneapolis Bicycle Facility Manual. May 2010. • Safety Effects of Marked vs Unmarked Crosswalks at Uncrontrolled Locations. November 2000. Zegeer, Charles, et al. Unless otherwise noted, photos used in this toolbox were provided by a contracted engineering consultant. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 1 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 1: Bicycle Friendly Routes Bicycle Friendly Routes Descriptions: Roadways with low speed and low volume that have been optimized for cycling.The treatments recommended for bicycle friendly routes improve through movements for bicyclists and other non-motorized modes,while discouraging through movements by vehicles. Criteria: • Streets with traffic volumes less than 3,000 per day,although less than 1,500 is preferred • Streets where the posted traffic speed is 25 mph or less • Two lane roadways(centerline is optional) Typical Applications a. Shared Lane Markings(or"Sharrows") Shared lane markings are used to indicate that a facility is intended for sh._ .,icycle vehicle use.The markings raise awareness to motor vehicle drivers of the presence of bicyclists on a facility d n d indicate proper location for bicyclists in the lane (for example, placing sharrows with adequate space for bicyclist to avoid being doored by L. -street parking). � w Q a onePatto Estimated Cost Range:$100 to$250 per marking depending on mat,ers b. Traffic Calming Traffic calming techniques are used to reduce the speed of motor vehicles on roadways.Techniques may include: traffic islands (pictured on the left and right respectively),curb extensions,lower speed limit and painted or patterned pavement • s z�" Estimated Cost Range:$2,000 to$15,000 plus landscaping for traffic islands Fundamentals of Bicycle Friendly Route Planning and Design. Published by IBPI,Alta Planning and Design,and Portland State University.July 2009. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 2 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Friendly Routes c. Traffic Reduction/Diverters Traffic reduction is used to maintain or reduce motor vehicle volumes on designated bicycle friendly routes.Applications may include restricted vehicle movements at intersections by means of diverters, barriers,or signed/marked restrictions. (Also see diverters in the intersection treatments table). - STOP , -,:-, j 1._ . II _ '� s L •- a 1 k— 0. 1; . SW E OP stimated Cost Range:$1,000 to$20,000(depe ds on desk • als) d. Prioritized Bicycle Movement Prioritizing bicycle movement can be accomplished by stopping motor vehicles at intersections on a designated bicycle friendly route. -iiii 0_ 1/4_ • ___.„,, 02 _, Q Source: Fundamentals of Bicycle Friendly Route Planning and Design,page 22. Estimated Cost Range:$200 to$1,500 per intersection(depending whether an engineering study is required) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 3 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 2: Bicycle Lanes Bicycle Lanes Description: Bicycle lanes designate an exclusive part of the roadway to be used by bicyclists only.A Bicycle lane is typically located between the right most traffic lane and the curb or on street parking area. Criteria: • Streets where traffic volumes are more than 3,000 per day • Streets where the posted traffic speed is 25 mph or greater • Streets with truck traffic Typical Applications—Bicycle Lane T' a. Standard Bicycle Lane Recommended bicycle lane width is between four feet and six feet.2 A stall,' 'ane is placed to the right of vehicular traffic in the same direction. From left to right,the pictures below show a bicycle offset the curb,a bicycle lane adjacent to on- street parking,and a bicycle lane adjacent to the curb. ti F r- - ' ' ■ • I • cDP as Estimated Cost Range:4,000 mile 2 National Association of City Transportation Officials.http://nacto.org/cities-for-cycling/design-guide/bike-lanes/ Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 4 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lanes b. Climbing Lane Climbing lanes can be used on bicycle facilities with uphill grades.The climbing lane provides separation between bicyclists and vehicles for uphill roadway sections that are otherwise designated as shared roadways.On uphill sections in particular,the speed differential between bicyclists and motor vehicles increases,which increases the safety risk.There are no standard criteria for when to install a bicycle climbing lane.Some cities recommend climbing lanes on bicycle facilities with grades as low as 1.5%depending on the roadway characteristics and potential conflicts between vehicles and bicyclists,while others might not install a climbing lane unless a facility exceeds a 5%grade.The characteristics of the facility should be considered along with vehicle speeds,volumes, and bicycle volumes. By providing an uphill bicycle lane,separation is maintained between the two modes and safety is improved. In the downhill direction a bicyclist can likely travel at the speed of traffic,so a shared lane is adequate for the downhill bicyclist. In the picture below the right lane is traveling uphill with a bicycle climbing lane,any -ne is traveling downhill with a shared bicycle/vehicle lane. 1 • : 1 - Estimated Cost Range:$4,000 to$6,000 per mile(the cost lay increase if existing pavement marking removal is required) c. Buffered Bicycle Lai.e A buffered bicycle lane provides additional separation between the bicycle lane and vehicle travel lane(or in some cases between the bicycle lane and on-street parking). Depending on the existing lane widths,creating a buffered bicycle lane either reduces the width of a vehicle travel lane or removes a vehicle travel lane.A buffered zone between the bicycle lane and vehicle travel lane is recommended w" `^speeds are above 35 mph. Another alts Is to N,_ ;e the buffered zone between the bicycle lane and on-street parking,which is better suited for locations with high ,g turnover rates. .; 0 % Estimated Cost Range: $5,000 to$10,000 per mile Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 5 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lanes d. Left Side Lane Left side bicycle lanes can be used on one-way streets or on median divided two way streets.This treatment can be considered if there are heavy transit activities,deliveries,or parking turnover on the right side of the street. it-N.IN------:---..----- '--Z__"-- (II0 Estimated Cost Range:$4,000 to$6,000 per mile(same as a typical bicyci. .ne) e. Paved Shoulder This treatment is typically used in rural areas on roadways with higher speeds.On roadways with over 2,000 ADT and speeds that exceed 35 mph the paved shoulder should be between four and six feet from the face of guardrail. If the roadway speed exceeds 50 mph or there is a high percentage of heavy vehicles,the paved shoulder should be 8 feet wide.As long as the paved shoulder meets the width requirements based on roadway speed,the shoulder may be signed as a bicycle facility. • . , : lir 1 � Estimated Cost Range:Varies depending on the existing roadway conditions. Typical Applications—Bicycle Lanes at Intersections f. RigF Turn Restrictions or Warnings To impro the safety of bicyclists using bicycle lanes, right turns across the bicycle lane by vehicles could either be restricted or warning sig.7s used to raise awareness of the bicycle lane and potential conflict with bicyclists. '"J I NO _ � ; . TURN `" li oto i1 ON RED .. EXCEPT BICYCLES YIELD TO B I I E S V ii Estimated Cost Range:$75 to$200 per sign(plus installation) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 6 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lanes g. Transitioning a Through Bicycle Lane Transitioning a through bicycle lane to the left side of a vehicle right turn lane prior to an intersection reduces the potential for right hook collisions by correctly positioning both the bicyclist and vehicle at the intersection.A"Begin right turn lane,yield to bicycle"sign should be placed at the beginning of the transition zone. One option to increase visibility of the transition zone is to use colored pavement marking through the transition area(shown in image on right). Note-this treatment is NOT recommended for intersections with double right turn vehicle lanes. `.. . ,-*1.--1 I _1 • •,- i r -��'+~'' MIS J fir'- 4.-- r WI.s* LIP`. 4 I I I I I.ir- - . 1. / 41111. ''' r Source of image on right: NACTO website(http://nacto.org/cities-for-cycling/design-guide/intersection-treatments/)Estimated Cost Range:$500 to$4,000 per intersection approach(depending whether green pavement markings are chosen) h. Combined Bicycle Lane/Turn Lane With a combined bicycle lane/turn lane,the bicycle lane drops prior to the intersection and the right most lane becomes a shared right turn vehicle lane and through bicycle lane. IlicillP1r5 S it. `4 A a 3 Source: NACTO(http://nacto.org/cities-for-cycling/design-guide/intersection-treatments/combined-bike-laneturn-lane/) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 7 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lanes i. Colored Bicycle Lane Having a colored bicycle lane as it approaches an intersection draws attention to the correct and expected location of bicyclists.The treatment is ideal for intersections with high bicycle and vehicle volumes,or at locations where the position of the bicycle lane changed from the previous block.The FHWA has issued an Interim Approval)for the use of green coloring in bicycle lanes. Citing multiple experiments that demonstrated positive operational effects for both bicycle riders and other road users,with no notable negative effects,this approval allows states to apply for approval to use coloring in bicycle lanes and bicycle lane extensions,and States may request approval for all jurisdictions in that State.This Interim Approval does not make the use of green colored pavement mandatory.3 .41117 ,;,: • Estimated Cost Range:$5 to$15 per square foot pending on materiai wending on wear maintenance costs could include reapplying color every 2 to 10 years. 3 Interim Approval for Optional Use of Green Colored Pavement for Bicycle Lanes(IA-14). Federal Highway Administration website: http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/resources/interim approval/ia14/index.htm.Accessed May 9,2011. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 8 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 3: Cycle Tracks Cycle Tracks Description: A cycle track is an exclusive bicycle facility separated from vehicle traffic and the sidewalk,and is intended to provide improved comfort and safety for the bicyclist as compared to an on-street bicycle lane.The cycle track can be separated from vehicle traffic using a variety of treatments(curbs,planter strips,on-street parking, pavement markings,or other options). In addition the cycle track should be clearly defined from the sidewalk(grade separated,pavement markings,or an alternate clear indication)to prevent bicycle conflicts with pedestrians. Criteria: While the US does not have established standards that define what conditions warrant a cycle track, international documents do provide some guidance. However, in most cases,the criteria are more qualitative than quantitative and each facility should be evaluated independently based on roadway and user characteristics. For one-way cycle tracks • Streets with high motor vehicle volumes and/or speeds(factors that would make on-street biking feel uncomfortable). International documents suggest a cycle track may be appropriate where traffic speeds are 40 mph or greater4 and total two-way traffic volumes are 9,000 vehicles per day or greater.5 • Streets with few driveways(there is no specific number;engineering judgment should be used for each facility in question) • Streets where intersection conflicts can be effectively managed(since cycle tracks are often on the right side of on-street parking,visibility of cyclists approaching intersections can be compromised,parking set backs and other mitigation measures need to be considered at intersections and driveways) For two-way cycle tracks(in addition to the criteria listed above) • Streets with destinations mostly on one side • Streets with less driveways or intersection conflicts on one side • On one-way streets to reduce the out of direction travel for bicyclists • On streets where there is not enough room for a one-way cycle track on each side of the roadway Typical Applications—One Way Cycle Track 4 Cycling Design Guide. Nottinghamshire County Council. October 2006.Accessed via: http://nacto.orq/wp- content/uploads/2011/03/Nottinghamshire-Cycling-Design-Guide-2006.pdf. May 9,2011 5 Sustrans Cycling Guidelines and Practical Details.Accessed via:http://nacto.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/Sustrans-Cycling- Guidelines-and-Practical-Details.pdf. May 9,2011. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 9 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cycle Tracks a. Cross Section and Pavement Markings A one-way cycle track should be 5 to 7 feet wide with a minimum 3 foot buffer.The buffer can be a variety of treatments including planters, raised curb,on-street parking,pavement markings,bollards,landscaping,or other treatments.Cycle tracks can be at either roadway level or sidewalk level;however,roadway level is typically preferred to help prevent bicycle and pedestrian conflicts. bicycle markings should be placed in the cycle track(at the beginning of each block and at periodic intervals if necessary)indicating the facility is intended for bicycle use(and not motor vehicle or pedestrian use). If V. . . .- 1 * - •• Nt-1-N .- u;,..--- d'r-4IN Source: NACTO 4- -it _._.---. ,•.• ■ Estimated Cost Range:$100,000 to 1,000.000 per mile(cost varies significantly depending on chosen treatments). Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 10 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cycle Tracks b. Driveway and Side Street Treatments Vehicles turning into driveways or side streets across cycle tracks presents a unique challenge because drivers may not anticipate a bicyclist approaching since the cycle track is separated from the vehicle lanes.The following treatments can be used to improve the safety of a bicyclist through driveway on a cycle track: • Installing pavement markings through the driveway to draw attention to entering motorists.Yield signs and pavement markings can also be applied. • Restrict parking for 30 feet on each side of the driveway to improve visibility. • Ensure a sight triangle of 20 feet from a minor street to the cycle track,and 10 feet from a driveway to the cycle track. The picture below shows a recommended clear zone and sight triangle for a cycle trace at a driveway. From a driveway there should be a horizontal clear zone of 10 feet from the driveway,and for a minor street there be a horizontal clear zone of 20 feet from the minor street. In addition,if on-street parking is allowed along the cycle track, if u be prohibited within 30 feet of the driveway or minor street. Al driveways and minor imersecbuns WIPING Colo.yeld Mc,AM•Ylep1[a a tee vow as 1 Wage 1hGUld oe used to dentd• Cot mow vehiCkS alMmpdng 10 C,915 the eonllre!area end makes clear J cycle 1. rrvr.r 0*s' at*E t dnveM&. Ihat the cycle tree)has erreMy over v io M'1 sheer and sdewalk fumIsbmgs ardor Weer emeleg end hvrr.ry Ire hd VVV"'VVV fealu e.enou tf a:cammada�e a egh[mangle Mu=C0 RrO.r ar 201ter 10 1' grad.from minor 5Iree1 n Ri.s i.s. crossing.,and Id Mai Womdnvwray 0051.19 10.20 `v� C COnfgrrred a5 a raped cyclet1Wth the Cr051.111 Feel shoal tb rOrSM.n Which 111e51dawa en6 Cyr,*Oath h6 r ry ..+ga Iher**valid..through 1ha dro5urrh Snpry in• a..e id clines on edher side f•c^•rca:to sCewa9r krc'srn•v .]R 5paed wrap foi. • F2 whom Feel • lilalm v'hicie haft proaa.g Vte cyder 1st*ahvuU be �nslrained e1 channehxed Gr e tuna ot.harp 11Ihe Cycle Back i6 p•,-")•.:!: •.-,.l -,,:king angles la reSore haven speel p M m roe crossing ahvuld De vroh4lted..c-w drrraways and m.qr rrtenseclwns to imp ilrty.The desirable no-parking area.s 3b feel from earl. side olme crossing Source: NATCO(showing a two-way cycle track at a driveway) Also see picture in the two-way cycle track section Estimated Cost Range:See section a (cost of driveway treatments included in overall length of a cycle track) c. Intersection Treatments At intersections.cycle tracks present a unique challenge since the bicyclist may be less visible to drivers due to the cycle track being slightly separated from the roadway. Similar treatments used at driveways can also be applied to intersections such as restricting parking to improve visibility,and warning signs for drivers. In addition the following treatments may be applied to improve the safety of the cycle track for bicyclists: • Cycle track signal phase • Prohibit right turns • Install warning signs for right turning motorists to yield to bicyclists. • Option to bring bicyclists into a wide outside traffic lane just prior to intersection to improve visibility. • Clearly indicate to turning vehicles the intended path,so drivers do not mistakenly enter the cycle track. Example right turn warning sign for vehicles(also see image in section g) Estimated Cost Range:See section a(cost of intersection treatments included in overall length of a cycle track) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 11 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cycle Tracks d. Two Stage Left Turns For cyclists who need to turn left at an intersection,a two stage left turn should be provided.Since the cycle track is to the right of the vehicle lanes,a bicyclist wanting to turn left at an intersection needs a way to safety cross the traffic lanes.A two stage left turn bicycle box allows a cycle track user to do exactly that. Using the green phase the bicyclist proceeds through the intersection with the flow of vehicles,but then pulls into a left turn bicycle box at the far end of the intersection.The bicyclist then waits in the box until the perpendicular direction of traffic receives a green indication,and then proceeds with traffic. 4:111•1•4601P--.000 _:- 1 I A- 1 1 i • . l' ........ 1 -7.'"ww."-- r 1:1; . ■ Source: NACTO _ t 1 4, L.: -. - , _ Pictures -way cycle tracks ;:,two-stage le rn boxes. Estimated Cos, 'qe:See section a(cost of two stage left turns included in overall length of a cycle track) Typical Applications 'vo Way Cycle Track Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 12 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cycle Tracks e. Cross Section A two way cycle track should be a minimum of 10 to 12 feet wide with a dashed yellow line to indicate proper direction. Vehicle&Streetcar a c Planters Cycle Track is i�ll lit j 4# r 3' fl) 5idew NU Planter Parking Vehicle& Sidewalk �}cle (Optional) SireelCarTrafic Estimated Cost Range:$150,000 to$1,500,000 per mile(cost varies significantly depending on chosen treatments). f. Driveway and Side Street Treatments In addition to the driveway treatments discussed for one-way cycle tracks,a two-way cycle track needs to provide warning indications to motor vehicle drivers(both entering and exiting)to expect bicyclists in the contra flow direction.Yield signs,and markings through the driveways should be used to alert drivers. Prohibiting left turns into driveways across two-way cycle tracks should also be considered. The image below shows a proposed treatment fog ,v cycle track across a driveway. In this image it is assumed that the left turn into the driveway is prohibited. If the left turn rr. ny into the driveway is allowed,a sign to warn drivers of the two-way cycle track traffic could be considered. Whether the vehick •bicycle has the right of way is dependent on city or state policies.Typically at driveways, motor vehicle drivers are required to stop d yield to bicyclists(and pedestrians). Streetcar lehicle Traffic Vehic Traffic—Ow Streetcar gaise Driveway .201Advan(e Plaremer:t Ownhi Cycle Tra - u irectiun . I 1, Bic c'r Markings'' may be Placed here Driveway OrCt Through Longer Driveways 44m0' ■ ]-1 Modified Estimated Cost Range:See section e(cost included in overall length of a cycle track) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11– Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 13 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cycle Tracks g. Intersection Treatments In addition to intersection treatments discussed for one-way cycle tracks, intersections with two-way cycle tracks present unique challenges due to the contra flow bicycle lane.Treatment options include: • Prohibit right turns on red for right turning vehicles from the side street across the cycle track. • Install bicycle signals with a leading bicycle and pedestrian phase so bicyclists enter the intersection before vehicles to improve visibility. • Install yield signs for right turning drivers on the main street(with the cycle track) • Install candle sticks or safe hits at the cycle track entrance to discourage vehicles from turning into the cycle track area. The image below shows a proposed intersection for a two-way cycle track. I NO SCALE 314,109 5' I Flamers\ i - 1 1 4 Option ro Place ['curdle Stick Second Northbound 201 01 Leh Turn Bike Box Right Turn Yield Sign in Select intersections on Mastarnr Typical Street } ! IIIiiiIIIII SC illt r.tiN,..iii -- 8' — — il IIIIII Hillniln. ec 0 ■ 1Q Q 71 :. 1 1 Active Static Signals 72" Signs Signs 12" II 4 [cll Ha a^ 12" ti as 51a: R3-10f k10-I' ed 0 0 0 LED Estimated Cost Range:See section e(cost included in overall length of a cycle track) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11– Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 14 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 4: Bicycle Intersection Treatments Bicycle Intersection Treatments Description: Intersection treatments improve the safety of bicyclists through an intersection. Depending on the characteristics of the cross streets (traffic and bicycle volumes,traffic and bicycle speeds,type of bicycle facility, number of vehicles and/or bikes turning,visibility, surrounding land use,and other factors)a range of treatments may be applicable. Criteria: • Locations where a bicycle facility crosses a roadway that may cause bicyclists to feel unsafe without intersection improvements. • Level of treatment depends on cross street traffic volumes,cross section,anr'traffic speeds. Typical Applications a. Bicycle Boxes Bicycle boxes provide a designated area at the intersection for bicyclists to .ahead hides during a red traffic signal phase. This improves the visibility of bicyclists and helps prevent right-hook r 'cts. Ideal for in, =ctions with high right turning vehicle conflicts,or high bicycle volumes to reduce bicycle signal delay an' .as.At intersection where the bicycle box extends across all lanes in the travel direction, left turning bicyclists can position delves ideally during the red signal phase.This treatment also improves driver compliance at crosswalks,so high pedestrian .y(with high bicycle volumes)is another typical application. I :r r . • • dkol dir Estimated Cost Range:$5,000 to$6,000(not including annual maintenance). Markings may need to be replaced every 1 to 10 years depending on wear patterns. Replacement costs would be$5,000 to$6,000(same as initial installation). b. Colored/Marked Bicycle Lane through the Intersection Bicycle lanes marked through intersections help guide bicyclists along the intended travel path and alert drivers to the presence of a bicycle lane(and bicyclists).Applications may include areas where vehicles may encroach on the bicycle lane such as ramp style exits,across signalized intersections that are wide or complex,across driveways,and stop or yield controlled approaches. �,. _.__ s ■iY ,l 51 151 II 15 7111 mom, 4 ..7, .. - 5•I P- u- diet. i oar Estimated Cost Range:$5 to$15 per square foot depending on material Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 15 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Intersection Treatments c. Bicycle Signals Bicycle signals may be used for the following purposes: • To reduce conflict at intersections where a bicycle movement conflicts with a major vehicle movement • To improve safety at intersections near schools or parks • To make it legal for bicycles to enter an intersection during an all-pedestrian phase • To employ an advance green phase at intersections for bicyclists that reduce conflict and delay • To allow bicyclists to cross an intersection diagonally at unique locations __.. ; a,KE 19' •SIGNAL; ..� 070 BIKE I -"1-J Estimated Cost Range:$10,000 to$50,000 per inters d. Two Stage Left Turn Queue Boxes In addition to using this treatment along cycle track facilities,the two stage left turn queue box may be appropriate along facilities with bicycle lanes.A two stage left turn queue box may be used at intersections with high volumes of left turning bicyclists, especially along multi-lane facilities with high traffic speeds and volumes.This treatment can also be used to assist bicyclists across streetcar or rail tracks. 5 v 3 r.A►3 .".. � w r' -- z • r t Source: NACTO Estimated Cost Range:$5,000 to$6,000 Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 16 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Intersection Treatments e. Traffic Reduction/Diverters(also in the Bicycle Friendly Route section) Diverters are often used at intersections along bicycle friendly routes to reduce vehicle volumes on a roadway.The diverters allow bicycle through movements but prohibit vehicle through movements. aill 4-- -Nil i i- z..R re ---,__ ,r. 41 ,r-ti .� T. --'1 ONLY ,,r-ti Wig I: . .., u -:;44. .. ::'... • . irt• W * ' ■. _ - y _ — etv R k3 (sign stating''DO NOT ENTER,except bicycles"} Estimated Cost Range:$1,000 to$20,000(depends on design and materials) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 17 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 5: Mid-Block Crossing Treatments Mid-Block Crossing Treatments Description: Mid-block crossings can be dangerous to bicyclists because drivers are not typically expecting a crossing at a non-intersection location.The need for a mid-block crossing may arise if two bicycle facilities are off-set or if a trail junctions with a roadway mid- block. In these situations, mid-block crossing treatments can be applied to improve the safety of a bicyclist. Criteria: Depending on the characteristics of the facility being crossed,different treatments may apply. Criteria to consider includes:vehicle speed,width of the roadway,vehicle volumes,sight distance,and typical driver compliance in the region. Typical Applications a. Bicycle Crossing Markings Bicycle crossing markings can be similar to pedestrian style crossings. However cle crossing typically has two parallel sets of markings,one for each direction of bicycle travel to help reduce head on bic ts. Pedestrians can also use the bicycle crossing area. The picture below shows bicycle/pedestrian crossing markings at a signalizaa intersec . IT3 Estimated Cost Range:$1,000 to$3,000(aspending on width of crossing). Maintenance is not included in the cost. b. Median Refuge Island A median refuge island allows a bicyclist to cross a street in two phases,whine waiting in a comfortable space.The treatment is ideal for multilane facilities with two-way traffic where waiting for an acceptable gap in traffic for a single phase crossing would cause undue delay.The desired width for median is 10 feet,although 6 feet is the absolute minimum,and a median should be a minimum of 30 feet long. Estimated Cost Range:$15,000 to$30,000 per 100 feet Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 18 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Mid-Block Crossing Treatments c. Rapid Flashing Beacon A rapid flashing beacon is used in conjunction with a marked crossing. It is typically activated using a push button and indicates that vehicles need to stop and yield to bicyclists or pedestrians using the designated crossing.A flashing beacon is typically placed on a post on the side of the roadway, but can also be installed over a lane.These examples show pedestrian crossings, however,the warning sign can be modified to show a bicycle,or both a bicycle and pedestrian. Based on the NCHRP Report 562 and the studies by Charles Zeeger(see resources listed on the last page)the following criteria applies to installing flashing beacons at unsignalized crossing locations: • When ADT is less than 9,000—activated flashing beacons are recommended if vehicle speeds exceed 40 mph,or if the facility is 4 lanes with speeds of 35 mph. • When ADT is between 9,000 to 12,000—activated flashing beacons are re' fended for 3 or more lanes if speeds exceed 35 mph. • When ADT is greater than 12,000—activated flashing beacons are re .:nded for 3 or more lanes if speeds exceed 30 mph. The pictures below show a few different types of rapid flashing beacon dis .The . 'n the left use school signs,but could be used for a non-school locations with a pedestrian or bicycle warning sign ins.ead of the._ -)I crossing sign. 0 ...I"',•• . • ', . . -.";I;• - - in . . , . . 1 r _plc ,.. Estimated Cost Range:$10,000 to$20,000 per crossing(includes two to three rapid flashing beacon signs,depending whether there is a median) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 19 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Mid-Block Crossing Treatments d. Off-Set Intersections At some locations, bicycle friendly routes may continue at an offset across a busy street.One treatment option to safely connect the offset bicycle friendly route is shown below. In this treatment,a two way cycle track is incorporated on one side of the roadway.The cycle track guides bicyclists to cross at a particular location,which may include activated beacons or a signal depending on the roadway characteristics. Below are two different types of offset intersection crossings.The top image uses a path to the side of the main roadway and the picture on the bottom shows an intersection with center bicycle lanes connecting the off-set intersections. HERE TL FO4 1. -r mi Bike Push o Button Activated Ii1f Ft Flashing .� Beacons 41■ j Push —IIII11 I 11111 Button 1 Activated � Flashing \ Beacon- L H� j I • s.. 1 � I lK Estimated Cost Range:Varies based on right of way impact$1,000 and up depending on chosen treatment Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 20 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 6: Wayfinding Wayfinding Description: Wayfinding is meant to be used by bicyclists to communicate directions,distance,and sometimes expected travel time to a particular destination.Wayfinding is typically accomplished through the use of signs, however, pavement markings can supplement the signs.Wayfinding could be applied to all types of bicycle facilities. Criteria: Wayfinding can be used to help bicyclists(and vehicle drivers)identify which facilities are designated as bicycle facilities.The wayfinding may convey several factors including: • Which roadways are designated as bicycle facilities Directions to key areas or connections• • Expected travel time by bicycle to key areas or connections In particular,wayfinding is beneficial at junctions and intersections with other` cilities. Typical Applications a. Standard signs to indicate bicycle facilities Part 9 of the MUTCD(2009 Edition)includes"Traffic Control for Bicycle Facillities". In this section there are several standard wayfinding signs that can be used along bicycle facilities.Some signs simply indicate the presence of a bicycle facility,while other signs provide additional information such as destinations and distances.The pictures below show a sampling of signs from the MUTCD and their respective sign numbers. CSID • C54E) : AI c \ 3 15 (PD BIKE LANE efst gston � •. BIKE ROUTE 83-17 01-3c 011-1 124b 1 - L TD Downtown BEGIN END 011-1c M1-8 M4-14 M4-6 M6-3 Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 21 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Wayfinding b. Signs with destinations and expected travel times Below are two examples of wayfinding signs unique to different cities.The sign on the left indicates direction,distance,and expected travel time by bicycle.The sign on the right indicates direction and distance. ,:#fk:l :r.-\ R1S St HAR , r', , f.. orSre aownfofiNt.t, • H , c t" o�o BrOadWaV Estimated Cost Range:$30 to$75 per sign(plus installation) c. Pavement markings Pavement markings can be used to supplement s ow is an example of a pavement marking used to indicate the direction of the continued bicycle facility. A„,, 11111000' N • 4 Sharrows and bicycle lane symbols can also be considered wayfinding treatments in the sense that they help identify a facility as a bicycle facility. - r: II' IAM C5S7t° . : AdO - -- . , Estimated Cost Range:$50 to$250 per marking depending on size and material(plus installation) Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 22 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Wayfinding d. Maps Portable maps indicating bicycle and pedestrian around the City could be provided to assist bicyclists and pedestrians in wayfinding. Maps could be provided at public facilities such as City Hall and libraries as well as bicycle shops or other interested vendors. In addition,the maps could be available electronically through the City's website. Estimated Cost Range:$0 to$5 for a paper map(in some cities a private vendor sponsors the map which could make it free or low cost to the City of Spokane Valley). e. Mobile Applications As technology continues to advance, private industries will likely develop apps that can be used on mobile devices to assist bicyclists navigating around the City of Spokane Valley. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 23 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 7: Shared Use Bicycle Paths Shared Use Bicycle Paths Description: Shared use paths are physically separated from the roadway,and are intended to be used by pedestrians,bicyclists, runners,and other non-motorized users.A shared use path can supplement a thorough system of on street facilities in a city,and connect to the on-street system at end points of the trail as well as midpoints depending on the length and location. Criteria: The following characteristics can be used when considering which facilities could serve as appropriate shared use path: • A shared use path can be provided when on-street facilities are not an option and when separate right of way is available (such as a former railroad line). • The number of driveways and crossings should be minimized. Accordir z Idaho Department of Transportation,if there are more than 8 crossings per mile,an on-street facility should' sidered instead. • Where crossings cannot be avoided,special design treatments shy used to treat potential conflicts. Typical Applications a. Bicycle and Pedestrian Shared Use Path The following design criteria should be considered: • Minimum paved width of a shared use path is 10 feet,although 12 to 14 feet(or more)is preferred especially if the use is expected to be moderate to heavy(AASHTO). • Two feet of additional clearance should be provided on either side of the path. • An 8 foot path may be appropriate under-ome circumstances(bicycle and pedestrian use is expected to be consistently low,the alignment allows for safe and +passing opportunities,and maintenance vehicles are not expected to drive on the path which would could subject ti ant edges to damage). • Markings to separate bicyclists from pede Ana n a shared use path are not necessary, but a centerline marking to separate two-way traffic is appropriate on p vays with heavy peak or seasonal volumes. • The surface should be asphalt to accommod, all types of non-motorized users. Below are pictures of a two-way shared use path.On the It ,the path runs along an active railroad line on the left and an industrial facility on the right,both separated by a fence. In the photo cn the right the path runs along a neighborhood (left side)and a freeway and light rail line(right side). 7 r a� /i. s. , O t r..4-!- Estimated Cost Range:$250,000 to$500,000 per mile(includes asphalt surface,signing,striping,wayfinding,drainage,and limited crossings,does not include design costs). Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 24 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Shared Use Bicycle Paths b. Crossings on Shared Use Paths At locations where the shared use path crosses other roadways or driveways,appropriate indications and warnings should be provided for both the path user and roadway user to prevent conflict.The design team should consider the characteristics of the path and roadway at the crossing and determine whether the path user or the roadway user should have the right of way. In the picture below, path users are required to stop at the roadway crossing. -I Lisp MPS Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 25 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Cross Sections The following tables illustrate how to convert roadways with specific paved widths into bicycle friendly route and different types of bicycle lanes. Each cross section identifies which facilities within the City of Spokane Valley meet the cross section requirements and are recommended as bicycle facilities in the Master Plan (see map 11.5). Table 8: Cross Sections— Bicycle Friendly Route Bicycle Friendly Route Cross Sections 18 to 24 feet Paved Roadway Width Roadways: • 12`r ,sections) • ' e,s Rd(sections) 'Ave ..t !.. A .▪ .Ave, `ions) Pierce Ave. ctions) 18'-24' I Long Rd(Cep ennial Trail to Appleway) Marguerite Rd(sections) • Railroad Ave(Mission Ave to Stanley Rd) q (� n • Stanley Rd(Railroad Ave to Broadway Ave) 40/ • Boone Ave(University Rd to Pines Rd) . Flora Rd(Maxwell Ave to 400 ft north of Sprague Ave) Alki Ave(currently less than 18 feet in parts,widening) Design: • No center line markings Sharrow markings Depending on the characteristics of the particular roadway,parking could be allowed if traffic volumes are low and there is ample visibility around parked vehicles. Otherwise on-street parking should be prohibited on the paved roadway. • Some roadways may have a gravel shoulder where parking could be permitted. -d RoaI Ith Roa•ways: • 12th Ave(sections) ,n:IUlo Valleyway Ave v • Adams Rd ir i . Orr e Progress Rd(sections) ■ , fd • Mission Ave(Francher Rd to Vista Rd) 8'-28' 1._ 8�1 ▪ Vista Rd(1-90 to Bridgeport Ave) • Locust Rd(Mission Ave to Valleyway Ave) • Farr Rd(Valleyway Ave to Sprague Ave) • Woodruff Rd(8th Ave to 16th Ave) c University Rd(Mission Ave to 1-90) • 38th Ave(37th Ave to Pines Rd) • Mamer Rd(Mission Ave to 1-90) 1 16th Ave(Sullivan Rd to Rotchford Dr) • Rotchford Dr(16`h Ave to 4th Ave) • Conklin Rd(Broadway Ave to Sprague Ave) • Flora Rd(Mission Ave to Maxwell Ave,400 ft north of Sprague Ave to 3rd Ave) • 6th Ave,4th Ave(west of Park Ave) Design: • Center line marking optional • Sharrow pavement markings • Option to designate on-street parking on one side of the roadway. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 26 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Friendly Route Cross Sections 36 to 46 feet Paved Roadway Width Roadways: • Pierce Ave(sections) • 24th Ave(sections) e �R Ill • Blake Rd(sections) • Park Rd(north of Rutter Ave and south of 8th Ave) 1— 8' 20'-30' i 8' • Farr Rd(Sprage Ave to 8th) • University Rd(railroad tracks to Montgomery Dr) • 37`h Ave(Bowdish Rd to 38th Ave) • Conklin Rd(Sprague Ave to 4`h Ave) I C ° i • Pines P outh of 32nd) Design: • ,ite n marking optional(depends on roadway On-Street On-Street .,naractt 's) Parking Parking • Sharrow pa nent markings • Parking coula ne allowed on both sides of the roadway. Table 9: Cross Sections— Bicycle Lanes (No On-Street Parking) Bicycle Lane C, "sections (No On-Street Parking) 30 to 40 feet Paved Roadway Width N Original cross section:2 lanes (Two-Way Traffic) Cross section with bicycle lanes:2 lanes Roadways: • Bowdish Rd (sections) 5' 6' 10'-14 1p'-14' I I • Evergreen Rd(sections) • Flora Rd(sections) � ) • Barker Rd(sections) Wellesley Ave(sections) a • Mission Ave (sections) Broadway Ave(sections) • 32nd Ave(sections) • 44th Ave • McDonald Rd(sections) 30'40' • 3rd Ave(Francher Rd to west City Limits) • Montgomery Ave(University Rd to Jackson Ave) • 8th Ave(west of Park Rd)currently less than 30 feet,widening necessary • Carnahan Rd(consider climbing lane only) Design: • 5 to 6 foot bicycle lanes • For roadways less than 30 feet,widening will be necessary. • Depending on the characteristics of each roadway, a centerline stripe may not be necessary in some cases. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 27 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lane Cross Sections (No On-Street Parking) 42 to 55 feet Paved Roadway Width Original cross section:4 lanes(or 3 lanes with TWLTL) (Two-Way Traffic) Cross section with bicycle lanes: 3 lanes with TWLTL Roadways: t if • University Rd(sections) • McDonald Rd(sections) • Fancher Rd (sections) 5=6' 10.5'-14' 1 1V-15' I 10.5'-14' 1 5'-6' • Mission Ave (sections) • Broadway Ave(sections) • Montgomery Ave(Argonne Rd to Woodruff Rd) 4 • Pines Rd(16`hto 32nd Ave) i 1 I MI t • Park Rd(sections) • Montgomery Ave(Jackson Ave to Bowdish Rd) Evergreen Rd(sections) `r Barker Rd(sections) • Mission Ave (sections) —42'-55' I • 32nd Ave(sections) • McDonald Rd(sections) •-sign: Convert a 4 lane cross section to 3 lanes including a center two-way left turn lane • Vehicle lanes range from 10.5'to 14' • Bicycle lanes range from 5'to 6' 48 to 54 feet Paved Roadway Width •riginal cross section:4 lanes (One-Way Traffic) Cross section with bicycle lanes: 3 lanes Roadways:•i approximately 4 feet wide,6 feet recommended) Aporox.13'-15' _ Approx.13'-15' _ Appro.(' 13'-'5' 3' 6' I +resign: ® • Bicycle lane with 3 foot buffer ' • No on-street parking MIN 6 4 Note: In areas where the cross section is 54 feet,4 vehicle 6 1 6 travel lanes could be maintained at an 11 foot width while I ; including the buffered bicycle lane as shown. I ■ 39,-45' i 43'- Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 28 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lane Cross Sections (No On-Street Parking) 54 to 60 feet Paved Roadway Width Original cross section: 5 lanes with TWLTL (Two-Way Traffic) Cross section with bicycle lanes: 3 lanes with TVVLTL ''* JIIIMIk. n, 1 Roadways: r • Euclid Ave(Sullivan Rd to Flora Rd) 5'-6 3-1 - 14 14' I 12'-14' ,3', 5'-6' Design: ' IS A buffer zone next to the bicycle lane would make �4 ' l the bi' -.le lane more comfortable to riders. „1.1, A ..: ...: 54'-60' 1 68 to 80 feet Paved Roadway Width original cross section: 5 lanes with TWLTL (Two-Way Traffic) Cross section with bicycle lanes: 5 lanes with TWLTL Thadways: It = '+ Faucher Rd ( ) C � University Rd(Spragusectionse to 4") I 6'-7'1 11'-13' 1 11'-13' 1 12'-14' 1 11'-13' 1. 6-7'.I • ndiana Ave (Sullivan Rd to Desmet) cto li I I I jn: I , 1,, � I .1. This option narrows existing lanes to maintain the 1t existing cross section while adding bicycle lanes. • '-8O' Sections for Sprague Sprague-92 Foot Cross Section: Sprague from University Rd to 340'east of Houk Rd Original cross section: 7 lanes with TWLTL Cross section with bicycle lanes: 7 lanes with TWLTL i 5; "'-ii A tn = = I 6' 11' 11' 11' Ia. 1' w row 1 1 I - I - T ii .1 1 to I F IN t MI 1 — I. 1 - 1 1 1 I I I I I at wi wi 92' Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 29 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lane Cross Sections (No On-Street Parking) Sprague-86 Foot Cross Section: Sprague from 300'east of Houk Rd to about 1,100 feet east of Sullivan Rd Original cross section: 7 lanes with TWLTL Cross section with bicycle lanes: see options#1 and#2 below. Note that with option#1 the bicycle lane narrows to 4.5 feet at intersections and mid-block locations where left turns are allowed.Due to the narrow bicycle lanes,a maximum of one mid-block left turn median opening is recommended between signalized intersections. Option#1 -7 lanes with raised median(mid-block) I 11' 11' 11' 11 l= 11' 1 6' 1 1 OMNI I W ,_ I FAM �. Raised N. I i _� I i_ I Median - � i� - I I- � 1 ---- I ---- I --- I o Option#1 -7 lanes with left turn lane(at signalized in, actions and mid-block where left turns are allowed): t M M n ' m i 4.5'....................11' 11' , 11` 11" 11' I 11 11' 1.4.5I i 1011 rm." rAIE ra t cf W a I me I I I I 86' Note:a maximum one mid-block left turn median opening is recommended between signalized intersections. Option#2-Reducing to 5 lanes with buffered bicycle lanes m =.., it 6' 1 4' I 1_3' I 13 I 14' I 13' I 13' 14'I V nii, I m,,,, III Irak I IMIiraall iL•—ii 1 m...• ot 1-- 86' —I Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 30 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Bicycle Lane Cross Sections (No On-Street Parking) Sprague-71 Foot Cross Section: Sprague from 1,100 feet east of Sullivan Rd to Appleway Ave Original cross section: 5 lanes with TWLTL Cross section with bicycle lanes: 5 lanes with median or left turn lane 14Z 1121 n t.4 6' 11.5 11' 14' I 11'. I 1t5 54(1-1 I I I I caT ' INV MN I I I IA, I 11 71' Sprague-66 Foot One-Way Cross Section: Sprague east of University Road(westbound only Original cross section: 5 lanes Cross section with bicycle lanes: Option#1 -5 lanes with buffered bicycle lane ® it 11' 11.5' 11.5' 11.5' 11,5' 3'; 6' III 1- r � 66' iv Option#2-4 lanes with buffered bicycle lane 14' _ 14' 14' I 14' 14 I 6 I I a ;_)„,„ 66' Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 31 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 10: Cross Sections— Bicycle Lanes with On-Street Parking Bicycle Lanes with On-Street Parking 48 to 56 feet Paved Roadway Width (Two-Way Traffic with Parking) Original cross section: 1 lane each direction with a center gl TWLTL and on-street parking on one side i Cross section with bicycle lanes: 1 lane each direction with on-street parking(both sides) 8' I 6' i 10'-14' 1 10'-14' I 6' I 8' I Roadways: • Mission " 'e(Evergreen Rd to Sullivan Rd) ii OO I f *1 Design: ini 1 �` _ 'vcle lanes adjacent to 8 feet wide on-street 1� 4, A ' arkiny vs bicyclist to maneuver around open car doors whi, paining in the bicycle lane. If the roadwa, is widened to 62 feet,a 12 foot center On-Street I-20'-28' On-Sh+est TWLTL could be maintained with a 10 foot lane in Parking 48'-56' Parking G each direction. 60 to 70 feet Paved Roadway Width Original cross section: varies (Two-Way Traffic with Parking') Cross section with bicycle lanes: varies 44 v ANEW Roadways: eilli . If on-street parking is desired on roadways in the 8' . 6' 10.5-14' , 11'-14' 1 10.5'-14' 6' ; future,these cross sections could be applied to accommodate both on-street parking and bicycle IWI i° facilities. JDesign: 6 foot adjacent bicycle lanes acent to 8 feet wide on-street Y 1 parking allows bicyclist to maneuver around open car o.r sneer '42' doors while remai in the biccle lane P8"h nq �� ' �' Ad 2 to 3 foot buffer zone ning between y on-stre.et parking and the bicycle lane could be considered in areas with high parking turnover rates to help prevent dooring 70 to 84 feet Paved Roadway Width accidents(when people open car doors into a bicycle lane causing the bicyclist to crash either by hitting the (Two-Way Traffic with Parking) open car door or swerving abruptly). if 7,:_:, m .. 1 • For the 84 foot cross section,a five lane cross section would also fit(four 11 foot lanes,and a center 12 foot 8' 6' , 10.5-13' , 10 5-15 10.5-13' , 10.5-13' , 6' I 8' TWLTL). El y ii iisi Pi in" r , 1 ! „ g 1 a _,_ 8 us 1 we I 1 On-Sheet 42•-58' On-Shea! Parking 70'-84. Parking. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 32 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Table 11: Cross Section—Shared Use Paths Shared Use Path Cross Sections Original cross section: varies Shared Use Path Cross section with bicycle lanes: Roadway cross section likely remains the same with the addition of adway a shared use path. ler grade -� � 4 Roadways: - " • Millwood Path 2' 10'-14' 2• •nt Path(Railroad ROW) Shared Use Path • ague Path Roadway Varies Varies .ppleway Path North Greenacres Path -,ishman Mica Path • ,s Rd, (Pinecroft Wy to Trent Ave) • S, n Rd, north of the River • Flora Rd. north of Mission Ave Design: • see toolbox section for design recommendations. Adopted XX-XX-XX- DRAFT Chapter 11— Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 33 of 33 Appendix 2: Facility Design Guidelines City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Appendix 3: Funding Source Ideas Public Sector Funding Sources FEDERAL: Federal transportation policy is to increase non-motorized transportation to at least 15 percent of all trips and to simultaneously reduce the number of non-motorized users killed or injured in traffic crashes by at least 10 percent. This policy, which was adopted in 1994 as part of the National Bicycling and Walking Study, remains a high priority for the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). Improving conditions and safety for bicycling and walking embodies the spirit and intent of Federal surface transportation law and policy to create an integrated, intermodal transportation system which provides travelers with a real choice of transportation modes. State and local agencies are challenged to work together cooperatively with transportation providers, user groups, and the public to develop plans, programs, and projects which reflect this vision. At the Federal level, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) is working with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), and other agencies, to implement the bicycle and pedestrian provisions of Federal surface transportation law. Federal surface transportation law provides tremendous flexibility to States and MPOs to fund bicycle and pedestrian improvements from a wide variety of programs. Virtually all the major transportation funding programs can be used for bicycle and pedestrian-related projects. When considering ways to improve conditions for bicycling and walking, States and MPOs are specifically encouraged to include bicycle and pedestrian improvements as an incidental part of larger projects, as described above, and to review and use the most appropriate funding source for a particular project. Many bicycle and pedestrian projects are more suitable for funding under the Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality(CMAQ) Improvement Program, Surface Transportation Program, or other federal programs. There is a wide range of other federal funds that can be used for bicycling and walking facilities. The most common include: • Funds through federal land agencies such as the National Forest Service, National Park Service or Bureau of Land Management. These funds are primarily for trails on federal lands. • Community Development Block Grants through HUD —the Department of Housing and Urban Development provides funds for community-based projects. Examples of the types of projects they fund are: o Commercial district streetscape improvements o Sidewalk improvements o Safe routes to school o Neighborhood-based bicycling and walking facilities that improve local transportation options or help revitalize neighborhoods • Recreational Trails Program (RTP) funds come from the Federal Highway Trust Fund, and represent a portion of the motor fuel excise tax collected from non-highway recreational fuel use: fuel used for off-highway recreation by snowmobiles, all-terrain vehicles, off-highway motorcycles, and off-highway light trucks. The RTP funds are distributed to the States by legislative formula: half of the funds are distributed equally among all States, and half are distributed in proportion to the estimated amount of non-highway recreational fuel use in each State. See the Funding Levels by State. The distribution model is based on a report for FHWA by the Oak Ridge National Laboratory in July 1999 (Fuel Used for Off-Road Recreation: A Reassessment of the Fuel Use Model). • Transportation Enhancements (TE) investments benefit communities through rehabilitation of historic facilities related to transportation, renovated streetscapes, rail-trails and other transportation trails, transportation museums, and scenic and historic highway program visitor Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 1 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan centers. This website is a resource to States providing official legislation and guidance documents. The National Transportation Enhancements Clearinghouse (NTEC) also has a website which includes an introduction to TE, how to find out about the TE program in each State, see project examples, access a database of TE projects, see how States use TE funds, and order TE related documents. The National Transportation Enhancements Clearinghouse has prepared a useful Technical Brief: Financing and Funding for Trails that cites over thirty federal and national funding sources that could be used to help fund bicycling and walking facilities and/or programs, especially trails. STATE: Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT)—Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety Grants Program Purpose The Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety Grants were established to address the nearly 400 statewide fatal and injury collisions involving pedestrians and bicycles each year. These safety focused projects may also support increased mobility and encourage more people to bicycle and walk. Eligible Applicants Only agencies that have been contacted with an invitation to apply for funding are eligible apply. Projects submitted by agencies who have not been contacted will not be considered. Invitations to submit applications will be sent to public agencies where WSDOT has identified known pedestrian and bicycle risk locations. Please see the invitational methodology to learn more on how the process took place. Examples of Eligible Projects Engineering improvements — based on recent state and national research, arterial streets in urban areas with higher speeds and volumes are the locations with the most collisions and risk. The research also indicates that several treatments may effectively reduce pedestrian and bicycle collisions at these locations. Projects may include items such as: • Intersection improvements such as: curb extensions, lighting, raised median, crosswalk enhancements, signs, signals and mid-block crossing treatments; • Completing bicycle lanes and sidewalks; • Constructing bicycle and pedestrian paths; • Providing safe routes to transit; • Pedestrian and bicycle safety improvements for at risk groups (children, elderly and people with disabilities). Education efforts — inform the public about projects and how they improves safety, educate the public about biking and walking safety in general, and include the broad range of transportation choices and events and activities that promote walking and biking safely. Projects may include items such as: • Implementation of educational curricula. • Distribution of educational materials. • Walk or bike promotional programs. • Pedestrian sting operations. Other WSDOT Funding Sources for Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities WSDOT works closely with local, county and regional organizations to balance transportation needs with community values and environmental goals. There are several state and federal funding sources that may be available to support these efforts: Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 2 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan • Washington Wildlife and Recreation Program: Acquisition and development of local and state parks, water access sites, trails, critical wildlife habitat, natural areas, and urban wildlife habitat. • Small City Sidewalk Program: Improve safety, provide access, and address system continuity and connectivity. The program is on an annual cycle. • Non-Highway and Off-Road Vehicle Program: Develop and manage recreation opportunities for those who use off-road vehicles and facilities for those who pursue non-motorized trail activities. • Traffic Safety Grants: Reduce the number of deaths and serious injuries that result from traffic crashes. • Transportation Enhancement Grants: Strengthen the cultural, aesthetic and environmental aspects of the intermodal transportation system. • National Recreational Trails Program: Rehabilitate and maintain recreational trails and facilities that provide a backcountry experience. • Intersection and Corridor Safety Program: Eliminate or reduce fatal or injury accidents by identifying and correcting hazardous locations, sections and/or elements that constitute a danger to motorists, pedestrians, and/or bicyclists. • Washington Scenic Byways Program: WSDOT provides federal funding to projects on highways designated as National Scenic Byways, All-American Roads, or as State scenic byways. • Public Lands Highways Program: Improve access to and within federal lands "served by the public lands highway." • Surface Transportation Program - Regional Funds: Metropolitan Planning Organizations provide federal funding for projects on any Federal-aid highway, bridge projects on any public road, transit capital projects, and intra-city and inter-city bus terminals and facilities. • Trip Reduction Performance Program: Get people out of their cars and onto buses, trains, vanpools, and other commute options. • Congestion Mitigation Air Quality Improvement Program: Metropolitan Planning Organizations provide federal funds to projects and programs that reduce transportation related emissions in four air quality non-attainment and maintenance areas in the state. State of Washington—Transportation Improvement Board (TIB) TIB Funding Programs for Urban Customers - Urban Sidewalk Program TIB typically issues a Call for Projects each summer with applications due at the end of August. The Sidewalk Program was established by the Legislature to provide funding for pedestrian projects. The program is available to both small city and urban agencies. Urban and small city projects compete separately. To be eligible for the program: • The intent of the project must be transportation and not recreation. • The project must be on a federally classified route (principal, minor, or collector). Projects improve pedestrian safety, access, connectivity, and address system continuity. Completed projects must be consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Projects are usually large in scale with multiple funding sources ranging from local contribution to private developer fees. These projects are selected annually on a competitive basis. Each program has distinct characteristics for the best suited project. Qualification and criteria are different within each program. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 3 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Once selected, TIB staff provides grant oversight, participates in Value Engineering (VE) studies, and acts as facilitators to bring projects to completion. WAC 479-12-421 identifies projects that are eligible for sidewalk program funding Minimum project requirements for each subprogram are as follows: 1. Urban sidewalk program project eligibility: a. Must be on or related to a functionally classified route; and b. Primary purpose of the project is transportation and not recreation. 2. Small city sidewalk program project eligibility: a. The project must be located on or related to a street within the TIB designated arterial system; and b. Primary purpose of the project is transportation and not recreation. For both of the subprograms, TIB does not participate in the cost for right of way acquisitions. For the urban sidewalk program, TIB does not provide funding increases. WAC 479-12-431 stipulates the award criteria used for the sidewalk program The board establishes the following criteria for use in evaluating sidewalk program grant applications for both urban and small city sidewalk projects: 1. Safety improvement- projects that address hazard mitigation and accident reduction. 2. Pedestrian access - projects that improve or provide access to facilities including: a. Schools; b. Public buildings; c. Central business districts; d. Medical facilities; e. Activity centers; f. High density housing (including senior housing); g. Transit facilities; h. Completes or extends existing sidewalks. 3. Local support-addresses local needs and is supported by the local community. WAC 479-12-121 identifies projects that are eligible for urban arterial program funding Eligible projects are improvements located on a route with an urban federal functional classification. Any urban street that is not functionally classified at the time of award must obtain functional classification prior to approval to expend board funds. For the urban arterial program, sidewalks are required on both sides of the roadway unless a sidewalk deviation is granted by the executive director or board through WAC 479-12-500. WAC 479-12-131 stipulates the award criteria for the urban arterial program The board establishes the following criteria for use in evaluating urban arterial program grant applications: 1. Safety improvements -addresses accident reduction, eliminates roadway hazards, and corrects roadway deficiencies. 2. Mobility improvements - improves level of service, improves access to generators, and connects urban street networks. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 4 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan 3. Pavement condition - replaces or rehabilitates street surfaces and structural deficiencies. 4. Mode accessibility - provides additional high occupancy vehicle lanes, bus volume, or non- motorized facilities. 5. Local support-demonstrates initiative to achieve full funding and project completion. Safe Routes to School Mini-grants About Safe Routes to School Mini-grants The goal of Safe Routes to School (SRTS) programs is to enable and encourage children to safely walk and bicycle to school. SRTS programs are implemented nationwide by parents, schools, community leaders, and local, state, and tribal governments. The aim of the mini-grants is to use student creativity and leadership skills to increase safe walking and bicycling to school. Successful applications will include one or a combination of the following: student-led activities, concern for the environment, and/or promotion of physical activity. Activities funded by the mini- grants must be part of a new or existing Safe Routes to School program. Applicant Eligibility Eligible applicants include: • Faculty, staff, or parent volunteers at elementary or middle schools; • Adult-supervised elementary or middle school groups or clubs; • Adult-supervised high school groups/clubs that wish to partner with a nearby elementary or middle school; • Local governments; • Tribal governments; and/or • Community-based or private non-profit organizations engaged in improving safety for and increasing the number of children who safely walk or ride a bicycle to school. Eligible Activities The schools at which mini-grant activities will occur must be elementary or middle schools. Also, these schools must be either starting new SRTS program activities or events, or currently conducting SRTS activities and want to expand them. The National Center is providing mini-grants for creative ideas that are youth-focused and that may explore related issues such as: How do students encourage their peers and the adults in their lives to walk and bicycle safely to school? How do students and others make the connection between safe routes to school and environmental or physical activity issues? Examples of eligible activities include, but are not limited to, the following: • Students encouraging peers/parents to find opportunities to walk or bicycle, starting with the trip to school. • Students connecting the choice to walk or bicycle with helping the environment. • Students connecting the choice to walk or bicycle with better health. • Students developing messages for parents/other drivers to drive safely, especially in school zones and neighborhoods. From carbon calculators to social marketing campaigns, from audits of school environments to communicating with local politicians and/or government officials, submit a proposal for a project that can make a difference at your school or community. Activities funded by the mini-grants must have the potential to have long-term impacts. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 5 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan Although it is not required, applicants may want to collect student travel data as part of their application in order to have more information about current rates of walking and bicycling to school. This information may help applicants decide on appropriate activities. For more information about data collection, and for student travel tally forms, please see www.saferoutesinfo.orq/data. Selection Criteria All applications that meet the eligibility requirements above will be reviewed by a committee that will aim to make awards to: • A broad geographic distribution of recipients; • Applicants representing a variety of program types; • Applicants who provide a clear description of how funding will be used to begin new programs or advance current projects or programs with activities that fit with eligibility requirements outlined above; and • Projects or programs that align with SRTS goals of encouraging more children to walk and bicycle to school safely. Funding Restrictions Mini-grant funds may not be used for staff salaries, fundraising, food or refreshments, or cash prizes. The mini-grant funds are Federal funds, and there are Federal restrictions on how the funds are spent. If you have questions about funding eligibility for specific activities, please email info @saferoutesinfo.orq. Reporting Requirements Mini-grant recipients will be required to submit an informal written report on activities midway through the implementation period. Recipients will also be required to submit a formal report at the end of the implementation period (June/July 2010) that provides information about the project. The formal report will include the following: • Budget report of actual expenditures • Description of the project's activities, challenges, successes, and participation rates • At least three digital pictures that show one or more activities of the funded project Mini-grant recipients may be required to complete a brief questionnaire after the grant period. Private Sector funding Sources Local There are many examples of local communities creating revenue streams to improve conditions for bicycling and walking. Three common approaches include: special bond issues, dedications of a portion of local sales taxes or a voter-approved sales tax increase, and use of the annual capital improvement budgets of Public Works and/or Parks agencies. Some examples follow: • The City of Albuquerque, New Mexico, and Bernalillo County, have a 5 percent set-aside of street bond funds which go to trails and bikeways. For the City, this has amounted to approximately $1.2 million every two years. City voters last year passed a 1/4 cent gross receipts tax for transportation which includes approximately $1 million per year for the next ten years for trail development. Many on-street facilities are developed as a part of other road projects. • Pinellas County, Florida built much of the Pinellas Trail system with a portion of a one cent sales tax increase voted for by county residents. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 6 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan • Seattle, Washington approved a nine year levy (property tax) in the fall of 2006 that provides five million dollars a year for pedestrian and bicycle projects. • Denver, Colorado invested $5 million in its emerging trail network with a bond issue, which also funded the city's bike planner for a number of years. • Eagle County, Colorado (which includes Vail) voters passed a transportation tax that earmarks 10 percent for trails, about$300,000 a year. • In Colorado Springs, Colorado, 20 percent of the new open space sales tax is designated for trail acquisition and development; about$5-6 million per year. Local Organizations Shared-use trails have spawned a widespread movement of local non-profit organizations. Many of them have raised hundreds of thousands of dollars to plan and construct trails. Land Trusts The environmental land trust movement has mushroomed in the past twenty years. Many of these organizations have raised funds to purchase land where trails are built, especially Rails-to-Trails. Businesses There is increasing corporate and business involvement in trail and conservation projects. Employers recognize that creating places to bike and walk is one way to build community and attract a quality work force. Bicycling and outdoor recreation businesses often support local projects and programs. • In Evansville, Indiana, a boardwalk is being built with corporate donations from Indiana Power and Light Co. and the Wal-Mart Foundation. • In Arizona, trail directional and interpretive signs are being provided by the Salt River Project a local utility. Other corporate sponsors of the Arizona Trail are the Hughes Missile Systems, BHP Cooper, and Pace American, Inc. • Recreational Equipment, Inc. has long been a financial supporter of local trail and conservation projects. • The Kodak Company now supports the American Greenways Awards program of The Conservation Fund, which was started in partnership with the DuPont Company. This annual awards program provides grants of up to $2500 to local greenway projects for any activities related to greenway advocacy, planning, design or development. For further details and tips for accessing the corporate and business community contact the Trails and Greenways Clearinghouse at the Rails-to-Trails Conservancy: 1-877-GRNWAYS (476-9297). Community Fundraising & Partnering Community fundraising and creative partnerships are plentiful. A common approach is to find creative ways to break a large project into small pieces that can be "purchased" by the public. Some examples: • In Ashtabula, Ohio the local trail organization raised one-third of the money they needed to buy the land for the trail, by forming a "300 Club." Three hundred acres were needed for the trail and they set a goal of finding 300 folks who would finance one acre each. The land price was $400 an acre and they found just over 100 people to buy an honorary acre, raising over $40,000. • In Jackson County, Oregon they had a "Yard Sale."The Bear Creek Greenway Foundation sold symbolic "yards" of the trail and placed donor's names on permanent markers that are located at each trailhead. At $40 a yard, they raised enough in private cash donations to help match their $690,000 Transportation Enhancements program award for the 18-mile Bear Creek Trail linking Medford, Talent, Phoenix and Ashland. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 7 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane Valley Comprehensive Plan • Selling bricks for local sidewalk projects, especially those in historic areas or on downtown Main Streets, is increasingly common. Donor names are engraved in each brick, and a tremendous amount of publicity and community support is purchased along with basic construction materials. Portland, Oregon's downtown Pioneer Square is a good example of such a project. • In Colorado Springs, the Rock Island Rail-Trail is being partly funded by the Rustic Hills Improvement Association, a group of local home-owners living adjacent to the trail. Also, ten miles of the trail were cleared of railroad ties by a local boy scout troop. • A pivotal 40-acre section of the Ice Age Trail between the cities of Madison and Verona, Wisconsin, was acquired with the help of the Madison Area Youth Soccer Association. The soccer association agreed to a fifty year lease of 30 acres of the parcel for a soccer complex, providing a substantial part of the $600,000 acquisition price. Foundations A wide range of foundations have provided funding for bicycling and walking. A few national and large regional foundations have supported the national organizations involved in pedestrian and bicycle policy advocacy. However it is usually regional and local foundations that get involved in funding particular bicycle, pedestrian or trail projects. These same foundations may also fund statewide and local advocacy efforts as well. The best way to find such foundations is through the research and information services provided by the national Foundation Center (http://foundationcenter.org). They maintain a huge store of information including the guidelines and application procedures for most foundations, and their past funding records. Grant Writing Tips The following are some helpful tips for successful grant writing (e.g., for government grants and private foundations): 1. Read the directions and applications thoroughly. 2. Find out what projects were previously funded. 3. Obtain a copy of a successful application. 4. Find out who reviews the applications and talk to him or her; it may be an individual or a larger group. 5. Always include a picture and graphic that quickly conveys what is being asked for in the proposal. 6. Identify key words and concepts in the grant application and then use them in your narrative. 7. Convey a sense of urgency—for example, if funding is not obtained, something of value such as a rail corridor that will be lost. 8. Provide a timeline—demonstrate that the project is ready to go once funding is secured. 9. Focus on a tangible product — e.g., construct something, purchase some property, etc.; minimize the amount that goes for overhead and design. 10. Demonstrate that you are leveraging funds and that this is not the only funding source; no one wants to be a sole source of funds for a project or program. 11. Demonstrate community support through letters from neighborhood associations, advocacy groups, and local businesses. Adopted XX-XX-XX Draft Chapter 11—Bike and Pedestrian Master Plan Page 8 of 8 Appendix 3: Funding Sources City of Spokane ■11 �!!, x11111®�. 0111r11111I_.`11. 11111Wrifin. ■■��, rr .-- ia2a-■� Da\ton Town of Millwood ■ ■ •:1 Vale SemonCente - �� Greeuac s 111• . Boone v 1 O . .rirM IMITEMPIM NJ I'm amEICEll■ s 111111 •�J • , 19. m , Nki � _ urmE - Balfour e ® Opp l rtunity Township®1'1-M C � _ E Pim Park HIM Map 11.1 Existing Bike Facilities Legend Existing Facilities - Existing Bike Lane - Existing Shared Use Path m CentennialTrail Trailheads Schools Railroad Other Municipalities City of Spokane Valley Parks Water Bodies Effective Date:X/XX/XXXX Ordinance No.:XX-XXX4 Map Location tra 0 0.5 1 2 Miles I i i I i i I Notice: The information shown on this map is compiled from various sources and is subject to constant revision.The City makes no claims or guarantees about the accuracy or currency of this map and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its contents. To confirm accuracy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product of the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department City of Spokane I Clements L ( ✓oseph Mandalay el Frederick SRd v Fairview �c�+� " •Yn Buckeye hard Ave;;IMIL ;A � " Park aP RI �� •• ° Ire etn '° l_ II��''!!jj^^�� own-of'Millwood � s LI I p F ®.. Mirabeau '~ C7 Park " ' ��.�� ■� c,},. t-tom'..o•� .r,a� _ �dla ' ' r�iu.. minni��9 ALL Pa P of ad` r::lillE©.. p.er anIta 14th ENWWi. f R MLSIMPA den n 2. erre Cork Be cro Map 11.2 Recommended Bikeway Network Legend Bicycle System Existing Bike Lane Existing Shared Use Path Proposed Bike Friendly Route Proposed Bike Lane • Proposed Shared Use Path Proposed Ped/Bike Bridge OPotential Crossing Treatments Centennial Trail Trailheads Schools w+«+++Railroad Other Municipalities City of Spokane Valley Parks sWater Bodies Effective Date:X/XX/XXXX Ordinance No.:XX-XXX Simikane �Ualley 0 0.5 Map Location 2 Miles 1 l 1 i I i I i I Notice: The information shown on this map is compiled from various sources and is subject to constant revision.The City makes no claims or guarantees about the accuracy or currency of this map and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its contents. To confirm accuracy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product of City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department V naepS Mandalay Sanson elle City of Spokane Upriver Garland 01.111 andIre / !Mu Mal A 1,00.01.101 IIIIONMENE 110llEMIL'• YYE..dNGd' Orchard A Frederick 0. Sri ...., . tkrabe • re !r e'er Fame,/ e -c Mirabeau Marlene I Park Mod 4eck.o 3 - /an:tta1-1 �3 roq Dalton Sulliva Park Sherr nl— Valley_Mlission •� — ors Fr 1 er Valley Se'nioriCenter_� �1 Boone —L6 catalae 63 e t r • - r - vau portunify Township Oust HaRi 97 lull) Malnl =IN= -•3r0 ,µ ar 6iM1 111F ee -RI • I - = II 3■ AMEN •_ ▪Balfour _ u=1 Park EN �- 6th A ]M1 ylME EEdgecliff MN 1th Park Z 2th R _ 4th e� I I ,1]ih II LT 4iM1 15th O` 313 Vaile UM • IL 11th 7th "I 6th filth F le et re 12 r II► ° f.ih1 Vikettola A Aler :atm 240 r 32nd - 3- 44th /ew Sondra � I 41 44th g 1 liMligalari Nolo,o 40th t a rJr •eu Be Pd 21st Map 11.3 Existing Sidewalk Network Legend Sidewalk Inventory Sidewalks • Curb Ramps Textured Curb Ramps Centennial Trail Trailheads Schools Railroad Other Municipalities City of Spokane Valley Parks Water Bodies Effective Dater X/XX/XXXX Ordinance No.:XX-XXX 40 Map Location N � l U'lfl] 0 0.5 1 2 Miles I I I l I l l I I Notice: The information shown on this map is compiled from various sources and is subject to constant revision.The City makes no claims or guarantees about the accuracy or currency of this map and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its contents. To confirm accuracy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product of the city of Spokane Valley,community Development Department uen e5 �� o d°. � F Map 11.4 Recommended Pedestrian Network illW (� o .to. P Ma wabasM1 a LL ri ate' Sa°e°° •. ��!!! I: �r ��. I ' wn� a\e 3o se.,._s _ q vane City of Spokane as- air � Legend Pedestrian Network ' MALI ■ r Ii 1 _ € to . Orchard Ave i �� PEEN .• _ N " '_ ,� % i ■w■1■Iw H d Park . ■■�■qqpp. .�Datton HYrN■ IN .� !�7[aFi �� weaenea S Dkane River ® - P ��r�� 0g ilk ■�PI ■' IIIIH �° NN_i : ■�■■wli ■■■■■■■. wH • Dalton Sidewalks _ ��-_ Town-of Millwood ,,... � •,�. � _ Proposed Sidewalks p .Nm - o�■ � �.. H'� ..�.-• , . �. __ Mirabeau Existing hared Use Path 8 ■■■■.Proposed Shared Use Path PedBike Bridge oN ■ ®o/r` °-•.~ '` Park Na _ ,. v °m. .. Era" '�� ' xar:c Kalb � 1_. .w Centennial Trail Trailheads ® Schools ° '"` maw .IR53 til 1111 anne Sul a r O. � rem , 4171 ' ■ .. - Valley Minsio_n - a a _ ' ' '. f Park �- 3'53 � m . 2 bN ICIER - t- VaBey Senior Center [•�® ..Ed .,. slam �". seen, c9' IF N , I.. • M � �. 1' Man i Railroad an m .. ° "� s i, ��^sT�■. Park Roa I \Yool'1 ' � 1�. > Other Municipalities _ ��•;• IlA�ln'1i��HJ _ �g®� � �® - City of Spokane Valley RUM 1 ---_ IEEE _ 1 � k1f Parks Water Bodies Map Location � �� ,....1 Balfour � IH: Opportunity PP tY Township P ' �Mr CIS =1� � 1® . .• � Park ��H .1 r.....--..r..--- ._+w.•.. ma I = •7 .■� v Pi land ° [fl �. :I.IFi�E E l_ 111 iii ' „,rmr te• ■��(�(�(III��II�� k■■ ® •'� y O,. r lath N t®N� &m o Sheller r' a� m h Lake 7th �r NM� sj.. + II M� 5' 6th °' -- �aMM EdgecHff .. Nil � m Blh —� iir :E. IM M�� Nki � CNJ m II ��}1 •e 2�' '� jNfih�7 Park H' �31M HIM p� irl 6th �� r oI iQ%.�'J it ,� MEM �F Terrace `/ 11 View m ■II Park . ■■ M �S ^.��n Y .' o ,n 1't�S1 ID a 'IsH�� ®iNll - ° l9iF1r.N � III =MMI iwo a e 2 Pool M. ° , o APO °° ° ,,tern le 21st _. Imo � Jennie 25th N T. op ft."---mt. _ _ . , wnrn rs .,r. E o 32nd • ,t 9th I e ® - - Effective Date:X/XX/XXXX Ordinance No.:XX-XXX r. K , i, -• 29th 1 tat 32. ■■■■ CaistlelAW ° V Park � ,, * i . Pill ''A : Ls,i oh U 44th ®1 � 1 r 43rd eN w m 42nd 44th 'j 43rd �■ 3 d ,�° L v �h _ ° . a ` m � Ball w jUaley 0 1 2 Miles I I I I mo ■ n Mane 4® .1 Holman . 1', 5 e et •• stn Beta % p 46th mess h - - vv rod e v ,4�e '...see �� a� Qo• 0 Mop nrohaA I 81 tlow Chapman Notice: The information shown on this led f map is compi from various sources is abou subject to accuracy constant revision.The makes no claims or guarantees y or currency of p and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its'contents. To confirm accuracy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product or thecity of Spokane Valley,Community Development Pepzrhnenc _ CAMe p 7� al ? 'ed F: �•r .. - p k rl hard U ° 0 0 Regal Elementary Spokane d81 0•10 �I Spokane d81 P° arm■■■■■a • Frederic Ppokane River mer Oseph Mandalay Pasadena Park Elementary West Valley 4363 Trentwaad PTemen East Valley 4361 East Valley Senior East 1 Skyview Valley i Elementary MitlEle MIEN 11111 Oaf rz i - 1 MS IIMEIZINO Ettl6:1L71■I IMIIIMINIMMIN 4t IIU ortiand O „r Doreen Orchard Center Elementary Wes✓alley":,_ Tow _of Millwood 6Eckey o 03' Fre enc r Trent Elementary GG=ac Trent Elementary Fast Valley 4361 Skyview Elementary East Valley 4361 Baptist Temple Christian kSpoka annp� um - V/ley High '111�IAf I i@- �__ Ennan LI Y i :V a Breadway Elementary Cenral✓alley d356J �fi li i ine Barg Wgh North Pines� School and Learning Mitltll� — „11,N, Sheridan Elemen Spokane.1 wasninron State Unive city Coop B.' ■ ely 1 iiiis E 1: Ce�hal Valley MIEIIIMPIIIIMPIPP71.I' Kintergarten cent catalE v4m GreenacrecElementary OM 2_ t was • Lincoln heights Semen �Spokone d81 2]m • Chase MitlEle Adams Elementary Spokane d81 rid c■i 7■11 Moran Pminie Spnknn � th _! ■ M■■•F ® A M•EEEPlePmOE ertnutna irty y ■■■roc �I � .;9University =t4Ill=I Elementary�gri ■ ==E� ...d S NPi Ele -mry L+ xlt Valley Christian-C0000i✓aliey 56 •0 =1.R m__ • dley who ,�17SEL_ i �iA� To- Ponderosa Elemen a kddko y h C EC=CC]=o! 2101 32nd men Lay Central✓alley 4356 44■11 44■11 esse ratChester Elementary Central Valley 4356 Map 11.5 Safe Routes to Schools Legend Pedestrian Network III Hospital Police Station Library Transit Location •/ Safe Haven School Identified Walking Route Centennial Trail Trailheads Schools H*+++++ Railroad 1 Other Municipalities City of Spokane Valley Parks Water Bodies Effective Date:X/XX/XXXX Ordinance No.:XX-XXX 40 0 0.5 Map Location 6 is 2 Miles I I l l I l l I I Notice: The information shown on this map is compiled from various sources and is subject to constant revision.The City makes no claims or guarantees about She accuracy or currency of this map and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its contents. To cam accuracy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product of the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY SPOKANE COUNTY,WASHINGTON ORDINANCE NO. 11-014 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, SPOKANE COUNTY WASHINGTON, AMENDING ORDINANCE 06-010 ADOPTING THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AND PROVIDING FOR OTHER MATTERS PROPERLY RELATING THERETO. WHEREAS, through Spokane Valley Ordinance 06-010, the City of Spokane Valley adopted Land Use plans as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, Capital Facilities Plan, and Maps as the Comprehensive Plan of the City of Spokane Valley (Comprehensive Plan); and WHEREAS, the Washington State Growth Management Act (GMA) allows the initial adoption of a subarea plan to be considered outside of the annual amendment process (RCW 36.70A130); and WHEREAS, the Bike and Pedestrian Element and supporting appendices ill be listed as Chapter 11 and will amend the Comprehensive Plan through the subarea plan process identified in RCW 36.70A.130; and WHEREAS, consistent with the G , the City adopted Public Participation Guidelines to direct the public involvement process for adopting and amending comprehensive plans; and WHEREAS, the City conducted an environmental review pursuant to RCW 43.21C to determine the potential environmental impacts frie the amendment; and WHEREAS, afte reviewing the Environmental Checklists, staff issued a Determination of Non-significa e (DNS) on June 17, 2011 for the amendment, published the DNS in the Valley News Hera d on June 17, 2011, and mailed the DNS to all affected public agencies; and EREAS, the Washington State Department of Commerce was notified on June 24, 201 pu t to RCW 36.70A.106 providing a 60-day notice of intent to adopt amendments to the Compr 've Plan; and I WHEREAS, the Planning Commission ("the Commission") conducted a briefing on June 23, 2011, to review the proposed amendment; and WHEREAS, June 17, 2011, notice of the Commission public hearing was published in the Valley News Herald; and WHEREAS, the Commission received evidence, information, public testimony and a staff report and recommendation at a public hearing on July 7, 2011; and WHEREAS, the Commission conducted a public hearing on July 7, 2011 to consider the proposed amendment to the Comprehensive Plan. After hearing public testimony, the Ordinance 11-014 BPMP Subarea Plan Page 1 of 3 Commission made an unanimous recommendation to approve the Comprehensive Plan amendment; and WHEREAS, City staff provided presentations and obtained feedback from the Council on July 19,August 30, and September 20, 2011; and WHEREAS, on October 11, 2011, Council held a first reading of this Ordinance for this proposed amendment; and WHEREAS, on October 25, 2011, Council held a second reading of this ordinance, at which time Council approved written findings of fact setting fo heir basis for recommending approval of this Ordinance. NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Spokane Valley ordains as follows: Section 1. Purpose. The purpose of t • Ordinan is to amend the Com rehensive Plan adopted through Ordinance No. 06-010. Section 2. Findings. The City Council ackno e ges that the Commission conducted appropriate investigation and study, hel a public hearing on the proposed amendment to Comprehensive Plan and approves the amen ment to the Comprehensiv Plan. The City Council hereby adopts the Commission's findings, specifically finding that: 1. Notice for the proposed amendment was placed in the Spokane Valley News Herald on June 17, 2011 with a description of the proposal. 2. Pursuant to the State Environmental Policy Act, an environmental checklist was prepared for the proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment. W. 3. Staff reviewed the environmental checklists, and a threshold determination was made for the Compreheve Plan amendment. A determination of Non-significance (DNS)was issued for the proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment on June 17, 2011. 4. The DNS was published in the City's official newspaper on June 17, 2011 consistent with SVMC Title 21. 5. The Commission conducted a public hearing on July 7, 2011, to consider the proposed amendment. After hearing public testimony, the Commission made a recommendation to the City Council for approval of the amendment. 6. The planning goals of th MA were considered and the proposed amendment is consistent with the GMA. 7. The goals and policies of the City's Comprehensive Plan were considered and the proposed amendment is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. 8. Findings were made and factors were considered to ensure compliance with approval criteria contained in SVMC 17.80.140 H relating to Comprehensive Plan amendments and area-wide rezones. 9. This amendment will not adversely affect the public's general health, safety, and welfare. Section 3. Subarea Plan (Bike and Pedestrian Master Program). The subarea plan subject to this Ordinance is described in Attachment "A." Ordinance 11-014 BPMP Subarea Plan Page 2 of 3 Section 4. Comprehensive Plan Amendments. Pursuant to RCW 36.70A.130, the Comprehensive Plan as adopted through Ordinance No. 06-010, is hereby amended as set forth in Attachment "A" (Chapter 11 — Bike and Pedestrian Element and supporting appendices 1, 2, and 3). Section 5. Copies on File-Administrative Action. The Comprehensive Plan is maintained in the office of the City Clerk as well as the Community Development Department. The City Manager or designee, following adoption of this Ordinance, i uthorized to modify the Comprehensive Plan in a manner consistent with this Ordinance. Section 6. Liability. The express intent of the City of Spokane Valley is that the responsibility for compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance shall rest with the permit applicant and their agents. This Ordinance and its provisions are adopted with the express intent to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the gener 1 public and are not in d to protect any particular class of individuals or organizations. Section 7. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause or phrase o is Ordinance shall be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of any other section, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance. Section 8. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication of this Ordinance or : u ary thereof in the official newspaper of the City as provided by law. PASSED b th- Council this day of October, 2011. Mayor, Thomas E. Towey ATTES . City Clerk, Christi, ° G . •ge Approved As To For : Office of the City Attorney Date of Publication: Effective Date: Ordinance 11-014 BPMP Subarea Plan Page 3 of 3 EXHIBIT 3: FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS SPECIFIC TO SEPA Findings: Pursuant to Spokane Valley Municipal Code (SVMC) Title 21,the lead agency has determined that this proposal does not have a probable significant adverse impact on the environment An Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) is not required under RCW 43.21C.030(2)(c). The Planning Division issued a Determination of Non- Significance (DNS) for the proposal. This decision was made after review of a completed environmental checklist and other information on file with the lead agency. Conclusion(s): The procedural requirements of the State Environmental Policy Act(SEPA) and SVMC Title 21 have been fulfilled by the applicant's submittal of the required SEPA Checklist, and the issuance of the City's threshold determination consisting of a DNS. No appeals were received. III. FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS SPECIFIC TO THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS A. COMPLIANCE WITH SVMC TITLE 17 (GENERAL PROVISIONS). Findings: SVMC 17.80.140(H) provides approval criteria that must be considered when the City amends the Comprehensive Plan. The criteria are listed below along with staff comments. 1. The proposed amendment bears a substantial relationship to the public health, safety, welfare, and protection of the environment; Staff Response: Promoting walking and bicycling can help ease congestion, address weight and health issues and enhance the livability and economic vitality of our community. Walking and bicycling can help to promote interaction between neighbors, strengthen connection to the community, provide `eyes-on-the-street' security, and support local retail activity. Communities that provide facilities for walking and biking have proven to be prosperous ("Economic Development and Smart Growth", International Economic Development Council). Cities around the nation with the most positive economic growth and solid resources from tourism, general retail and other sources are towns where all people can come and feel comfortable to bike and walk. 2. The proposed amendment is consistent with the requirements of Chapter 36.70A RCW and with the portion of the City's adopted Comprehensive Plan not affected by the amendment; Staff Response: The proposed amendments to the Comprehensive Plan are consistent with the Washington State Growth Management Act, Chapter 36.70A.RCW, and do not result in internal inconsistencies within the existing Comprehensive Plan. 3. The proposed amendment responds to a substantial change in conditions beyond the property owner's control applicable to the area within which the subject property lies; Staff Response: The proposed amendment is not site or property specific. This approval criterion does not apply. 4. The proposed amendment corrects an obvious mapping error; Staff Response: The proposed text amendment will not result in changes to specific properties. 5. The proposed amendment addresses an identified deficiency in the Comprehensive Plan; Staff Response: Currently, the Comprehensive Plan addresses multimodal transportation in a general fashion in the Transportation Element The Bike and Pedestrian Element of the Comprehensive Plan will expand on the Transportation Element with a detailed focus on non- motorized transportation. This element will address opportunities and constraints specific to non- motorized forms of transportation, allowing the City to focus improvements that enhance the livability and economic vitality of our community. SVMC 17.80.140(H) provides the following factors that must be considered when the City amends the Comprehensive Plan. The factors are listed below along with staff comments. 1. The effect of the physical environment; Staff Response: Pursuant to SVMC Title 21 (Environmental Controls)„ the lead agency has determined that the proposed amendment does not have a probable significant adverse impact on the environment The implementation of the bike and pedestrian program should provide more opportunities for biking and walking that could decrease vehicle trips, resulting in fewer emissions to the air and less noise. At the time of development, new impervious surfaces may be developed creating the need for stormwater treatment Some of the City's existing stormwater swales have excess capacity that could be used to treat newly developed impervious surfaces from bike lanes. Most of the recommended bike lanes are on existing arterials and collectors that merely require a reconfiguration of the road striping. 2. The effect on open space, streams, rivers,and lakes; Staff Response: The proposed amendment is a policy-oriented, non-project amendment. Future projects associated with the BPMP would likely not affect open space, streams,rivers,and lakes. 3. The compatibility with and impact on adjacent land uses and surrounding neighborhoods; Staff Response: The proposed amendment is a policy-oriented, non-project amendment 4. The adequacy of and impact on community facilities including utilities, roads, public transportation, parks, recreation, and schools; Staff Response: The City of Spokane Valley addresses adequacy of community facilities on a citywide basis through capital facilities planning. The Comprehensive Plan recommends a concurrency management system for transportation, sewer, and water facilities. The Parks and Recreation Plan provide an implementation strategy including a capital facilities plan, which identifies costs and revenue sources for new parks. The BPMP will provide a comprehensive, balanced and equitable bikeway and pedestrian system connecting residential neighborhoods with parks, schools, commercial areas, trails, and employment areas within the City and to adjacent jurisdictions. 5. The benefit to the neighborhood, City, and region; Staff Response: The BPMP should increase opportunities for non-motorized transportation that improve the connectivity, safety, convenience and attractiveness of the pedestrian and bicycle network in the City of Spokane Valley. 6. The quantity and location of land planned for the proposed land use type and density and the demand for such land; Staff Response: The proposed amendment is policy oriented and does not address land quantity or land use designations. 7. The current and projected population density in the area; and Staff Response: The proposed amendment is a policy-oriented, non-project amendment. The proposed amendment does not demand population analysis. 8. The effect upon other aspects of the Comprehensive Plan. Staff Analysis: The Bike and Pedestrian Element of the Comprehensive Plan expands on the Transportation Element to focus on non-motorized transportation. This element is consistent with the overall Comprehensive Plan, specifically the Land Use, Transportation, Parks and Recreation and Neighborhood Elements. Conclusion(s): The proposed Comprehensive Plan amendment is consistent with the approval criteria and factors contained in the SVMC. B. FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS SPECIFIC TO PUBLIC COMMENTS Findings: Staff has received no public comments to date. Conclusion(s): No concerns are noted. C. FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS SPECIFIC TO AGENCY COMMENTS Findings: The City is required under RCW.70A.106 to send Comprehensive Plan amendments to Department of Commerce for review at least 60-days prior to adoption. The DOC will be notified prior to June 24, 2011. Conclusion(s): No concerns are noted. Recommended Motion: The City Council finds the Comprehensive Plan amendment to be consistent with SVMC 17.80.140(H). I move the City Council adopt the findings in Exhibit 3 and recommend approval to amend the Comprehensive Plan to include Chapter 11 - Bike and Pedestrian Element and supporting appendices. CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: X Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business X new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: First reading of Ordinance No. 11-015 - levying 2012 regular property taxes and authorizing Spokane County to collect the tax on behalf of Spokane Valley. GOVERNING LEGISLATION: State law. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: Through the 2012 Budget development process there have been discussions regarding the 2012 property tax levy including a public hearing held on August 23rd where estimates of the City's 2012 revenues were discussed and an administrative report specifically addressing the 2012 property tax levy was presented. BACKGROUND: • State law requires the City to pass an ordinance in order to levy property taxes. • Based upon previous discussions with the City Council the 2012 levy will not reflect the 1% increase authorized by Initiative #747. • The levy will however include property taxes on new construction. • With the passage of this ordinance, the City will collect approximately $10,808,945.55 in 2012 which is computed as follows: 2011 Actual Levy 10,732,862.64 + % Increase 0.00 2012 Levy after increase 10,732,862.64 + Estimated new construction 76,082.91 Total estimated 2012 Levy 10,808,945.55 • The levy is based upon a preliminary estimate of assessed property values provided to the City by the Spokane County Assessor of$7,108,291,375. • Total property tax revenue of$10,808,945.55 on preliminary assessed values of$7,108,945.55 will produce a levy of approximately $1.5206 per$1,000 of assessed value in 2012. • It should be noted that these estimates are based upon the Assessor's latest preliminary projections of assessed value (as of 9/15/2011). A change in the assessed value and/or a change in the amount of our proposed levy will change the levy rate per $1,000. OPTIONS: Passage of this ordinance is required by law in order to levy 2012 property taxes. The Council could modify the ordinance to levy a greater or lesser property tax (but not greater than a 1% increase over the 2011 levy, plus new construction). RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: Move to advance ordinance 11-015 levying regular property taxes for 2012, to a second reading. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: This ordinance levies property taxes for the City's 2012 Budget where we anticipate property tax revenues to be approximately $10,808,900 or 31.0% of total General Fund recurring revenues of$34,908,800. STAFF CONTACT: Mark Calhoun, Finance Director ATTACHMENTS: Ordinance No. 11-015 Levying 2012 Regular Property Taxes DRAFT CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY SPOKANE COUNTY,WASHINGTON ORDINANCE NO. 11-015 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, SPOKANE COUNTY, WASHINGTON,LEVYING THE REGULAR PROPERTY TAXES FOR THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, WASHINGTON IN SPOKANE COUNTY FOR THE YEAR COMMENCING JANUARY 1, 2012 TO PROVIDE REVENUE FOR CITY SERVICES AS SET FORTH IN THE CITY BUDGET, AND OTHER MATTERS RELATING THERETO. WHEREAS, State law authorizes the City of Spokane Valley to levy regular property taxes upon the taxable property within the corporate limits in order to provide revenue for the 2012 General Fund budget of the City; and WHEREAS, the City of Spokane Valley is authorized to levy $3.60 per thousand dollars of assessed valuation deducting therefrom the highest levy collected by a Fire District within the Spokane Valley City limits and also deducting the Spokane Valley Library District levy;and WHEREAS, RCW 84.52.020 requires the City Council on or before the 30th day of November,to certify budget estimates to the clerk of the Spokane County Board of Commissioners, including amounts to be raised by taxing property within the limits of the City; and WHEREAS, the City Council pursuant to notice, held public hearings on August 23, September 27, and October 11, 2011 on the proposed budget estimates for 2012 including revenue sources which will fund the provision of City services,projects and activities. NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Spokane Valley, Washington, do ordain as follows: Section 1. 2012 Levy. There shall be and is hereby levied and imposed upon real property, personal property and utility property, as defined in RCW Chapter 84.20 and 84.55.005 in the City of Spokane Valley, Washington an ad valorem regular property tax for the year commencing January 1, 2012 in the total amount of $10,732,862.64. This amount is exclusive of additional revenue resulting from new construction, improvements to property, any increase in the value of state assessed property, any annexations that have occurred,and refunds made. The regular ad valorem property tax levied through this ordinance is for the purpose of receiving revenue to make payment upon the general indebtedness of the City of Spokane Valley, the general fund obligations, and for the payment of services, projects and activities for the City during the 2012 calendar year. The purpose of this ordinance is to establish the levy amount as permitted by law. The City expects the dollar amount of the property tax levy to be $10,732,862.64 which represents a $0 or 0% change from the 2010 levy which was collected in 2011. This levy is exclusive of additional revenue resulting from new construction, improvements to property, any increase in the value of state assessed property,any annexations that have occurred,and refunds made. Section 2. Notice to Spokane County. Pursuant to RCW 84.52.020, the City Clerk shall certify to the County Legislative Authority a true and correct copy of this ordinance, as well as the budget estimates adopted by the City Council in order to provide for and direct the taxes levied herein that shall Ordinance 11-015 Levying the Regular Property Taxes for 2012 Page 1 of 2 DRAFT be collected and paid to the City of Spokane Valley at the time and in the manner provided by the laws of the State of Washington. Section 3. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance shall be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionally of any other section, sentence,clause or phrase of this ordinance. Section 4. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication of this Ordinance or a summary thereof, in the official newspaper of the City as provided by law. PASSED by the City Council this day of ,2011. Mayor,Thomas E.Towey ATTEST: City Clerk,Christine Bainbridge Approved As To Form: Office of the City Attorney Date of Publication: Effective Date: Ordinance 11-015 Levying the Regular Property Taxes for 2012 Page 2 of 2 City of Spokane Valley 2012 Property Tax Levy October 11 , 2011 October 25 , 2011 Ordinance No . 11 -015 Setting 2012 Property Tax Levy State law requires the City to adopt an ordinance in order to levy property taxes. Initiative #747 authorizes the City to increase the levy by the lesser of the Implicit Price Deflator — 2.755% or 1 .0% Based upon direction from the Council the proposed 2012 levy will not reflect the 1 % increase authorized by Initiative #747. The levy will however include property taxes on new construction. 10/6/2011 2 Ordinance No . 11 -015 Setting 2012 Property Tax Levy 2012 Levy Computation: Begin with the 2011 actual levy Add new construction Total estimated 2012 levy $10,732,863 + 76,083 $10,808,946 Based upon a tax levy of $10,808,946 on assessed values of $7, 108,291 ,375, the 2012 levy rate would be $1 .5206 per $1 ,000. These figures are based upon updated information we received from the Spokane County Assessor's Office on September 15th, and differ from those presented on August 23rd. 10/6/2011 3 Ordinance No . 11 -015 Setting 2012 Property Tax Levy Change in 2012 Property Tax Revenue: 2011 Actual levy +% increase 2012 Levy after increase 10,736,863 + New construction 17,137 Total 2012 levy $10,750,000 $10,808,946 8/2 $10,732,863 • $10,732,863 0 0 10,732,863 76,083 Change in 2012 Property Tax Levy: ■ Preliminary assessed value $7,084,009,988 $7,108,291 ,375 10/6/2011 10/11/2011 Levy rate per $1 ,000 $1 .5175 $1 .5206 4 Ordinance No . 11 -015 Setting 2012 Property Tax Levy The Spokane County Assessor's Office will continue to update figures throughout the fall . Consequently, both the levy amount and rate per $1 ,000 will continue to be a moving target because: Assessed value figures have not been finalized. New construction figures have not been finalized. Regardless, the City of Spokane Valley levy will not increase other than through additional property taxes resulting from new construction. 10/6/2011 5 Ordinance No . 11 -016 Confirming 2012 Property Tax Levy State law requires the City to approve an initial ordinance levying 2012 property taxes and a second ordinance confirming the intent to take: A specific percentage increase or decrease, plus Property taxes on new construction Ordinance #11 -016 satisfies the requirement for the second confirming ordinance. We're aware that although the cost of delivering City services continues to increase, residents and businesses continue to be faced with a high unemployment rate and weak economy. Consequently, the City is proposing a 2012 property tax levy with a 0% change beyond the 2011 levy of $10,732,863, plus property taxes on new construction. 10/6/2011 6 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: X Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business X_ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ❑admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: First reading Ordinance No. 11-016 - confirming the 2012 property tax levy with no percentage increase but adding new construction, improvements and assessment of State owned property. GOVERNING LEGISLATION: State law. PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: Through the 2012 Budget development process there have been discussions regarding the 2012 property tax levy including a public hearing held on August 23rd where estimates of the City's 2012 revenues were discussed and an administrative report specifically addressing the 2012 property tax levy was presented. BACKGROUND: • State law requires the City to approve an initial ordinance levying 2012 property taxes and a second ordinance confirming the intent to take a specific percentage increase or decrease plus the addition of new construction, improvements and assessment of State owned property. • Although we are cognizant of the ever increasing cost of delivering City services, we also realize a continuing high unemployment rate and weak economy make it difficult for City residents to make ends meet. Consequently, the City is proposing a 2012 property tax levy that does not include the 1% increase authorized through the passage of Initiative #747 by the voters of Washington State on November 6, 2001. OPTIONS: Passage of this ordinance is required by law in order to levy 2012 property taxes. The Council could modify the ordinance to levy a greater or lesser property tax (but not greater than a 1% increase over the 2011 levy, plus new construction). RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: Move to advance ordinance 11-016 confirming the 2012 property tax levy, to a second reading. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: This ordinance confirms the 2012 property tax levy for the City's 2012 Budget where we anticipate property tax revenues to be approximately $10,808,900 or 31.0% of total General Fund recurring revenues of$34,908,800. STAFF CONTACT: Mark Calhoun, Finance Director ATTACHMENTS: Ordinance No. 11-016 confirming the 2012 Property Tax Levy. P:IClerklAgendaPackets for Weblagendapacket 10-11-1111tem 6 RCA confirm 2012 prop tax Ievy.docx DRAFT CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY SPOKANE COUNTY WASHINGTON ORDINANCE NO. 11-016 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, SPOKANE COUNTY, WASHINGTON, CONFIRMING THE CITY PROPERTY TAX LEVY AT $10,732,862.64, REPRESENTING NO CHANGE FROM THE AD VALOREM PROPERTY TAX LEVY WHICH WAS LEVIED IN 2010 FOR COLLECTION DURING THE 2011 FISCAL YEAR, PURSUANT TO RCW 84.55.120,PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY,AN EFFECTIVE DATE,AND OTHER MATTERS RELATING THERETO. WHEREAS, State law authorizes the City of Spokane Valley to levy regular property taxes upon the taxable property within the City limits in order to provide revenue for the annual Current Expense Budget of the City; and WHEREAS,the City's actual levy from the previous year was$10,732,862.64;and WHEREAS, Initiative 747 (RCW Chapter 84.55) provides that cities with a population of over 10,000 persons can increase the amount of their regular property taxes annually by the lesser amount of inflation as measured by the implicit price deflator, or 1% of the highest lawful levy, plus any additional value resulting from new construction,improvements and state assessed property; and WHEREAS, an increase or decrease in property tax revenue may be authorized by the City through adoption of a separate ordinance, pursuant to notice, specifically authorizing the increase or decrease stated in terms of dollars and percentage. NOW THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Spokane Valley, Washington, do ordain as follows: Section 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to confirm a $0, 0% change in the City's ad valorem property tax levy in 2011 for the 2012 fiscal year. State law authorizes the City to increase or decrease its property taxes from a preceding year but add new construction,improvements and State assessed property. The tax levy is expected to be $10,732,862.64, exclusive of additional revenue resulting from new construction, improvements to property, any increase in the value of state assessed property, any annexations that have occurred and refunds made, which is levied through Ordinance 11- 015 and 11-016 and appropriated in the 2012 City Budget. Section 2. Findings. A. The City, after public hearings, will adopt a balanced Current Expense Budget that sets forth citizen priorities and promotes the health,welfare and safety of the City. B. The City published notice of this Ordinance through the procedure used to notify the public of regular Council meetings. C. To support the adopted Current Expense Budget of the City and provide for the delivery of services, the making of improvements and the promotion of the health, welfare and safety of the citizens,the City Council,after considering the financial requirements of the City for 2012, finds and determines that an ad valorem property tax levy of $10,732,962.64(representing a$0 and 0%change)will balance the 2012 budget. Ordinance 11-016 Confirm 0%change in 2012 property tax levy Page 1 of 2 DRAFT Section 3. Ad Valorem Property Tax Levy Unchanged. Pursuant to RCW 84.55, the City, by adopting Ordinance 11-016 will impose a $0 or 0% change in the regular 2012 ad valorem property tax levy. Section 4. City Clerk. The City Clerk shall certify a copy of this Ordinance and forward the same to the Board of County Commissioners and the Spokane County Assessor's Office upon its passage. Section 5. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause, or phrase of this Ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional, such decision shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of any other section, sentence,clause,or phrase of this Ordinance. Section 6. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5)days after publication of this ordinance or a summary thereof, in the official newspaper of the City as provided by law. Passed by the Spokane Valley City Council this day of ,2011. Thomas E. Towey,Mayor ATTEST: Christine Bainbridge, City Clerk Approved as to Form: Office of the City Attorney Date of Publication: Effective Date: Ordinance 11-016 Confirm 0%change in 2012 property tax levy Page 2 of 2 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: ❑ Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ® admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Animal Shelter Ballot Measure GOVERNING LEGISLATION: N/A PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: N/A BACKGROUND: The City of Spokane Valley has contracted with Spokane County for animal control services since the City's inception. According to the County, the current facility will require some costly upgrades in the next five years. The current location has some existing conditions that make it a poor candidate for future investments. Rather than spend money on a less than ideal facility, the County prefers to look at constructing a new facility that will fully meet the needs of the current users plus allow the City of Spokane to utilize these services as well. A previous update was provided on December 7, 2010 and on March 11, 2011. OPTIONS: The County has decided to place a ballot measure on the November 8, 2011 ballot, asking voters throughout Spokane County to fund a lid lift on the County general property tax levy for the purpose of funding an animal shelter. The ballot proposition, if passed, would increase the regular property tax levy up to 5.8 cents per $1,000 of assessed valuation in 2012 and would automatically terminate in nine years or less unless reauthorized by public vote. The County has agreed to take on the City of Spokane under this regional concept even though the City of Spokane has indicated they will not pay more than they are currently paying for animal control services. This leaves open the possibility that other jurisdictions, including Spokane Valley, could subsidize the costs of providing services to the City of Spokane. RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: N/A BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: Capital facility costs for a new shelter would be paid for through a County property tax levy. The County projects lower operating costs for the City of Spokane Valley under the regional plan but relies upon some assumptions that do not currently exist. STAFF CONTACT: Morgan Koudelka, Senior Administrative Analyst ATTACHMENTS: Letter from Spokane Mayor Verner County Calculation of Regional Animal Control Costs of TNe Qtie wae" August 26,2011 City of o ane Honorable Al French, Chair Honorable Todd Mielke, Commissioner Honorable Mark Richard, Commissioner Spokane County Board of Commissioners 1116 W Broadway Spokane, WA 99260 Re: Regional Animal Control Dear Commissioners: My previous letter dated August 10, 2011 did not directly address the matter of annual inflationary increases in rates to be paid by the City of Spokane. Therefore, I propose this letter ("Letter of Intent") be substituted for my August 10th correspondence as a preliminary understanding between the City of Spokane and Spokane County with respect to forming a regional animal control and protection partnership. This Letter of Intent does not create a binding legal obligation on the part of either the City or the County, or on the part of any other person or entity, until such time as the parties execute definitive agreements describing all of the principle terms and conditions under which the parties will partner in providing a regional animal control and protection partnership. The letter is, however, a statement of intent setting forth the general terms of such a partnership and supporting good faith negotiations on such terms. The following are the general terms under which the City of Spokane is willing to partner in providing a regional animal control and protection program: 1. Both parties are willing to partner for a regional animal control and protection program if voters approve a bond for capital costs of facility acquisition and remodeling. 2. The City would agree to sell to the County the property situated at 1001 N. Havana at a price that covers the City's cost of acquiring the property or the appraised value determined by an MIA appraiser, whichever is less. The purchase price will be paid out of bond proceeds. 3. The sale of the property would be subject to the terms of leases in effect at the time of such offer. "Spokane-Near Nature, Near Perfect" 808 W.Spokane Falls Blvd.,Spokane,Washington 99201-3335 Phone: (509) 625-6250 FAX: (509) 625-6563 4. The County will satisfy itself with respect to the suitability of the property as a regional animal control facility, including the adequacy of public right of way attached to the property for animal control facility purposes. 5. The County would lock in rates the City pays for animal control services through SCRAPS at no more than rates projected by the Animal Control Task Force (e.g., at $561,492), plus an inflationary escalator, during the term of years coinciding with repayment of the voted capital facility bonds. There is no intent by the City of Spokane to have any of the current SCRAPS partner jurisdictions underwrite the costs of the City of Spokane joining the current coalition. 6. The City and County will both commit to best efforts to increase revenues and donations to support the operations and maintenance costs of SCRAPS in order to meet the projected revenue targets determined by the Animal Control Task Force.. The City of Spokane also agrees to reconsider its rate payments in the event that revenues fall below the revenue targets determined by the Animal Control Task Force in order to avoid any other jurisdiction underwriting the cost of service to the City of Spokane. 7. Both parties understand that final property transfer agreements and contractual terms for animal control service will be subject to approval by the City Council and the Board of County Commissioners, and that such approval will be sought after the election results on the voted capital bond are certified. I believe these terms comport with our previous conversations, and ask that you take appropriate action to secure concurrence with the terms from the Board of Commissioners. Once I have an indication of the Board's support for this Letter of Intent, I will seek assurances of support from a majority of Members of the City Council. If you have any questions or concerns,please call me at your convenience. Very truly yours, Mary B.Verner Mayor Spokane County SCRAPS Model - ESTIMATED (Based on 2010 Activity and 2011 Budgeted Revenue/Expenditures) Expenses Salaries/wages/benefits Correction Workers M&O Sub Total Indirect Costs: Prosecutor Grants &Contracts Revenues County License & Fees SpokAnimal License & Fees Projected Increase 1,796,125 140,525 496,343 2,432,993 Revised Regional Revised Regional Estimated 20% 486,599 Revised Regional (63,186) Estimated 38,617 2,895,023 Total Expenses Total Revenues Expenses less Revenues Indirect Cost on Grants &Contracts Net Operating Costs Spokane County Spokane Valley Millwood Cheney Liberty Lake City of Spokane Total 747,745 800,961 200,000 1,748,706 2011 Budget Estimate based on 2009 Information 1,146,317 (38,617) Paid by County 1,107,700 Estimated Percent of Services(Excluding Investigations) Cost Adjust for Indirect Paid by County Adjusted Cost Based on Percent of Services 19.61% 217,220 38,617 255,837 18.34% 203,174 203,174 0.35% 3,877 3,877 0.79% 8,722 2011 Budget 8,722 0.65% 7,145 380,435 7,145 60.27% 667,566 305,799 667,566 100.00% 1,107,700 8,157 1,146,321 ASSUMPTIONS/ISSUES City pays cost of converting SpokAnimal Data to SCRAPS Unknown costs-Facilities Maintenance Unknown costs-Depreciation Unknown costs-Utilities Estimated Percent of Adjusted Cost Services Based on No (Excluding City of Increase for Spokane) City of Spokane 2011 Budget Net Savings 49.35% 308,187 380,435 72,249 46.16% 252,139 305,799 53,660 0.88% 4,811 8,157 3,346 1.98% 10,824 13,509 2,685 1.62% 8,867 12,636 3,769 561,492 561,492 - 100.00% 1,146,319 1,282,028 135,709 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: ❑ Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ® admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: "Indirect Source Rule" GOVERNING LEGISLATION: PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: none BACKGROUND: Mr. William Dameworth, Director of Spokane Regional Clean Air Agency, will give an update and briefing on the "Indirect Source Rule." OPTIONS: RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: STAFF CONTACT: ATTACHMENTS: wqr Spokane Regional � f Clean AirAgency Draft — 5/17/11 Section 6.18 Indirect Source Rule A. Applicability. 1. The provisions of this rule apply to indirect sources located in Spokane County with actual or projected (for new indirect sources) calendar year PM2.5 emissions above 0.5 tons/year and/or actual or projected (for new indirect sources) calendar year NOx emissions above 25 tons/year that cause or contribute to: a. a violation of one or more federal, state, and/or local ambient air quality standards; or b. an adverse human health effect. 2. When making a determination as to whether an indirect source is subject to Section 6.18, the Agency shall: a. provide the owner or operator of the indirect source with written notice that the Agency intends to make an applicability determination and a reasonable opportunity to submit relevant data to the Agency before an applicability decision is made by the Agency; b. use scientific and engineering principles to determine the emissions from mobile source activity at the indirect source as accurately as possible, given the Agency's resources; c. assess the ambient impact of the mobile source emissions within the boundaries of the indirect source as accurately as possible, using computer air quality modeling, given the Agency's resources; d. utilize any health information prepared by a federal, state, or local government agency; and e. provide the owner or operator of the indirect source with a written applicability determination. 3. The owner or operator of an affected indirect source has the opportunity to challenge the Agency's applicability determination by providing additional information for the agency to consider, provided the requirements in Section 6.18.A.3.a & b are met: a. The owner or operator of the indirect source must submit a written request challenging the applicability determination to the Agency no later than 30 calendar days after receipt of the Agency's applicability determination. Section 6.18— DRAFT 5/17/11 Page 1 of 3 b. No later than 60 calendar days after submitting a timely written request challenging the Agency's applicability determination, the owner or operator of the indirect source must submit a plan to the Agency with a detailed description of all data being challenged and a description of all additional data and/or information that the owner or operator intends to submit to the Agency for its consideration. All additional data and/or information identified in the plan must be submitted to the Agency no later than 180 calendar days after the plan is submitted to the Agency, unless an extension is approved by the Agency in writing. c. After reviewing all additional data and information submitted by the owner or operator of the indirect source, the Agency will decide whether to modify or confirm its original applicability determination. The Agency will notify the owner or operator of the indirect source of whether the original applicability determination has been modified or confirmed no later than 90 days after all additional data and information has been submitted to the Agency. B. Definitions 1. Adverse human health effect means harmful and undesired changes to body function or cell structure that might lead to disease or health problems as indicated by, but not limited to: a. higher than average or expected occurrences of cancer; and/or b. measured or modeled levels of toxic air pollutant(s) which exceed 1 in 100,000 cancer risk based on a 70 year exposure. 2. Indirect Source means any facility, building, structure, or installation, or combination thereof, which generates or attracts mobile sources that results in emissions of any air contaminant or toxic air contaminant. The definition of indirect source does not include construction sites that generate mobile source emissions for less than one year or facilities that are solely comprised of public roadways (e.g., freeways are not considered indirect sources under this rule). 3. Mobile source means any non-stationary source of air pollution, including but not limited to cars, trucks, motorcycles, buses, airplanes, and locomotives. 4. New Indirect Source means the construction or modification of an indirect source that increases the amount of any air contaminant or toxic air contaminant emitted by mobile sources within the boundary of the indirect source. C. Emission Reduction Plan. 1. An owner or operator of an indirect source who has been notified in writing by the Agency that it is subject to the provisions of this rule shall submit an emission reduction plan to the Agency for review and approval, according to all of the following requirements: a. The emission reduction plan shall describe the emission reduction measures which will be implemented by the affected indirect source owner or operator to reduce emissions within the boundaries of the indirect source in Spokane Section 6.18— DRAFT 5/17/11 Page 2 of 3 County, along with a timetable for implementation of each emission reduction measure. The emission reduction plan shall be designed to reduce PM2.5 and/or NOx emissions within the boundaries of the indirect source in Spokane County to the greatest degree practicable in the shortest time practicable. For new sources, the emissions reduction measures contained in the emission reduction plan must reduce PM2.5 and/or NOx emissions within the boundaries of the indirect source in Spokane County to levels which will not cause a violation of any ambient air quality standards or an adverse human health effect. b. For existing indirect sources, the emission reduction measures contained in the emission reduction plan must be completed within 5 years after the Agency approves the plan, unless an extension is granted by the Agency in writing. c. For new indirect sources, the emission reduction measures contained in the emission reduction plan must be completed prior to commencing construction of the project, unless otherwise approved by the Agency in writing. d. The emission reduction plan shall be submitted to the Agency no later than 30 calendar days after notification in writing that an affected indirect source is subject to the indirect source rule, unless an extension is granted by the Agency in writing. e. The Agency will review the proposed emission reduction plan submitted by an affected indirect source owner or operator and inform the owner or operator within 30 calendar days if the plan is accepted or needs modification. If the plan needs modification, the Agency will provide the affected indirect source owner or operator with a description of the modifications that are required and a deadline for submittal of a revised proposed emission reduction plan to SRCAA for review. f. After the proposed emission reduction plan is deemed acceptable by the Agency, the Agency will issue a preliminary approval of the emission reduction plan to the indirect source owner or operator. A 30-day public comment period is required to be held on the preliminary approval of the emission reduction plan, according to the requirements given in SRCAA Regulation I, Section 5.05.C. All comments received during the public comment period shall be considered by the Agency prior to the issuance of a final decision on the emission reduction plan. g. Once an emission reduction plan is approved by the Agency, it is considered final and shall be implemented. It shall be unlawful for an indirect source to fail to comply with an emission reduction plan approved by the Agency. 2. It shall be unlawful for the owner or operator of an indirect source who has been notified in writing by the Agency that it is subject to the provisions of this rule to fail to comply with the requirements given in Section 6.18.C.1. Section 6.18— DRAFT 5/17/11 Page 3 of 3 Spokane Regional Clean Air Agency Indirect Source Rule Spokane Valley City Council October 11 , 2011 1 Indirect Source Any facility, building, structure, or installation which generates or attracts mobile source activity that results in emissions of air contaminant(s) Could include warehouses, rail yards, industrial parks, transportation centers, etc. Does not include construction sites that operate < 1 year or facilities that are solely comprised of public roadways 2 Reasons for rule Studies associate rail yards with increased cancer Diesel particulate matter has been identified as a toxic air pollutant based on its potential to cause cancer, premature death, and other adverse human health effects EPA has proposed a more stringent ozone standard EPA recently adopted a 1 hour NO2 ambient standard Indirect sources are mentioned in the Clean Air Act but have previously been unregulated by SRCAA 3 Rule Applicability New and existing indirect sources with : PM2 . 5 emissions above 0 . 5 tons/year and/or NOx emissions above 25 tons/year that cause or contribute to : a violation of one or more federal, state, and/or local ambient air quality standards; or an adverse human health effect. 4 Applicability — Step 1 Calculate on-site emissions from mobile source activity at indirect source Based primarily on size and age of engines & hours spent idling . EPA or other published emission factors will be used to determine if emissions are above the emission thresholds (0. 5 tons/yr PM2. 5 and/or 25 tons/yr NOx) 5 Applicability — Step 2 If emissions are above threshold(s), then determine if: Violation of one or more ambient air quality standards; or Adverse human health effect: Higher than average or expected occurrences of cancer; or Modeled risk greater than 1 in 100,000 cancer risk based on a 70 year exposure 6 Applicability Determination - Procedure SRCAA will give written notice to indirect source of intent to make applicability determination SRCAA will work with source to perform emissions calculations, assess ambient impact, and utilize health information to make applicability determination SRCAA will provide indirect source written applicability determination Indirect source can challenge Agency's applicability determination and provide additional information 7 Emission Reduction Plan Indirect source subject to rule must submit emission reduction plan to SRCAA Plan is flexible, but goal is to reduce emissions to the greatest degree practicable in the shortest time practicable Examples of emission reduction plan contents: Add-on control equipment (idle control technology, etc.); Engine replacement to cleaner technology; Installation of shore power to eliminate idling; Changes to operating procedures (limits on idling, etc.); Fuel changes / substitution; and . Improved O&M for engines. 8 Public Participation After SRCAA deems emission reduction plan acceptable, hold 30-day public comment period Consider all public comments prior to issuance of final decision on emission reduction plan Once approved, indirect source required to implement emission reduction plan 9 Stakeholder Input on Draft Rule Notified N35 potential affected sources of three stakeholder workshops Workshops held at SRCAA offices on February 23-24 ( 13 attendees total) Posted draft rule and workshop presentation on SRCAA web-site and requested public comments until March 15 Received several comments which were incorporated into rule 10 EPA Approval Some Indirect Sources are regulated by the federal government SRCAA indirect source rule will need to go into WA State Implementation Plan (SIP) in order to be federally enforceable Possibility that only portions of rule related to criteria pollutants and NAAQS may be federally enforceable Indirect source rule in San Joaquin, CA was recently approved into the California SIP by EPA Region 9 11 Public Hearing (August 4, 2011 ) Based on testimony at the board meeting, it was decided to defer action on the rule to see what kind of voluntary agreements might be reached SRCAA is reviewing written comments and comments provided at the hearing Response to comments expected to be ready in mid-October, along with recommended revisions to the rule 12 Potential amendments to rule Will probably exempt aircraft military and civilian Will likely defer applicability to sources, like railroads, regulated by the federal government until EPA adopts rule into the SIP Will add additional clarifying language Voluntary agreements still a possibility instead of rule; currently working with BNSF on a grant 13 Questions or Comments? 14 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: ❑ Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ® admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Accreditation Report, Spokane Valley Fire Department GOVERNING LEGISLATION: PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: none BACKGROUND: Chief Thompson will give an overview of the July 27, 2011 Accreditation Report. OPTIONS: RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: STAFF CONTACT: ATTACHMENTS: July 27, 2011 Accreditation Report CFAI Commission on Fire Accreditation International Accreditation Report Spokane Valley Fire Department 10319 E. Sprague Ave. Spokane Valley, WA 99206 USA This report was prepared on July 27, 2011 by the Commission on Fire Accreditation International for the Spokane Valley Fire Department This report represents the findings of the peer assessment team that visited the Spokane Valley Fire Department on April 16 —21, 2011 Peer Assessment Team James L. Day, III, Team Leader Andrew J. Rocca, Peer Assessor Scott Snyder, Peer Assessor Larry Amidei, Peer Assessor TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE Review 2 CONCLUSIONS 5 RECOMMENDATIONS 6 OBSERVATIONS 10 Category I Governance and Administration 10 Category II Assessment and Planning 10 Category III Goals and Objectives 12 Category IV Financial Resources 13 Category V Programs 14 Category VI Physical Resources 25 Category VII Human Resources 26 Category VIII Training and Competency 27 Category IX Essential Resources 28 Category X External Systems Relationships 31 EXHIBITS Spokane Valley Fire Department, WA Organizational Chart Summary Rating Sheet(For Commission Use Only) (i) EXECUTIVE REVIEW PREFACE The Spokane Valley Fire Department recently received candidate status. On December 28, 2010 the department declared accreditation candidacy and asked the Commission on Fire Accreditation International (CFAI) for a site visit. On January 22, 2011, the CFAI appointed a peer assessment team. The peer team leader approved the department's documents for site visit on March 4, 2011. The peer assessment team conducted an onsite visit of the Spokane Valley Fire Department on April 16 - 21, 2011. In preparation for the onsite visit, each team member was provided access and reviewed the self- assessment manual, standards of cover, community risk analysis and strategic plan posted by the Spokane Valley Fire Department on the Center for Public Safety Excellence (CPSE) SharePoint site. This documentation represented a significant effort by the staff of the department and other community agencies. The department did not use a consultant to assist it with completing the documents required for accreditation. SUMMARY The CFAI has completed a comprehensive review and appraisal of the Spokane Valley Fire Department based upon the 8th edition of the Fire and Emergency Services Self-Assessment Manual (FESSAM). The commission's goals are to promote organizational self-improvement and to award accreditation status in recognition of good performance. The peer assessment team's objectives were to validate the department's self-assessment study, identify and make recommendations for improvement, issue a report of findings and conclude if the department is eligible for an award of accreditation. The peer assessment team followed CFAI processes and the Spokane Valley Fire Department demonstrated that its self-study accreditation manual, community risk analysis, standards of cover (SOC) and strategic plan, as developed from the Strategic Positioning Project(2009—2015), met all core competencies and criteria. The peer assessment team recommends accredited agency status for the Spokane Valley Fire Department from the Commission on Fire Accreditation International. Spokane Valley Fire Department(SVFD),Washington, is a robust, storied and vital organization steeped in history. Since 1940, the agency has been forward looking serving three incorporated cities: Spokane Valley (2003); Liberty Lake (2001); Millwood (2005); and one unincorporated jurisdiction within Spokane County,Washington. The total population served by the Spokane Valley Fire Department is 113,691. The agency is governed by a four member board of commissioners that has the authority under the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) to provide the necessary framework for conducting the public's business through established policies. It is the responsibility of the fire chief to develop operational practices that ensure compliance with those policies. SVFD provides services to 75 square miles within Spokane County,Washington via 10 stations. SVFD has defined itself as suburban i.e., 1,000-2000 people per square mile,under the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 246-976-010 and the CFAI definitions of population density. The peer assessment team unanimously agreed with the agency's classification as suburban. The area that 2 could be classified as urban is less than 1 square mile of the total 75 square miles. There are no extenuating local circumstances that would create any unusual adversity for the department. Any challenges encountered by the agency seem to be met with total community involvement and a systematic process for identifying and mitigating any threats to the successful realization of the agency's mission. The agency offers a wide range of operational emergency response programs that are commensurate with the fire and non-fire risks in the community. The SVFD has initiated a strategic plan titled the Strategic Positioning Project. While the name implies this activity has a beginning and an end, it does not. It is a living and dynamic plan. This serves as the strategic plan for the agency. This process is ongoing and involves internal stakeholders and external stakeholders committed to the present and future success of the agency. Members of the board of commission, the business community and the agency have developed a plan to prioritize the needs of the community and address those needs as they pertain to the mission of the agency. The strategic planning project followed a progression of steps that included a study of demographic, economic and technical trends and an analysis of how they affected the agency. The planning team met to study the projected scenarios that would impact service up to six years in the future. Eighteen initiatives were developed to answer the question, "What do we do now?" Action plans were formulated with times frames and fiscal support. The plan is reviewed for adjustment to successes and shortcomings 18 to 24 months later. SVFD has the luxury of an abundance of water available to feed areas served by the pressurized water system. The river flowing through the valley brings a deluge of spring thawed water from the mountains. There are 23 public water agencies and several private water sources providing water for firefighting within the service area. The SVFD has identified areas with inadequate hydrant placement. SVFD has in its standards of cover three years of fire responses, with the frequency of responses represented down to the one-sixteenth of a mile level within each of the ten hazard planning zones. The SVFD also conducted a comprehensive risk assessment that fully represents the probability of occurrence of non-fire responses within the ten zones. SVFD has assessed and analyzed several non- fire risks throughout the valley including: emergency medical incident, advanced life support, technical rescue and hazardous materials. Significant recommendations from the peer assessor team, such as the use of the 2010 US Census Bureau local data and the improvement of the data collection processes of emergency medical service (EMS) responses,will have a major impact on the assessment of services provided by the SVFD. These enhancements will promote a more effective and efficient organization. The SVFD Board of Fire Commissioners decision to hire a fire chief with extensive CFAI accreditation background and knowledge has yielded an assessment of the department that has improved many business processes and created new ones. Under the leadership of Fire Chief Mike Thompson, the SVFD began evaluating the organization with the 5th edition of the CFAI Fire and Emergency Services Self-Assessment Manual (FESSAM). These efforts continued to this day with the use of the 8th edition of the FESSAM. The standards of cover, developed through the self- assessment process, is now institutionalized in the SVFD Strategic Positioning Plan and is supported by the goals and objectives tracking process. 3 Composition The city of Spokane Valley is on the eastern border of the city of Spokane, WA. The northern border of Spokane Valley Fire Department's response district terminates is in the foot hills of Northwood in an unincorporated area of Spokane County. The eastern border of the Spokane Valley response district is the Idaho state line. The southern border of Spokane Valley response district terminates at the foothills of Dishman Hills in an unincorporated area of Spokane County. The northern third of the valley is bisected by the westward flowing Spokane River. The river relieves a portion of the Rocky Mountain snow each year, swelling the river to swift and deep water. The valley is also bisected by the east and west bound traffic of Interstate 90. Washington State Highway 290 also bisects the city. These routes present the SVFD with risks from vehicular accidents. There are two railways traversing the response district. One follows Washington State Highway 290 and the other loosely parallels the Spokane River. Because this railway has an average traffic of 80 trains per day, it presents rail accident risks. This potential risk is further compounded by a nearby underground pressurized propane pipeline that presents hazardous material risks. There is a third railway in the southeast area of the response district. This railway is limited in length and commodities transported. The fire department serves a total population of 113,691 within 75 square miles,yielding a population density for the entire service area of 1,516 persons per square mile. The city of Spokane Valley began its development on the eastern outskirt of Spokane,WA. The chief industry was the growing, harvesting and selling of produce. The oldest part of the city of Spokane Valley borders up to the city of Spokane. The city of Spokane Valley is the largest and most central area of the response district. The eastern most area is the youngest development of the valley. It is largely rural and unincorporated. Within the eastern rural area lays the city of Liberty Lake. The oldest residential building stock is in this western portion of the service area and presents the highest concentration of population in the town known as Millwood. Government The SVFD responds to four distinct areas. Each of these communities is governed separately. • The unincorporated areas are governed by three county commissioners. • The city of Spokane Valley is governed by a council-manager form of government. • The city of Liberty Lake is governed by a strong mayor and council. • The town of Millwood is governed by a strong mayor and council. The five members of the board of fire commissioners set fire and emergency response policies for the SVFD. Fire Department 10 fire stations 165 uniform and 16 civilian personnel 3 shift system 4 8 engine companies 2 pumper-ladder companies 1 heavy rescue CONCLUSIONS The self-study manual produced by the Spokane Valley Fire Department was of high quality. The manual represented a significant effort by the staff of the department to produce and present a quality document. • The Spokane Valley Fire Department demonstrated that all core competencies were met and received a credible rating. • The Spokane Valley Fire Department demonstrated that all applicable criteria were met and received a credible rating. • The peer assessment team recommends accredited agency status for the Spokane Valley Fire Department from the Commission on Fire Accreditation International. 5 RECOMMENDATIONS The peer assessment team conducted an exit interview with the agency consisting of the Spokane Valley Board of Fire Commissioners, the fire chief and most all the staff that participated in the self- assessment study. The purpose of the meeting was to review the team's findings and recommendations. Strategic Recommendations Strategic recommendations were developed from information gathered from the onsite assessment visit and the evaluation of the criteria and core competencies. 1. It is recommended the Spokane Valley Fire Department use the 2010 United States Census local data for a current and accurate count of population for the jurisdiction. Once current population data is received, a revised community analysis should be conducted in order to achieve an accurate classification for each planning zone that addresses urban, suburban and rural population densities. 2. The agency's current method of directing the public education program through evaluation forms, administrator contacts, and parent/guardian follow-ups should be more formalized. The agency should complete its 2012 plans for the writing of more detailed guidelines to direct the program. Specific Recommendations Specific recommendations were developed from the appraisal of performance indicators in each of the ten categories. Category II — Assessment and Planning Criterion 2B: Fire Risk Assessment and Response Strategies Performance Indicator 2B.3 The maximum or worst fire risk(s) in each planning zone is/are identified and located, i.e., hazards that require the maximum amount of fire protection resources or that would result in the greatest loss of life or property; the key or special hazard risk in each planning zone is identified and located, i.e.,hazards, which if destroyed would be a critical or essential economic loss to the community (this also could include cultural, environmental, or historical loss); the typical or routine risks in each planning zone are identified, i.e., those risks most common to the planning zone; the remote or isolated risks in each planning zone are identified, i.e., those risks most distant from the other risks as to be almost unique to the planning zone; and/or other locally adopted equivalences are utilized to identify fire risk. The agency should evaluate, document and incorporate the presence of fire protection suppression and detection systems, building construction types and life safety exposures in existing occupancy classifications; it should integrate these characteristics in the fire risk assessment process. 6 Criterion 2C: Non-Fire Risk Assessment and Response Strategies Performance Indicator 2C.3 The maximum or worst non-fire risk(s) in each planning zone is/are identified and located, i.e.,hazards that require the maximum amount of fire protection resources or that would result in the greatest loss of life or property; the key or special hazard risk in each planning zone is identified and located, i.e., hazards, which if destroyed would be a critical or essential economic loss to the community (this also could include cultural, environmental, or historical loss); the typical or routine risks in each planning zone are identified, i.e., those risks most common to the planning zone; the remote or isolated risks in each planning zone are identified, i.e., those risks most distant from the other risks as to be almost unique to the planning zone; and/or other locally adopted equivalences are utilized to identify fire risk. The agency should evaluate, document and incorporate environmental conditions, transportation incidents, hazardous processes and life exposures in existing non-fire risk classifications; it should integrate these characteristics in the assessment process. Criterion 2D: Strategic Planning Performance Indicator 2D.2 The strategic plan is approved within the agency and submitted to the governing body or administrative officer with responsibility over the fire agency and to whom the chief fire officer/chief executive officer reports. The agency should develop a single document, or identify an existing document, stating the formal approval of the strategic plan within the agency. Category V — Programs Criterion 5D: Fire Investigation Program Performance Indicator 5D.5 The agency establishes agreements for support from other agencies at aid in accomplishing the program goals and objectives. The agency should formalize agreements and procedures with those law enforcement agencies having jurisdiction or providing support within and to the Spokane Valley response district. Category VII — Training and Competency Criterion 8A: Training and Education Program Requirements Performance Indicator 8A.4 The agency has identified minimum levels of training required for all positions in the 7 organization. The agency should conduct two night drills annually of three hours in length, per Insurance Services Office (ISO)requirements. Category IX — Essential Resources Criterion 9A: Water Supply Performance Indicator 9A.6 Hydrant adequacy and placement reflects the locality's known hazards and the agency's needs for dealing with those hazards. The SVFD has identified and documented areas with the city with inadequate hydrant placement. The agency should develop a plan and secure funding to address areas with inadequate hydrant coverage. Criterion 9B: Communication Systems Performance Indicator 9B.7 An adequate maintenance program is in place with regularly scheduled system tests. The back-up communications center, located in Mead, WA is activated for system updates as needed. Regularly scheduled testing of the back-up communications center should be conducted and documented in order to assure the back-up communications center is ready for deployment. Criterion 9C: Administrative Support Services and Office Systems Performance Indicator 9C.3 Technological resources (e.g., telecommunications equipment, computer systems, general business software, etc.) and information management system are appropriate to support the needs of the agency. Access is available to technical support personnel with expertise in the systems deployed by the agency. Information Services (IS)has developed a computer training manual to assist personnel in software operations. Given the rapid advancement of information services technology, continuing education for IS personnel should be planned and provided in order to stay ahead of the future internal demand for support services and critical operational requirements. Category X — External Systems Relationships Criterion 10A: External Agency Relationships Performance Indicator 10A.4 A conflict resolution process exists between the organization and external agencies 8 with whom it has a defined relationship. The agency should ensure that new or revised defined relationships have a clearly outlined conflict resolution process. Criterion 10B: External Agency Agreements Performance Indicator 10B.3 The agency has a process by which their agreements are managed,reviewed, and revised. The agency should identify the person responsible for assuring relationships and agreements are current and up to date, and complete the responsibility component of the matrix. 9 OBSERVATIONS Category I— Governance and Administration The agency is legally established in 1940,under the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) title 52 as a fire protection district that was identified as Spokane Valley Fire Protection District#1, to provide general policies to guide the agency's approved programs and services and appropriated financial resources. The city of Spokane Valley was incorporated March 31, 2003, and the title of the fire department was officially changed to Spokane Valley Fire Department on June 4th, 2007. SVFD currently offers protection to unincorporated areas of Spokane County, the city of Spokane Valley (incorporated 2003), the city of Liberty Lake (incorporated August 31, 2001) and the town of Millwood,which on May 17, 2005, annexed into the Spokane Valley Fire Department. The fire chief's relationship with the all of the elected officials is excellent; all entities meet with scheduled regularity to discuss strategic and policy issues. The development of the strategic positioning plan for the department involved all participating organizations. The SVFD reviews and approves programs and basic agency policies through reviews and audits conducted by the office of the county manager,councils and community, the human resources department and the city's internal audit bureau. The agency submits its strategic plan, goals and objectives and organizational chart, showing the administrative and functional organizational structure of the agency,with the annual budget proposal. The organizational and functional charts become part of the document that is approved as a part of the budget process. The budget also includes information that defines the allocation levels of personnel and standards of cover. The established administrative structure provides an environment for achievement of the agency's mission, purposes, goals, strategies and objectives. Its governing authority, the board of fire commissioners, is charged with such tasks as setting policy, levying taxes, acquiring capital assets and allocating funds. Powers and duties that are not specific to the board of fire commissioners are the responsibility of the fire chief, as its designee. Category II—Assessment and Planning The Spokane Valley Fire Department(SVFD)has an adequate overall assessment and planning process that aligns the results of the self-assessment process, the community risk hazard analysis, the standards of cover and the strategic plan. The personnel associated with these various documents participate in regular staff meetings to ensure continuity and to address any issues that might emerge within the various groups as a result of their work. The process culminates in a proposal that is appropriate, acceptable and affordable as it relates to the identified needs of the community. The agency's ten first-due response areas are used as the geographic planning zones. Geographic information system (GIS) data from Spokane County is used for evaluating fire and non-fire risks. The comprehensive risk assessment includes the following components: residential density figures, property value assessments,building occupancy classifications, transportation routes and water supply. Three years of response data(2008-2010)was evaluated to identify and analyze the frequency, probability and location of these types of incidents. Through the agency's comprehensive risk assessment, SVFD is able to identify the worst and 10 maximum fire risks and non-fire risks in the community by hazard planning zone. The critical task analysis developed by SVFD allows the agency to effectively determine the required effective response force and how it will conduct operations on these incidents. The use of a suburban classification, as a community type for risk hazard analysis and development of standards of cover analysis, has been adopted from the Revised Code of Washington (RCW). The Spokane Valley Fire Department Board of Fire Commissioners has adopted the RCW with public approval. The suburban population density classification used by the SVFD does not grossly deviate from the Commission on Fire Accreditation International's classification based on the peer team's ground and aerial assessments and observations. However,when the 2010 United States Census data is available, a comprehensive population analysis should be conducted in order to achieve an accurate classification for each planning zone that addresses urban, suburban and rural population densities. The agency collects and analyzes data specific to the distinct characteristics of the community served and applies the findings to organizational planning. SVFD has collected data specific to the community characteristics and identified risks in each planning zone. This data was used to assess and analyze fire and non-fire risks throughout the community. Within this analysis, the agency has implemented industry best practices within its standards of cover. The results have shown where SVFD is meeting baseline service levels and where it needs to seek future improvement. The results found through this analysis will be further discussed and evaluated in forthcoming formal and informal meetings to develop future response strategies to better provide for the communities that SVFD serves. The agency has completed a comprehensive analysis of the risk within its ten planning districts. The results of the risk analysis and the associated identified needs are integrated into the standards of cover. The benchmark service level objectives incorporated into the standards of cover are based on local needs and circumstances, and industry standards and best practices adopted from: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1221: Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Emergency Services Communications Systems; and NFPA 1710: Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire Suppression Operations, Emergency Medical Operations, and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire Departments. The agency assesses the nature and magnitude of the hazards within its jurisdiction and develops appropriate response coverage strategies. Each significant fire and non-fire risk is categorized and listed to permit future analysis and study in determining standards of cover and related services. The non-fire risks include hazardous materials, emergency medical services and technical rescue. Special attention is paid to identify, analyze and develop strategies for non-fire or limited fire risks that gain importance due to cultural, economic, environmental or historical value. SVFD has assessed and analyzed fire risks and non-fire risks throughout the response area. The fire risk classifications include: wildfire first arriving apparatus; structural first arriving apparatus; full first alarm arrival; and the related effective response forces (ERF). The non-fire risk classifications include: emergency medical services (EMS), advance life support (ALS), technical rescue (TR), hazardous materials (hazmat) and the related effective response forces (ERF). Through the agency's comprehensive risk assessment, SVFD is able to identify the worst and maximum fire risks and non-fire risks in the agency by hazard planning zone. However, the agency 11 should evaluate, document and incorporate the presence of fire protection suppression and detection systems,building construction types and life safety exposures in existing occupancy classifications; it should integrate these characteristics in the fire risk assessment process. The agency should evaluate, document, and incorporate environmental conditions, transportation incidents,hazardous processes and life exposures; it should integrate these characteristics in the non-fire risk assessment process. The critical task analysis developed by SVFD allows the agency to effectively determine the required effective response force and how it will conduct operations on these incidents. The agency established a committee, comprised of firefighters, company officers and chief officers, to complete the process of developing the critical task component of the standards of cover. The committee utilized a three year baseline performance analysis of the years 2008-2010 and developed benchmarks for travel time objectives for fire and non-fire responses. The baseline and benchmark standards used were based on the FESSAM 8th edition. The above referenced standards and best practices were considered and aligned with the identified risks in the community during the development phase. The strategic positioning plan is in place and, along with the budget, is guiding the activities of the agency. The plan was submitted to the SVFD Board of Fire Commissioners for approval. The team did not find a standalone document stating the formal approval of the plan within the agency. The agency should develop a single document, or identify an existing document, stating the formal approval of the plan within the agency. The peer review team noted the ability of the SVFD to link its self-assessment manual, community risk hazard analysis, standards of cover and strategic planning document with its annual goals and objectives. This integrated approach has provided focus and direction for the agency during the budget process. The relationships of the above mentioned documents allow the agency to balance fire suppression, fiscal capabilities and risks. Category III— Goals and Objectives The agency publishes general organizational goals directed toward achieving the agency's long-range plans through the strategic positioning plan. Corresponding specific objectives are published via the annual goals and objectives report to implement these goals. The objectives incorporate the measurable elements of time, quantity and quality. There is a review with the chief officers and division heads in October and November. After a review by the fire chief, goals and objectives are presented to the board of fire commissioners during the first public hearing on the agency budget. The board of fire commissioners has an opportunity to review and comment during this hearing. At the final public hearing on the budget adoption the goals and objectives are approved with the annual budget. The approved goals and objectives are posted on the agency's intranet for employees to review and monitor. The SVFD updates the strategic positioning plan, and the associated goals and objectives process, annually. The agency does a good job of ensuring that people throughout the organization are engaged and involved in the development process. When the council changes its focus areas and related goals and objectives, the agency re-evaluates its mission and goals and objectives to ensure 12 that they are consistent with commission priorities. Objectives that are no longer useful or relevant are modified when the strategic plan is updated for the next fiscal year. The agency has established general goals and specific objectives that direct its priorities in a manner consistent with its mission. The goals and objectives are appropriate for the community served. On an annual basis, the agency develops goals and related objectives that incorporate measurable elements of time, quantity and quality. In some cases they are a continuation of the previous year and, in most cases, they are aligned with identified needs in the agency's strategic positioning plan, inclusive of the standards of cover. Processes are in place to measure and evaluate progress towards the completion of specific objectives and overall system performance. The goals and objectives are re-examined and modified periodically. The SVFD uses a defined management process to implement the goals and objectives. All chief officers and division heads have annual goals and objectives that are measurable and are tied to programs or projects in the current fiscal budget. These draft goals and objectives are then rolled up by to the fire chief and submitted to the board of fire commissioners for its review and comment during the budget hearings. All goals and objectives are approved by the board with the adoption of the budget. All chief officers and division heads update the progress on their goals and objectives. The update is then sent to board of fire commissioner s meeting for its review. All goals and objectives are updated annually during the development of the agency's annual budget. Category IV—Financial Resources The SVFD formal budget process specifically outlines requirements of: the Revised Code of Washington; guidelines for development of the budget distributed to all participants in the budget process; and a formal time line schedule. The Revised Code of Washington (RCW) 43.09.260 states that the financial affairs of all local governments shall be made at such reasonable,periodic intervals as the state auditor determines. As per the RCW, an examination of the financial affairs of all local governments shall be made at least once in every three years, and an examination of individual local government with health and welfare benefit plans and local government self-insurance programs shall be made at least every two years. The annual budget for the current expense fund is driven directly by projected resources (revenue and fund equity), strategic positioning plan initiatives, an apparatus plan and a facilities plan. Operations and maintenance for current and ongoing programs are given first priority over capital acquisition programs. The fire chief works closely with his financial advisor to determine timing and availability of funding for capital improvement projects (CIP) and large expenditure operating and maintenance costs. The agency's financial planning and resource allocation processes are based on agency planning involving broad staff participation. SVFD financial resource budgeting is the result of a process conducted yearly that follows the legal requirements of the Revised Code of Washington and the oversight of the governing body of the agency i.e., the board of fire commissioners. The fire chief, at the direction of the board, meets with each department in the agency. At that time,budgetary information is reviewed from the previous year and general direction is provided to each division head, or department supervisor. Proposed levels of funding are discussed and each division head or 13 department supervisor is asked to provide strategic goals and objectives prior to beginning the budget process. The agency's financial management practices exhibit sound budgeting and control, proper recording, reporting and auditing. The Washington State Auditor's Office (SAO)prescribes the accounting and reporting of local governments, under RCW 43.09.200. This prescription is performed using Budgetary,Accounting, and Reporting System (BARS)manuals and financial reporting packages. In addition, BARS requirements for fire districts state that the agency will request an audit when it expends $500,000 or more a year in federal awards. SVFD will provide an annual report to the state in accordance to BARS reporting requirements within 150 days of the end of each fiscal year. Financial resources are appropriately allocated to support the established organizational mission, the stated long-term plan, goals and objectives and maintain the quality of programs and services. Financial stability is a fundamental aspect of an agency's integrity. The agency ensures that programs and services provided can be supported by the necessary fiscal resources using sound budgetary practices. The SVFD undergoes a budget process that ensures its goals and objectives are in line with available resources (revenues and fund equity). Resources are allocated to maintain an effective response force in accordance with its standard of coverage plan and other plans involving apparatus and facilities. Capital equipment and infrastructure (fire stations) are provided and replaced mainly on a pay-as-you-go basis. Category V—Programs Criterion 5A—Fire Suppression The agency is a full-service fire and rescue organization designed to provide essential public safety and emergency services. To meet the needs of its residents,the agency, through its ten fire stations, currently staffs: two battalions; one shift training-safety captain; eight engine companies (six class A- 1,500 gallons per minute (GPM) and two type II-1,000 GPM); two quints (one 105 foot ladder- 2,000 GPM and one 75 foot Telesqurt- 1,500 GPM); and one rescue company. The agency maintains a reserve fleet consisting of three engines (all 1,500 GPM) and one quint(65 foot Telesqurt-1,500 GPM.) The agency also maintains: three brush trucks; a mobile air compressor trailer; a decontamination trailer; a mass causality trailer; a communications trailer; a foam trailer; several utility vehicles used to tow trailers and support emergency operations; as well as twelve staff vehicles,most of which have four-wheel drive. The agency operates a three shift system - 24 hours on 48 off- and has established a minimum staffing benchmark of 36 firefighters per shift, per day. The agency maintains a minimum of three firefighters per company on all front-line companies. The agency operates an adequate, effective and efficient fire suppression program directed toward controlling and/or extinguishing fires for the purposes of protecting people from injury or death and reducing property loss. The agency has adopted an incident management system and routinely uses it during all emergency responses,regardless of the size or complexity of the incident. The agency routinely appraises the effectiveness of its fire suppression program. Battalion chiefs conduct after action reviews of all structure fires. The agency has established a standing occupancy 14 based firefighting practices committee that meets every two months to compare and contrast selected trends in fire suppression activities with current SVFD standard operating guidelines. Proposed changes are evaluated by the training division and battalion chiefs. Recommendations are forwarded to the operations division chief for discussion at the next division staff meeting. Approved changes are recorded in meeting minutes. The agency provides appropriate and adequate equipment to accomplish the stated level of response for fire suppression. The agency's response and deployment standards are based upon the population density and fire demand of the community. Ten fire stations provide Spokane Valley response district coverage; agency staffing is based upon station location, incident type and frequency. The targeted service level objectives in the standards of cover benchmark statements are based on industry standards and best practices, as identified earlier in this report in Category II—Assessment and Planning. The objectives have been approved and adopted by fire agency management and the board of fire commissioners. SVFD's total response time benchmark will be to improve the agency's overall first arriving apparatus and effective response force (ERF)baseline time by 30 seconds within the next 5 years. The agency's benchmark service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all fire incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with 3 firefighters, in suburban areas, shall be 8 minutes and 15 seconds. The capabilities of the first arriving apparatus on a fire incident shall be: initiating incident command-safety; and placing one 13/4 inch hose line in-service at 150 gallons per minute (GPM) for defensive operations or initiating a rescue under the Washington Amended Code (WAC) 296-305-05001 (11) two in and one out rule. For 90 percent of all fire incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the effective response force (ERF), staffed with 14 firefighters and officers, in suburban areas, shall be 14 minutes and 41 seconds. The ERF is defined as those resources, personnel and equipment necessary to conduct successful operations and complete critical tasks on an emergency scene. The ERF for a structure fire shall have the following capabilities in addition to those listed for the first-arriving unit: placing a water supply in service at a minimum 1,000 GPM,without interruption; placing one hose line in-service,with a minimum of two firefighters, flowing 150 GPM; providing one ventilation team, consisting of a minimum of two firefighters; providing one search team, consisting of a minimum of two firefighters; establishing command outside the hazard area with a dedicated position; complying with the requirements of two in and two out (OSHA 1910.134), utilizing a standby team, consisting of two firefighters, or rapid intervention group (RIG) with a minimum of three firefighters; and providing a backup hose line,with a minimum of two firefighters, flowing a minimum of 150 GPM. The agency's baseline statements reflect actual performance during 2008 to 2010. The agency does not rely on the use of automatic aid or mutual aid from neighboring fire agencies to provide its effective response force complement of personnel. The agency's baseline service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all structure fires, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with 3 firefighters, in suburban areas, is 8 minutes and 45 seconds. The capabilities of the first arriving apparatus on a fire incident include: initiating incident command-safety; and placing one 1 3/4 inch hose line in-service at 150 gallons per minute for defensive operations, 15 or initiating a rescue under the Washington Amended Code (WAC) 296-305-05001 (11) two in and one out rule. For 90 percent of all structure fires, the total response time for the arrival of the ERF, staffed with 14 firefighters and officers, in suburban areas, is 15 minutes and 22 seconds. The ERF for a structure fire has the following capabilities in addition to those listed for the first- arriving unit: placing a water supply in service at a minimum 1,000 GPM,without interruption; placing one hose line in-service,with a minimum of two firefighters, flowing 150 GPM; providing one ventilation team, consisting of a minimum of two firefighters; providing one search team, consisting of a minimum of two firefighters; establishing command outside the hazard area with a dedicated position; complying with the requirements of two in and two out(OSHA 1910.134), utilizing a standby team, consisting of two firefighters, or RIG with a minimum of three firefighters; and providing a backup hose line, with a minimum of two firefighters, flowing a minimum of 150 GPM. The department has also addressed compliance with of legal and ethical mandates requiring the agency to perform six critical tasks. SVFD has determined three apparatus with a minimum of seven personnel,must arrive on scene to meet such mandates. Therefore, SVFD additionally tracks this response capability and has provided the baseline performance times for the arrival of three apparatus on scene. It was verified and validated by the peer assessment team that the Spokane Valley Fire Department met all baseline service level objectives for 2008-2010. Structure Fires—90th Percentile Times — 2008- 2010 2009 2008 Baseline Performance 2010 Alarm Pick-up to Dispatch 1:17 1:14 1:23 1:13 Handling Turnout Turnout Time 1st Unit 2:36 2:30 1:23 2:40 Time Travel Time 1st Unit 5:56 5:52 5:35 6:23 Distribution Travel Travel Time Time 3 Apparatus on Scene 6:17 6:25 5:42 6:20 Concentration Travel Time 1st Alarm ERF 7:47 8:01 7:40 7:47 Concentration Total Response Time 1st Unit on Scene 8:45 8:30 8:46 9:02 Distribution Total Total Response Time Response 3 Apparatus on Scene 10:59 10:31 11:05 10:44 Time Concentration Total Response Time Full 1st Alarm ERF 15:22 15:06 15:30 15:22 Concentration 16 Criterion 5B—Fire Prevention/Life Safety Program The Spokane Valley Fire Department relies on its fire inspection bureau to administer its fire prevention and life safety program. There are five fire inspectors, one fire protection engineer, one deputy fire marshal and one battalion chief-fire marshal assigned to the bureau. The agency operates an adequate, effective, and efficient program directed toward fire prevention, life safety,hazard risk reduction, the detection, reporting, and control of fires and other emergencies, the provision of occupant safety and exiting and the provisions for first aid firefighting equipment. The agency operates under the 2009 International Fire Code,with appendices, as amended by the state of Washington and adopted by Spokane County and the cities of Spokane Valley,Millwood and Liberty Lake. Inter-local agreements with these jurisdictions provide the SVFD with the requisite authority to conduct inspections and plan reviews. The SVFD relies upon the building departments of the local jurisdictions when it becomes necessary to issue citations for code violations. All commercial properties are inspected annually. Two-thirds of the inspections are conducted by bureau inspectors with the remaining completed by engine company crews. All follow up inspections are made by bureau inspectors. All bureau inspectors are certified as Fire Inspector II by the International Code Council. A fire protection engineer is responsible for all plan reviews. All fire prevention information is captured on the records management system. This record system allows for the analysis of bureau operations and all inspection permit, and plan review information. The agency conducts an annual appraisal of the fire prevention program through an analysis of the fire prevention bureau's annual report. Criterion 5C—Public Education Program The Spokane Valley Fire Department has assigned public education and public information duties to one of the prevention bureau inspectors-assistant fire marshals. His role is not to solely present and deliver public education programs; he also coordinates and supports the delivery of public education programs by the entire organization. The incumbent is certified as a public fire and life safety educator from the National Fire Academy. The agency has a public education program in place and directed towards identifying and reducing specific risks in a manner consistent with its mission. Emergency incidents are reviewed annually to determine if a timely, specific public education or media event should be developed. The agency also monitors and evaluates the public education program four times a year. Fire safety and injury prevention messages are directed at specific target audiences which are identified through analysis of local demographics and response data. Delivery incorporates mass media and direct contact in the schools, at community events and in the fire stations. The agency maintains a public education section on its web page with a kid's page, safety tips for all audiences and links to the local health district. The agency presents junior fire marshal and fire safety house programs to all second and third grade students in the 28 schools in the district. Maco, the department's K9 accelerant detection dog, has 17 started to pay visits to middle schools in the district to demonstrate the agency's ability to detect arson and fire setting activities. Community emergency response training (CERT), first aid, cardio-pulmonary resuscitation(CPR) and fire extinguisher classes are offered to the public, as well as speakers for home owners associations, property manager-tenant meetings and civic groups. A juvenile fire setter program is provided in cooperation with the state courts and probation department. A supply of prevention materials is available to the prevention staff and is maintained in each of the fire stations. The prevention bureau has adequate facilities and vehicles to support its programs. There are computer records available agency wide to track presentations,resources and schedule presentations. The agency's current method of directing the public education program through evaluation forms, administrator contacts, and parent/guardian follow-ups should be more formalized. The agency should complete its 2012 plans for the writing of more detailed guidelines to direct the program. Criterion 5D—Fire Investigation Program The SVFD employees five commissioned fire investigators; four of the five also have other prevention duties. One investigator is identified as the lead investigator. This person is dedicated full time to investigations and is responsible for coordination of criminal and investigation training, evidence, investigation review and final disposition. The department operates an adequate, effective and efficient program directed toward origin and cause investigation and determination for fires, explosions, and other emergency situations that endanger life or property. Investigation authority is established by the Revised Code of Washington 52.12.031 to any fire protection district organized under this title. RCW 43.44.050 delegates the responsibility of fire investigation to the fire chief. RCW 19.27.031,which adopts the International Fire Code, specifically authorizes the fire code official the authority to investigate fires, explosions or other hazardous conditions. All members of the agency follow the guidelines of the operations manual rule to either investigate and determine the origin and cause or assist in the investigation and determination of the origin and cause of any of the jurisdiction. SVFD uses the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 921: Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations and Kirk's Fire Investigation as guidelines for conducting fire investigations. The investigators have all completed a law enforcement academy, have arrest and booking authority and are authorized to carry firearms. All investigators are trained to NFPA 1033: Standard for Professional Qualifications for Fire Investigators. The current staffing level allows the agency to meet its mandate of conducting fire cause determination and fire injury investigations. In general, the agency has excellent working relationships with area law enforcement, as evidenced by a regional criminal records system maintained by the City of Spokane Police Department and a regional evidence facility run by the Spokane County Sheriff's Office. The agency investigators report strong working relationships with the Spokane Valley Police Department, Spokane County Prosecutors Office and the State Patrol Crime Lab. However, there are no formal agreements with the various law enforcement agencies establishing these relationships. 18 The agency records system provides an effective platform for documenting investigations and reviewing data collected. The fire investigation program effectiveness is analyzed through the fire investigation annual report. Criterion 5E— Technical Rescue The Spokane Valley Fire Department provides a wide range of technical rescue programs to its residents. All line crews are trained in and equipped to provide immediate,basic and intervention levels in all types of emergencies. In addition, the agency has trained and equipped several specialty teams to provide advanced rescue services. These specialty units are deployed throughout the district, according to identified risks. The agency operates an adequate, effective, and efficient program directed toward rescuing trapped or endangered persons from any life-endangering cause. SFVD has written procedures specific to technical and water related rescue on-scene in the safety and operations manual. SFVD also has technician level manuals for trench rescue,rope rescue and confined space that have been distributed to all TRT team members. All eleven first due companies have awareness and initial intervention training. All apparatus are equipped with hand tools, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), lifejackets and throw ropes. Three companies are equipped with hydraulic rescue tools for auto extrication, two companies are equipped with swift water and ice rescue equipment and two companies are equipped with rope rescue equipment. A heavy rescue vehicle and several support vehicles and trailers are equipped to support all of the above plus confined space, trench and collapse rescues. The specialty teams include a 27 member ice rescue team, a 21 member swift water team and a 27 member technical rescue team. Staffing is balanced between shifts with minimum on-duty staffing established for each team. Protocols are established for deployment,membership and annual training and certification requirements for each team. SVFD reviews procedures for confined space, trench rescue,rope rescue and water rescue annually; procedures are subsequently updated, as necessary. The agency's response and deployment standards are based upon the risk analysis. The targeted service level objectives in the standards of cover benchmark statements are based on industry standards and best practices, as identified earlier in this report in Category II—Assessment and Planning. The objectives have been approved and adopted by fire agency management and the board of fire commissioners. The agency's benchmark service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all moderate technical rescue incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the first technical rescue equipped, staffed with 3 personnel, shall be 8 minutes and 14 seconds in suburban areas. This will constitute an improvement over the baseline performance by 30 seconds within the next 5 years. The first due unit shall be capable of: establishing command; sizing up to determine if a technical rescue response is required; requesting additional resources; and providing basic life support to any victim without endangering response personnel. For 90 percent of all moderate technical rescue incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the effective response force (ERF), staffed with 9 firefighters and officers, shall be 14 minutes and 41 seconds in suburban areas. The ERF shall be capable of: providing 19 advanced life support; staffing the essential command structure; preparing an action plan; and establishing entry,backup and support teams in addition to the first technical rescue equipped unit. The agency's baseline statements reflect actual performance during 2008 to 2010. The agency does not rely on the use of automatic aid or mutual aid from neighboring fire agencies to provide its effective response force complement of personnel. The agency's baseline service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of moderate technical rescue incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the first technical rescue equipped, staffed with 3 personnel, is 8 minutes and 44 seconds in suburban areas. The first due unit is capable of: establishing command; sizing up to determine if a technical rescue response is required; requesting additional resources; and providing basic life support to any victim without endangering response personnel. For 90 percent of moderate technical rescue incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the ERF, staffed with 9 technical rescue trained members, is 15 minutes and 11 seconds in suburban areas. The ERF is capable of: providing advanced life support; staffing the essential command structure; preparing an action plan; and establishing entry,backup and support teams in addition to the first technical rescue equipped unit. It was verified and validated by the peer assessment team that the Spokane Valley Fire Department met all baseline service level objectives for 2008-2010. Technical Rescue—90th Percentile Times— 2008- 2010 2009 2008 Baseline Performance 2010 Alarm Pick-up to Dispatch 1:48 1:53 1:56 1:30 Handling Turnout Turnout Time 1st Unit 2:44 2:42 2:44 3:04 Time Travel Time 1st Unit 4:48 4:08 6:13 4:53 Travel Distribution Time Travel Time ERF—3 Apparatus on Scene 6:32 5:26 5:09 6:37 Concentration Total Response Time Total 1st Unit on Scene 8:44 8:05 8:53 8:44 Response Distribution Time Total Response Time ERF—3 Apparatus on Scene 15:11 17:08 14:51 15:07 Concentration Criterion 5F—Hazardous Materials The Spokane Valley Fire Department hazardous materials response program has three tiers. Small spills and odors receive a single engine response. Larger spills receive three engine companies, a safety officer and a battalion chief. Situations requiring technician level resources are provided by 20 mutual aid agreement from the City of Spokane Fire Department. The agency operates an adequate, effective, and efficient hazardous materials program directed toward protecting the community from the hazards associated with fires and uncontrolled releases of hazardous and toxic materials. All shift firefighters are trained to an awareness level for hazardous materials emergencies. In addition, firefighters have received some operations level training as required by the Washington State Administrative Code (WAC). The agency provides monthly hazmat training and annual written testing. The agency's protocol is to respond in a defensive mode, to avoid contact with the material, isolate the release from a safe distance and protect exposures including the environment. The agency maintains a decontamination trailer that can be deployed, as needed, to decontaminate the public. The SVFD has guidelines detailing the roles played by all suppression responders as well as the state's Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ), Washington State Patrol (WSP) and others. SVFD annually reviews the hazardous materials operating procedures for currency and applicability to the current hazardous materials response environment. The agency additionally reviews program performance to ensure conformance with regulatory requirements as identified in WAC 296-305- 05011 (Hazardous Materials Operations); WAC 296-824-300 (Training) and WAC 296-824-30005 (Train Your Employees). The agency's response and deployment standards are based upon the risk assessment of the community. The targeted service level objectives in the standards of cover benchmark statements are based on industry standards and best practices, as identified earlier in this report in Category II— Assessment and Planning. The objectives have been approved and adopted by fire agency management and the board of fire commissioners. The agency's benchmark service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all hazardous materials response incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with 3 firefighters, shall be 8 minutes and 36 seconds in suburban areas. The first due unit shall be capable of: responding in a defensive mode; establishing command; providing BLS; taking measures to avoid contact with the released material; isolating and controlling spread from a safe distance; and determining the need for the City of Spokane Hazardous Materials Response Team. For 90 percent of all hazardous materials response incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the effective response force (ERF), staffed with 9 firefighters and officers, shall be 14 minutes and 25 seconds in suburban areas. The ERF shall be capable of: responding in a defensive mode; establishing command; providing ALS; taking measures to avoid contact with the released material; isolating and controlling spread from a safe distance; determining the need for the City of Spokane Hazardous Materials Response Team; and decontaminating the public. The agency's baseline statements reflect actual performance during 2008 to 2010. The agency does not rely on the use of automatic aid or mutual aid from neighboring fire agencies to provide its effective response force complement of personnel. The agency's baseline service level objectives are as follows: 21 For 90 percent of all hazardous materials response incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with 3 firefighters, is 9 minutes and 6 seconds in suburban areas. The first due unit is capable of: responding in a defensive mode; establishing command; providing BLS; taking measures to avoid contact with the released material; isolating and controlling spread from a safe distance; and determining the need for the City of Spokane Hazardous Materials Response Team. For 90 percent of all hazardous materials response incidents, the total response time for the arrival of the ERF, staffed with 6 firefighters and officers, is 14 minutes and 55 seconds in suburban areas. The ERF is capable of: responding in a defensive mode; establishing command; providing ALS; taking measures to avoid contact with the released material; isolating and controlling spread from a safe distance; determining the need for the City of Spokane Hazardous Materials Response Team; and decontaminating the public. It was verified and validated by the peer assessment team that the Spokane Valley Fire Department met all baseline service level objectives for 2008-2010. Hazmat—90th Percentile Times—Baseline 2008- 2010 2009 2008 Performance 2010 Alarm Pick-up to Dispatch 1:23 1:21 1:31 1:10 Handling Turnout Turnout Time 1st Unit 2:38 2:38 2:34 2:15 Time Travel Time 1st Unit 6:26 5:13 4:43 1:52 Travel Distribution Time Travel Time ERF—3 Apparatus on Scene 7:58 9:00 7:17 7:27 Concentration Total Response Time Total 1st Unit on Scene 9:06 9:06 10:46 5:13 Response Distribution Time Total Response Time ERF—3 Apparatus on Scene 14:55 13:30 14:55 17:34 Concentration Criterion 5G—Enzer2encv Medical Services The Spokane Valley Fire Department responds to emergency medical services (EMS) situations to provide first responder support to a third-party advanced life support transport agency. The agency does meet all elements of its standards of cover deployment objectives for each type of emergency medical incident. The agency operates an EMS program that provides the community with a designated level of out-of- hospital emergency medical care. The agency has standard operating procedures and guidelines in place, collaborating with its third-party transport agency, American Medical Response. Appropriate contracts are in place, and reviewed annually. 22 Patient care records are reviewed by the agency's contracted medical director. The medical director physician reviews the reports and identifies areas for improvement. The agency has a system in place to protect patient reports from public access. The agency has a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act(HIPPA) compliance program in place. All personnel have been trained to this standard. The agency conducts an annual appraisal to determine the effectiveness of the EMS program. Specific EMS information is gathered to evaluate the effectiveness of the EMS program, and to develop improvements. The agency's response and deployment standards are based upon the population density and medical support demands of the community. The targeted service level objectives in the standards of cover benchmark statements are based on industry standards and best practices, as identified earlier in this report in Category II—Assessment and Planning. The objectives have been approved and adopted by fire agency management, community representatives and the board of fire commissioners. The agency's benchmark service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all emergency medical services (EMS)responses, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with 3 firefighters, shall be: 7 minutes and 40 seconds in suburban areas for BLS incidents; and 8 minutes and 25 seconds in suburban areas for ALS incidents. The first due unit shall be capable of: assessing scene safety and establishing command; sizing up the situation; conducting initial patient assessment; obtaining vitals and patients medical history; initiating mitigation efforts within one minute of arrival; providing first-responder medical aid, including automatic external defibrillation; and assisting transport personnel with packaging the patient. The department relies upon American Medical Response, a third-party provider, to fully complete the effective response force (ERF) component of its emergency medical services (EMS) program. The initial arriving fire department company shall have the capabilities of providing first responder medical aid, including automatic external defibrillation, until the third-party provider arrives on scene. If the third-party provider unit arrives on scene first, its personnel will initiate care and the staff from the initial fire department company will provide support as needed. The agency's baseline statements reflect actual performance during 2008 to 2010. The agency does not rely on the use of automatic aid or mutual aid from neighboring fire agencies to provide its effective response force complement of personnel. The agency's baseline service level objectives are as follows: For 90 percent of all emergency medical services (EMS)responses, the total response time for the arrival of the first-due unit, staffed with a minimum of 3firefighters, is: 8 minutes and 4 seconds in suburban areas for BLS incidents; and 8 minutes and 55 seconds in suburban areas for ALS incidents. The first due unit is capable of: assessing scene safety and establishing command; sizing up the situation; conducting initial patient assessment; obtaining vitals and patients medical history; initiating mitigation efforts within one minute of arrival; providing first-responder medical aid including automatic external defibrillation; and assisting transport personnel with packaging the patient. 23 It was verified and validated by the peer assessment team that the Spokane Valley Fire District met all baseline service level objectives for 2008-2010. BLS and ALS—90th Percentile Times— 2008- 2010 2009 2008 Baseline Performance 2010 Alarm Pick-up to Dispatch 1:38 1:38 1:39 1:37 Handling Turnout Turnout Time 1st Unit 2:06 2:01 2:06 2:09 Time Travel Time 1st Unit 5:19 5:15 5:17 5:25 Travel Distribution Time Travel Time ERF (ALS Arrival) 6:12 5:52 6:21 6:21 Concentration Total Response Time Total 1St Unit on Scene 8:04 7:59 8:02 8:08 Response Distribution Time Total Response Time ERF (ALS Arrival) 8:55 8:43 9:00 9:01 Concentration Criterion 5H—Domestic Preparedness Planning and Response The Spokane Valley Fire Department has and continues to play an integral part in the development and testing of the Spokane City-County Emergency Management Plan. The plan is multi- jurisdictional and provides the authority to carry out the predetermined duties and functions. The agency operates an all-hazards preparedness program that includes a coordinated multi-agency response plan, designed to protect the community from terrorist threats or attacks, major disasters and other large-scale emergencies occurring at or in the immediate area. The safety and operations manual and several other disaster situation manuals are in place to direct domestic preparedness planning and response activities. SVFD evaluates the guidelines within the safety and operations manual, inclusive of domestic preparedness,policies and guidelines annually. The agency has processes in place to provide for interoperability with other public safety agencies in the field. The agency is part of a countywide communications center that covers all fire and transport resources in Spokane County. Plans for a new state-of-the-art digital, trunked 800 MHz-VHF communications system are in place for 2013. Spokane Valley Fire Department has not conducted a complete vulnerability assessment or written an operational plan to protect and secure the agency's specific critical infrastructure. The agency has taken steps to protect and secure some of the critical infrastructure. The agency plans to finish a complete assessment by June 2011. 24 Category VI—Physical Resources The Spokane Valley Fire Department maintains 10 fire stations, a fleet maintenance garage and a training facility that are distributed across the response district to meet the service level objectives. The agency is in the process of constructing an administration building. The department ensures the development and use of physical resources is consistent with its established plans. A systematic and planned approach to the future development of facilities is in place. All appropriate parties, including the public, board of fire commissioners, administration and staff are involved in the development of the major plans and proposals. The department's fixed facility resources are designed, maintained,managed, and adequate to meet its goals and objectives. The SVFD strategic positioning plan includes the"loyalty effect." This includes the branding of the names of the fire stations. To assure community recognition and ownership the SVFD has renamed some fire stations to reflect the name of the community the fire station primarily serves. Since 2004 the agency has constructed three new fire stations. This year an administration building is under construction and plans are being prepared to replace Station 6 in 2012. Land has been purchased to build an additional station when service demand indicates and to relocate Station 3 to a more effective location in Liberty Lake. The peer assessment team observed a strong commitment by the agency to ensuring that all facilities meet and exceed minimum codes and regulations. The department's apparatus resources are designed and purchased to be adequate to meet its goals and objectives. The agency pays close attention to maintaining the appropriate distribution and concentration of the apparatus so as to ensure a continuous capability to meet its standards of cover objectives. A standing apparatus committee is responsible for the design, purchase and installation of new apparatus. Since 2003, the agency has placed ten new apparatus in service,paying cash for all but two. The inspection, testing, preventive maintenance,replacement schedule and emergency repair of all apparatus are well established and meet the emergency apparatus service and reliability needs. The fleet operations division is modern and well managed with clean work areas and a robust records management system capable of tracking every vehicle in the fleet. There is direct communication to and from the fleet division to the operations division to schedule service work,based upon preventive maintenance schedules. Agency mechanics are certified emergency vehicle technicians. Fleet staff performs all maintenance work, except major engine and transmission repairs. There are agreements in place with local vendors to provide 24-7 tire service and fuel is available at multiple facilities throughout the district. There is a well-stocked parts supply area that ensures minimum down-time delays. The shared expectations of both the operations and maintenance division are well established in standard operating guidelines. They are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure continuity of operations and a consistent approach to keeping the fleet well maintained. The tools and small equipment resources are adequate and designed and maintained to meet the agency's goals and objectives. The support services division orders, stocks, maintains and distributes the tools and small equipment for all stations and divisions in the agency. Small engines, generators and other power tools are maintained by the fleet mechanics. 25 Safety equipment is adequate and designed to meet the agency goals and objectives. The agency has a comprehensive safety program and provides a high quality supply of safety equipment for its employees. The manufacturer trained, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)maintenance section also conducts annual fit testing for all firefighters. The training division is responsible for bunker gear purchase and maintenance. Laundry facilities are provided in each station for bunker and wild land gear. Personal protective equipment, including ear protection, eye protection and medical exposure equipment, is provided as personal issue. Company officers are charged with the regular inspection of safety equipment. Category VII—Human Resources The Spokane Valley Fire Department has a full-time human resources director. The director plans, directs, and carries out duties related to staffing, compensation, benefits and labor relations. The agency has a comprehensive program for hiring, training and testing new employees. It has experienced problems attracting diversified candidates. A staff attorney reviews all rules and regulations to insure compliance with local, state and federal statutes. The agency has a defined, supervised probationary process to evaluate new and promoted members. All new and promoted positions have a one-year probationary period. New recruits are evaluated weekly, and promoted members are evaluated every four months during probation. A computerized program is used by all supervisors to assess the firefighters' knowledge, skills and abilities. The agency's personnel policies and rules are available to all employees through the computer shared databases. These policies and rules are reviewed by the employees on an annual basis, as part of their monthly training program. The agency has a specific discrimination and harassment policy. All employees receive initial training using a program from the Alexander Hamilton Institute. Refresher training is held every other year. The director reviews position classifications as the local, state and federal laws change. Recently, new positions added to the agency were classified per state and federal laws. The agency publishes rate of pay and compensation schedules for union and non-union personnel. These schedules are available to all personnel on the agency's intranet site. The agency has a wellness-fitness program for recruit and incumbent personnel. Each year, line personnel participate in required job related physical ability tests. The agency has current standard operating guidelines to provide a central core of directives through job assignments, new processes and equipment. There is a risk management program designed to meet legislative compliance and reduce workplace health and safety incidents. The agency requires initial medical evaluations and annual physicals for its members. A rehabilitative medical evaluation of members after an injury or significant illness is also required for eligibility of the member to return to full duty. The agency has general guidelines in place to direct the wellness-fitness program. The program is directed by a wellness committee, and a contracted wellness consultant. Goals and objectives of the program are updated and revised on a yearly basis. 26 Category VIII— Training and Competency The SVFD has a training center with facilities props and fire apparatus to support the needs of the agency. There is a daytime battalion chief in charge of training,with a shift training-safety captain assigned to each of the three shifts, assuring assignments are completed. A training and education program is established to support the agency's needs. Program areas and required training needs are identified based upon federal, state and local laws, as well as administrative requirements. The battalion chief of training established the SVFD Training Committee,with appropriate representation from all divisions, to seek out opportunities for improvement in the design of the current program. The agency is to be commended for its efforts to implement education learning practices into the curriculum, as recommended by the training committee. Training and education programs are provided to support the agency's needs. The training program is well organized and meets the needs of the agency and its members. The agency's programs also meet the state certification requirements. All members of the agency meet the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1001: Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications, Firefighter Level II requirements, prior to the end of initial recruit training. Supplemental training programs are also ongoing with mandatory recertification of various disciplines and specialized training and fire suppression training concentrating on the needs of the agency. Mandatory training and certification levels for personnel in all divisions are monitored and updates are provided to identify the training needs for agency personnel. The agency utilizes a performance based evaluation process to ensure the members and companies are competent and confident to perform the job. The agency utilizes a combination of written and skill-based testing to evaluate individual performance through company in-service, officer in-service, post incident analysis, annual departmental proficiency training and training programs to evaluate individual, company, crew and multi-company performance during the year. The training division allocates annual funding to maintain up-to-date training and educational resources. Individual fire station libraries are kept updated as new books and manuals become available. Additionally,the training division maintains a multimedia library of materials related to fire service and EMS training. EMS training materials are present in many stations and the training division maintains a large inventory of additional equipment at a centralized location. The agency provides classroom facilities to its personnel that incorporate modern, multi-media presentation equipment. Training division personnel are working to develop an inventory of all training resources and to design a method of tracking those resources. Observations were made on a structure fire incident during the visit. The peer assessment team observed the units operating on scene from the initial arriving unit to the arrival of the full effective response force. The communications, from the start of the incident until the entire response force arrived,were excellent and concise. The agency's apparatus staging was superb. The SVFD dispatched a battalion chief and the team observed the crews employed the incident command system well. The agency does not currently conduct night training drills. The Insurance Service Office (ISO) recommends that two night drills, of three hours in length, be conducted annually. It is a good habit to train in the environments that may be encountered on real incidents. The agency does have two 27 sessions scheduled for later this year. Category IX—Essential Resources Criterion 9A— Water Supply Within Spokane Valley Fire Department's (SVFD) service area, 23 separate water purveyors provide water for firefighting. The majority have inter-connected water lines in case of emergency shortages. They all draw water from the Spokane Valley—Rathdrum Prairie Aquifer, a reliable source that supplies the greater Spokane,Washington and Coeur d'Alene, Idaho regions. The agency has identified and made arrangements to use privately owned water reservoirs and wells in areas without public fire hydrants. The agency has mutual aid agreements with area fire districts to request water tenders in rural residential areas without water systems. The water supply resources available to the department are reliable and capable of distributing adequate volumes of water and pressures to all areas of agency responsibility. All areas meet fire flow requirements for emergencies. The fire prevention bureau maintains records regarding water supply reliability, capability, availability, maintenance, testing and improvements. One assistant fire marshal: oversees the fire hydrant program; functions as a water liaison officer with the water purveyors for coordination purposes, to review and approve the required fire flow for all significant new construction developments; and addresses any problems that develop with the pressurized water system. The agency personnel are trained annually in tender operations, water systems and hydrant testing and operations. Fire crews take part in testing hydrants within the agency on an annual basis; each crew tests an average of 130 hydrants per year. Fire flow data on individual fire hydrants is electronically recorded back to 1985. Public fire hydrants, private reservoirs, private fire hydrants and manual water inter-connection valves are maintained in both hard-copy and electronic format. Responding crews have on-board mobile data computers to access the information through the agency's records management system (RMS). This information is incorporated in the electronic pre-fire plans and property information files on all commercial properties. Water supply information is supplied to mutual aid fire agencies that may provide additional firefighting capabilities and resources. SVFD has identified some older residential areas and rural areas that do not have adequate fire hydrant placement. SVFD is encouraging the water purveyors to install additional new fire hydrants in areas that are having new sewer lines installed. Many water purveyors are replacing old or undersized water lines in conjunction with the new sewer systems. Criterion 9B— Communication Systems The Spokane Valley Fire Department(SVFD)receives its communication services from the Combined Communications Center(CCC),which is located in nearby Spokane,WA. The CCC is funded through a call volume fee structure. The CCC provides dispatch service for 15 fire agencies in Spokane County. The CCC also operates the enhanced 911 emergency call center. Public access is via the local telephone system. A two-tier dispatch process is used,utilizing 911 call takers staffed by Spokane County 911 and fire dispatchers employed by the CCC. The 911 operators receive incoming calls, determine the nature of the emergency and route them to the appropriate dispatch agency (fire or law). The agency does not have direct control or influence of the 28 communication agency. The SVFD fire chief does,however,hold a seat on the CCC board and provides input on the center's operations. The public and the department have an adequate, effective and efficient emergency communications system. The system is reliable and able to meet the demands of major operations, including command and control within fire and rescue services during emergency operations, and meets the needs of other public safety agencies having a need for the distribution of information. The communication enter was constructed in 2007 and provides dispatch services for area police, fire and EMS. The communications center is equipped with an uninterrupted electrical power supply and a diesel-powered generator. The building is fueled with natural gas and is equipped with a back-up supply of liquefied petroleum gas. The communications center has adequate phone lines and circuits for meeting the incoming call volume associated with emergencies. Minimum staffing of the communications center includes a shift supervisor and two dispatchers. Three relief dispatchers and two floating dispatchers are used to maintain or exceed minimum staffing. The manager and assistant manager are able to assume call taker or dispatch functions should the need arise during times of high call volume. The on-duty supervisor can be pressed into similar service, if necessary,but it is recognized that this should be avoided, if at all possible, to ensure appropriate supervision capability continues to be in place at all times. There are provisions to staff up the center within one hour for such situations as major weather related emergencies. Station and apparatus alerting are provided by the EnRoute computer aided dispatch system via alarm tones and digital paging. In partnership between Spokane area cities and county public safety agencies, the agency uses a simulcast paging system via digital microwaves. The radio system consists of: a status channel for non-emergency traffic; six pre-designated primary tactical channels; and seven secondary or alternate tactical channels. Dispatchers have the ability to control the radio frequencies from their computer workstations. This allows them to create tactical groups as needed. The CCC manages the daily use of the radio system and paging while the city-county radio shop maintains both systems. The back- up communications center, located in Mead, WA, is activated for system updates as needed. Regularly scheduled testing of the back-up communications center should be conducted and documented in order to assure the back-up communications center is ready for deployment. Mobile data computers are installed on all fire apparatus. The agency assigns portable radios to every riding position on first line apparatus, all command staff personnel and other specialty assignments. All apparatus and staff positions have been issued cellular telephones for back-up communications. The CCC fire dispatchers are certified as emergency medical dispatchers through the National Academies of Emergency Dispatchers and use ProQATM patient protocol software. The center operates under comprehensive standard operating guidelines (SOG) that provide a central core of directives from which personnel can effectively, efficiently and safely meet the expected levels of service for all emergency events. All SOGs are reviewed annually by selected personnel, assigned to the call taking and dispatch functions, who work with the supervisory staff to complete the initial review; the CCC board reviews and approves any recommended changes that affect overall service delivery. The CCC is in the planning stages of a new trunked radio system. The radio system will be a digital 800 megahertz system and Project 25 compliant. The CCC is estimating the new radio 29 system will be deployed in 2013. Criterion 9C—Administrative Support Services and Office Systems The administrative support services at Spokane Valley Fire Department(SVFD) have continued to evolve over time. The administrative director supervises the administrative support staff that currently has four full-time administrative assistants and one receptionist. Two of the administrative assistants are assigned to the fire prevention bureau and the other two are assigned in the general office. The fourth administrative assistant and the receptionist position were added within the last five years as the agency grew and administrative functions expanded and changed. Adding the receptionist position allowed the administrative assistants to engage in increasingly more detailed work without phone interruptions thereby creating additional time for them to assist staff, as needed,with maintaining the website, creating various computer reports, data analysis and research. The receptionist provides a constant person in the front office to effectively route incoming calls, sort and distribute mail, complete copy projects and assist with ordering supplies. All of the administrative assistants interact with members of the public. The administrative director participates in planning and assessment of agency administrative functions, maintains the business records of the agency, follows state records retention policies and participates in various communications between the agency and outside agencies. Responsibilities for each of the agency's internal systems reside within agency divisions and are accompanied by policies and procedures for their governance and use. The agency has a comprehensive records management program. The administrative director engages in a wide variety of public interaction with members of staff in meetings and committees, external organizations and with the board of fire commissioners. Administrative support services and general office systems are in place with adequate staff to efficiently and effectively conduct and manage the department's administrative functions, such as organizational planning and assessment,resource coordination, data analysis, research,records keeping,reporting,business communications, public interaction and purchasing. The agency has adequate clerical resources,records systems,business communications equipment, computers, workstations and other general office supplies to support the needs of the agency. The staff members are a strong resource to the various functions and divisions of the fire agency and play a large part in the process of continuous improvement. Information Services (IS) is a technical division within the agency that provides information services and technical support 24-7 for the agency. IS has developed a computer training manual to assist personnel in software operations. Given the rapid advancement of information services technology, continuing education for IS personnel should be planned and provided to stay ahead of the future internal demand for support services and critical operational requirements. The administrative director has cross-trained the administrative assistants in all critical responsibilities and tasks. The cross-trained staff members are able to conduct the day-to-day continuity of office operations and maintain office efficiencies and effectiveness. If one administrative assistant is out of the office for vacation, sick leave or attending training, another one of them can effectively fill in for the other. 30 Category X—External Systems Relationships The Spokane Valley Fire Department(SVFD) promotes a regional and local approach to all services. This is accomplished through sharing resources across varied geopolitical subdivisions,with agreements between external allied and cooperating agencies. These relationships exist to support the agency's customers with a level of service designed to meet their needs and expectations. Through a system of contract agreements and public-private partnerships,with clearly defined performance measurements, the agency remains flexible to the dynamic processes of supporting well thought-out emergency services and programs. The department's operations and planning efforts include relationships with external agencies and operational systems that affect or may influence its mission, operations or cost effectiveness. The agency understands and supports the need to integrate resources across jurisdictional boundaries and provides response capabilities for other jurisdictions in the area. The SVFD has several written mutual aid agreements including: 15 traditional inter jurisdictional mutual aid agreements; 7 special services aid agreements; and 6 automatic aid agreements. The agency's technical rescue and swift water rescue team operates routinely with the City of Spokane Fire Department. The agency also participates in the Spokane County Regional Incident Management Team (IMT),which is a National Incident Management System (NIMS) Type III All-Hazard Incident Management Team. By entering into these arrangements, the agency has ensured an advanced state of preparedness to immediately respond should there be a major emergency that exceeds the agency's internal capabilities. The agency has well-developed and functioning external agency agreements. The system is synergistic and is taking advantage of all operational and cost effective benefits that may be derived from external agency agreements. The agency participates on the appropriate local and regional governance boards, advisory groups and intergovernmental councils to review related policies and resolve potential contract issues. The agency reviews all agreements on a regular basis to ensure they continue to identify the current expected practices by all parties during a simultaneous response to a common emergency. All new agreements and revised agreements are reviewed and approved by the SVFD's attorney. The agency should ensure that new or revised relationships have a clearly outlined conflict resolution process. The SVFD has established a matrix to track the status of its external relationships and agreements. The matrix identifies the agency, scope, initial date, revised date, termination date and personal responsibility for the agreements. The agency should identify the person responsible for assuring relationships and agreements are current and up to date, and complete the responsibility component of the matrix. 31 Spokane Valley Fire Department Citizens I 2010 Organizational Chart Fire Effective April,2010 Commissioners thil Service Commission Fire Chief Adminu'tetive Financial Advisor Ruman 0.esarlce Director Dfecter Administrative 1 Fire Marshal AssisranD Receptionist Deputy.Fire Marshal Fire Protection m Eng Meer I i Deputy chief Deputy Chief Operations Support Services 1 1 1 Rattafon Chief ■ Day captain Trailing nartaion C Battalion 2 Captains AM I Information Captains Fleet operations Training Officers p :.ttalion Chief Din• supervisor systems Administrator Engineers Engineers lb Milky Information Igo rmatecn Systems analyst Systems Specialist Paramedics Paramedics mechanics Firefighters Firefighters 32 Strategic Recommendations 1) It is recommended that the Spokane Valley Fire Department use 2010 United States Census local data for a current and accurate count of population for the jurisdiction. Once current population data is received, a revised community analysis should be conducted in order to achieve an accurate classification for each planning zone that addresses urban, suburban and rural population densities. A bottoms-up Risk Assessment of the District will be completed in 2012. This new population information will be included in this assessment. a. Find all the requisite population data b. Divide the district into Urban, Suburban, and Rural zones c. Incorporate the new data in the SAM and Standards of Cover 2) The agency's current method of directing the public education program through evaluation forms, administrator contacts, and parent/guardian follow-ups should be more formalized. The agency should complete it's 2012 plans for the writing of more detailed guidelines to direct the program. Create, document, and institute a plan to evaluate, update, and deliver all aspects of Pub Ed. This must include the mission/intent of the program. (by Jan 2012) a. Create a work group b. Develop goals and objectives Mission statement Review existing programs c. Develop comprehensive plan d. Assign tasks e. Gather and document feedback f. Assess and re-assess Specific Recommendations 1) Criterion 2B.3 Fire Risk Assessment and Response Strategies The agency should evaluate, document and incorporate the presence of fire protection, suppression and detection systems, building construction types and life safety exposures in existing occupancy classifications. It should integrate these characteristics in the fire risk assessment process. A bottoms-up Risk Assessment of the District will be completed in 2012. Qualitative data will be available by then from prevention. a. Team with T. Harvey and others to develop a plan/set goals b. Gather necessary information c. Incorporate information into a new Risk Assessment for the Standards of Cover d. Evaluate the impact on delivery of services (Apparatus/Manning/ect.) 2) Criterion 2C.3 Non-Fire Risk Assessment and Response Strategies The agency should evaluate, document and incorporate environmental conditions, transportation incidents, hazardous processes and life exposures in existing non-fire risk classifications; it should integrate these characteristics in the assessment process. A bottoms-up Risk Assessment of the District will be completed in 2012. This additional data will be incorporated at that time. a. Gather information b. Incorporate information into the Risk Assessment in 2012 3) Criterion 2D.2 Strategic Planning The agency should develop a single document, or identify an existing document, stating the formal approval of the strategic plan within the agency. Completed 08/2011 4) Criterion 5D.5 Fire Investigation Program The agency should formalize agreements and procedures with those Law Enforcement agencies having jurisdiction or providing support within and to the Spokane Valley response district. a. Identify and locate agreements b. Review existing agreements and propose changes if needed c. Renew (if necessary) and Formalize d. Create time line for review 5) Criterion 8A.4 Training The agency should conduct two night drills annually of three hours in length, per Insurance Service Office (ISO) requirements. a. Task training to plan and schedule 2 night drills annually 6) Criterion 9A.6 Water Supply The SVFD has identified and documented areas of the city with inadequate hydrant placement. The agency should develop a plan and secure funding to address areas with inadequate hydrant coverage. a. Identify the 6 water districts where there are hydrant issues b. Contact them and discuss FEASIBLE potential solutions c. Develop a strategy to affect improvements 7) Criterion 9B.7 Communications Systems The back-up communications center, located in Mead, WA is activated for system updates as needed. Regularly scheduled testing of the back-up communications center should be conducted and documented in order to assure the back-up communications center is ready for deployment. a. Place an item on the CCC ops meeting agenda to accomplish this b. Follow up at a later date to ensure compliance 8) Criterion 9C.3 Administrative Support Services and Office Systems Information Services (IS) has developed a computer training manual to assist personnel in software operations. Given the rapid advancement of information services technology, continuing education for IS personnel should be planned and provided in order to stay ahead of the future internal demand for support services and critical operational requirements. a. Provide resources for continuing education for IS b. If feasible, create a training manual for IS personnel. 9) Criterion 10A.4 External Agency Relationships The agency should ensure new or revised defined relationships have a clearly outlined conflict resolution process. a. Research existing conflict resolution processes b. Prepare a conflict resolution template/example c. Incorporate into the process as needed 10)Criterion 10B.3 External Agency Agreements The agency should identify the person responsible for assuring relationships and agreements are current and up to date, and complete the responsibility component of the matrix. a. Research responsible party for agreements b. Update the matrix c. Establish a review process Spokane Valley Fire Department Earns Accreditation Commission on Fire Accreditation International 1 1W What is Accreditation ? An assessment of every aspect of the Fire Department A measurement of how well we deliver services A recommendation of how and where we need to improve A commitment to continuous quality improvement Why Accredit with CFAI? The only internationally recognized accreditation process for the Fire Service Identifies strengths and shortcomings Directs future growth and efforts Public / Customer directed Key Paradigms Public Feedback Accurate and quantitative response data Continuous Improvement Recorn mendations Formalize Public Education Programs Recommendations Conduct a revised community analysis based on population density (among other factors) which identifies Urban , Suburban , and Rural planning zones . The Payoff Improved delivery of Emergency Services Proactive Public Education Cost effective and comprehensive direction for the future . I A N -' I 1411/ZQIIIV6 Spokane Valley Fire Department is one of 144 Internationally Accredited Agencies . The nearest Accredited Agency is over 200 miles away in Bellingham , WA. CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: October 11, 2011 Department Director Approval: ❑ Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ❑ new business ❑ public hearing ❑ information ® admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Bonneville Power Administration (BPA) Electrical Transmission Facilities Renewal Franchise GOVERNING LEGISLATION: RCW 35A.47.040 PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: None. BACKGROUND: Spokane County and the Bonneville Power Administration formed a franchise agreement on January 9, 1959 to "construct, operate and maintain one or more electric power transmission circuits with appurtenant fixture across, over and upon the right of way of the county road or roads." This agreement was for a period of 50 years expiring January 9, 2009. The City inherited this franchise upon incorporation. Because the franchise is expired, the City needs to sign a new franchise agreement. Staff has been in negotiations with BPA to renew the franchise agreement. The new agreement is a franchise to: Install, locate, construct, maintain, repair, reconstruct, upgrade, operate, use, patrol, and, if necessary, remove electrical transmission facilities along with lines of poles or structures and appurtenances thereto, supporting conductors of one or more electric circuits of any voltage and any communication lines or equipment and appurtenances thereto ("Transmission System"), in, on, under, upon, over, along, across or through the roads, highways, streets, alleys, bridges, rights-of-way. This franchise agreement is different from franchises with private utilities because it is a franchise with the federal government. Typically in franchises with private utilities, the City requires insurance to limit the City's liability if damages are caused from the franchise. Local jurisdictions are precluded by federal law from requiring such provisions from the federal government in franchise agreements. The City will need to publish a copy of the franchise in the newspaper prior to adoption, at BPA's cost. Staff recommends approval of the proposed franchise. OPTIONS: Council can approve the franchise, or request changes. RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: Consensus to place on a future agenda for a first reading. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: STAFF CONTACT: Cary Driskell — City Attorney ATTACHMENTS: 1. Proposed franchise w/ BPA. 2. Map showing general location of BPA facilities. DRAFT CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY SPOKANE COUNTY,WASHINGTON ORDINANCE NO. 11-*** AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY, SPOKANE COUNTY, WASHINGTON, GRANTING A NON-EXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE TO THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,ACTING BY AND THROUGH THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY,BONNEVILLE POWER ADMINISTRATION FOR A NONEXCLUSIVE FRANCHISE TO CONSTRUCT,MAINTAIN,AND OPERATE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION FACILITIES UPON, OVER,UNDER,ALONG, ACROSS,AND THROUGH CERTAIN CITY ROADS AND PUBLIC HIGHWAYS,OR PARTS THEREOF. WHEREAS, the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, acting by and through the United States Department of Energy, Bonneville Power Administration, has applied for a nonexclusive franchise, for a term of 25 years, to install, locate, construct, maintain, repair, reconstruct, upgrade, operate, use, patrol, and, if necessary, remove electrical transmission facilities consisting of lines of poles or structures and appurtenances thereto, supporting conductors of one or more electric circuits of any voltage and any communication lines or equipment and appurtenances thereto, in, on, under, upon, over, along, across and through the City roads, highways, streets, alleys, and bridges described in said application by reference to the sections, townships, and ranges in which said roads, highways, streets, alleys, and bridges are physically located within the City of Spokane Valley, State of Washington, including any additional areas annexed by the City of Spokane Valley during the time this franchise is valid, and except the areas covered by those easements acquired by Grantee prior to City of Spokane Valley ownership. WHEREAS, RCW 80.32.010 authorizes cities to "grant authority for the construction, maintenance and operation of transmission lines for transmitting electric power, together with poles,wires and other appurtenances,upon, over, along and across any such public street or road, . . . and to prescribe the terms and conditions on which the transmission line and its appurtenances, shall be constructed, maintained and operated upon, over, along and across the road or street, and the grade or elevation at which the same shall be constructed, maintained and operated"; and WHEREAS, RCW 35A.47.040 authorizes code cities to grant franchises for use of public rights-of-way; and WHEREAS, it is in the public interest to grant a franchise to the United States of America, acting by and through the U.S. Department of Energy, Bonneville Power Administration. NOW THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Spokane Valley, Spokane County, Washington, ordains as follows: Ordinance 11- , BPA Franchise Page 1 of 5 DRAFT Section 1. Grant of Franchise. The City of Spokane Valley hereby grants to the United States of America, acting by and through the U.S. Department of Energy, Bonneville Power Administration ("Grantee"), subject to all provisions, conditions, covenants and requirements of this agreement, the right, privilege and nonexclusive franchise ("Franchise"), to install, locate, construct, maintain, repair, reconstruct, upgrade, operate, use, patrol, and, if necessary, remove electrical transmission facilities along with lines of poles or structures and appurtenances thereto, supporting conductors of one or more electric circuits of any voltage and any communication lines or equipment and appurtenances thereto ("Transmission System"), in, on, under, upon, over, along, across or through the roads, highways, streets, alleys, bridges, rights-of-way, which lie within those legal subdivisions within the City of Spokane Valley ("City"), Washington, including any additional areas annexed by the City during the time this franchise is valid, and except the areas covered by those easements acquired by Grantee prior to City ownership. Section 2. Costs. All costs of construction, repair, alteration, relocation or removal of any part of the Transmission System shall be paid by the Grantee. Grantee shall reimburse the City for all costs of one publication of this Franchise in a local newspaper, and required legal notices prior to any public hearing regarding this Franchise, contemporaneous with its acceptance of this Franchise. Grantee shall be subject to all permit and inspection fees associated with activities undertaken through the authority granted in this Franchise or under City Code. Grantee shall be subject to all permit and inspection fees associated with activities undertaken through the authority granted in this Franchise or under City Code. Section 3. Franchise not Exclusive. This Franchise shall not be deemed to be an exclusive Franchise. It shall in no manner prohibit City from granting other Franchises of a like and compatible nature or Franchises for public or private utilities under, along, across, over, and upon any of the City roads, rights-of-way, or other property subject to this Franchise and shall in no way restrict, prevent, or prohibit City from constructing, altering, maintaining, or using any of said roads or rights-of-way, drainage structures or facilities, irrigation structures or facilities, or any other City property or affect its jurisdiction over them or any part of them with full power to make all necessary construction, alterations, changes, relocations, repairs, or maintenance, which the City may deem necessary. Section 4. Map and Specifications to be Provided to the City. Prior to commencement of any new construction of any portion of the Transmission System, Grantee shall provide the City its plans and specifications to do such work. "New construction" means any new line of transmission line towers and conductors within Grantee's existing right-of-way or in new right-of-way. It would not include maintaining Grantee's existing lines or replacing (rebuild) of Grantee's conductors or poles in exactly the same locations, or the addition of a communication line to Grantee's existing towers and right of way, as required for the operation and maintenance of Grantee's facilities. Plans and specifications submitted to the City shall show the position, depth, or height, and location of all lines and facilities sought to be constructed, laid, installed or erected at that time, and shall show their relative position to existing City roads, rights-of-way, or other City property, upon plans drawn to scale indicating exact distance hereinafter collectively referred to as the "map of definite location." The Transmission System shall be constructed in exact conformity with said map of definite location, Ordinance 11- , BPA Franchise Page 2 of 5 DRAFT except in instances in which Grantee determines that a deviation may be necessary, and after approval by the City. Section 5. Construction Standards. All work shall be done in accordance with current standards and codes, in a thorough, professional and workmanlike manner with minimum interference to public use of the City rights-of-way. Grantee is responsible for the supervision, condition, and quality of the work done, whether it is by itself or by contractors, assigns or agencies. Section 6. All City Road Rights Reserved. City expressly reserves any and all rights which it now has or may hereafter acquire with respect to City roads, rights-of-ways, or other City property, and this Franchise shall not be construed to in any way limit or restrict any authority, power, rights, or privileges which City now has or may hereafter acquire to control and regulate the use of City roads, rights-of-way, and other City property covered by this Franchise. Section 7. City May Change and Improve Roads without Liability. If City shall at any time improve or change any City road or right-of-way subject to this Franchise by grading, regrading, surfacing, or paving the same, or by changing, altering, repairing, or relocating the grade thereof or by construction of drainage facilities, Grantee shall, upon written notice from the City, at Grantee's sole expense, with all reasonable speed, change the location or readjust the elevation of its Transmission System and other facilities so that the same shall not interfere with such City work and so such lines and facilities shall conform to such new grades as may be established. City shall in no respect be held liable for any damages, costs, or expenses to Grantee that may occur by reason of any of the City's improvements, changes, or work above enumerated, except insofar as such damages, costs, or expenses shall be caused by negligence of the City's employees or agents. Section 8. Protection of Monuments. Grantee shall comply with applicable state laws relating to protection of monuments. Section 9. Vacation of City Roads — Alternative Route. If at any time City shall vacate any City road, right-of-way or other City property which is subject to rights granted by this Franchise, City shall grant an alternate route with the consultation of Grantee or reserve an easement for the benefit of Grantee, and by giving 60 days written notice to Grantee, terminate this Franchise with reference to such City road, right-of-way, or other City property so vacated. Section 10. Federal Tort Claims Act/Insurance. Grantee is an agency of the Federal government and is subject to the Federal Tort Claims Act, 62 Stat. 982, as amended, as may hereinafter be amended or superseded, and other applicable law. Pursuant to the Federal Tort Claims Act, Grantee agrees to be responsible for any loss or damage arising out of Grantee's activities under this Franchise. Contracting personnel are hired under federal contracting guidelines and are required to carry insurance. Section 11. Revocation for Non-Compliance. In the event that Grantee substantially violates or fails to comply with any of the material provisions of this Franchise, Grantee shall forfeit all rights conferred hereunder and this Franchise shall be revocable by the City at its discretion, provided, however, the City shall provide Grantee with written notice of its intention Ordinance 11- , BPA Franchise Page 3 of 5 DRAFT to revoke the Franchise, specifying the nature of such violation, failure, or neglect, and shall give Grantee a reasonable timeframe negotiated between the parties, not less than 90 days in which to cure such violation, failure, or neglect. Section 12. Grantee's Address. The address of Grantee is: Bonneville Power Administration 905 N.E. 11th Ave. P.O. Box 3621, Mail Stop TERS-3 Portland, OR 97208-3621 Any notification required to be given to Grantee may be given to the address above stated, provided that Grantee may from time to time notify City in writing of change of address to which notifications are to be sent. Section 13. Term. This nonexclusive Franchise agreement shall expire 25 years from the effective date. Section 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall be in full force and effect five days after publication of the Ordinance, or a summary thereof, in the official newspaper of the City of Spokane Valley as provided by law, following passage by the City Council. Adopted this day of , 2011 City of Spokane Valley Thomas E. Towey,Mayor ATTEST: Christine Bainbridge, City Clerk Approved as to Form: Date of Publication: Office of the City Attorney Effective Date: Ordinance 11- , BPA Franchise Page 4 of 5 DRAFT Accepted by BPA Margareth H. Wolcott, Realty Officer The Grantee, BPA for itself, and for its successors and assigns, does accept all of the terms and conditions of the foregoing Franchise. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, has signed this day of 2011. Subscribed and sworn before me this day of , 2011. Notary Public in and for the State of residing in My commission expires Ordinance 11- , BPA Franchise Page 5 of 5 .�N' d andiana Ave Oab A. slon Ave �®� Liberty I . '��_'- ° A Lake ®Broadway Ave �I - ._ - B oad vay Ave ®® i �I ® P44�e y to mmmr ji " ®®' She/tey rrAtoliA cax` ■ L'•A plewayBlvd ® �� ii �v�+ter b ighth Ave yr 00•x 1 ted,A•r� ® Saltes a NI ®4'i Map 6.1 Utilities Legend City of Spokane Valley Boundary Urban Growth Area IlkWater Bodies Utilities AT&T Optic • Avista Sub Station • Avista Future Sub Station ♦ BPA Sub Station • NWP Meter Station ♦ IP&L Sub Station ♦ Sub Station A Cell Towers — — -Avista Future —Avista 115 KV —Avista 210 KV —BPA 115KV —BPA 230KV —BPA 500 KV —Vera 115K —CDALine -Pacific Gas Line Yellowstone Terminal Avista Gas Yellowstone PGT Gas Line Effective Date:5/10/2006 Ordinance No.:06-010 jam. 0 0.5 Map Location 2 Miles Notice:The information shown on this map is compiled from various sources and is subject to constant revision.The City makes no dainty or guarantees about the accuracy or currency of this map and expressly disclaims liability for errors and omissions in its contents. To confirm accumcy contact the City of Spokane Valley,Community Development Department,Division of Planning,(509)921-1000. Product of the City or Spokane Valley,community Development Department DRAFT ADVANCE AGENDA For Planning Discussion Purposes Only as of October 5,2011; 1:30 p.m. Please note this is a work in progress; items are tentative To: Council& Staff From: City Clerk,by direction of City Manager Re: Draft Schedule for Upcoming Council Meetings October 18,2011, Study Session Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon, Oct 10] 1. CDBG Project Ideas-Scott Kuhta (15 minutes) 2.Budget Amendment,2011 -Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 3. Code Compliance Report-John Hohman (20 minutes) 4. Sign Code-John Hohman (30 minutes) 5. City Signs-Mike Stone (15 minutes) 6. Car Shows-Mike Stone (15 minutes) 7. Speed Limits-Neil Kersten (20 minutes) 8. School Beacon Grant Opportunity-Ingo.Note (10 minutes) 9.Helmet Safety Discussion-Cary Driskell (15 minutes) 10. Solid Waste Update-Neil Kersten (20 minutes) 11. Old Milwaukee Right-of-way-Neil Kersten/Mike Stone (15 minutes) 12. Revised Draft Legislative Agenda-Mike Jackson (10 minutes) 13. Streamlined Sales Tax-Mike Jackson/Mark Calhoun (10 minutes) 14.Advance Agenda-Mayor Towey (15 minutes) [*estimated meeting: 225 minutes] October 25,2011,Formal Meeting Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon, Oct 17] 1. PUBLIC HEARING: 2011 Amended Budget-Mark Calhoun (10 minutes) 2. PUBLIC HEARING: CDBG-Scott Kuhta (10 minutes) 3. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-014,Bike/Pedestrian Master Program-Mike Basinger(15 minutes) 4. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance, 11-015 Levy Property Tax-Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 5. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-016,tax confirmation-Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 6.First Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-017 Adopting 2012 Budget-Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 7.First Reading Proposed Ordinance, 11-018 Franchise Agreement Bonneville Power-Cary Driskell(20 minutes) 8. Proposed Resolution Amending Fee Resolution for 2012-Mark Calhoun (20 minutes) 9.Motion Consideration: Draft Legislative Agenda-Mike Jackson (10 minutes) 10.Motion Consideration: Participation in Traffic School Program-Morgan Koudelka (10 minutes) 11.Admin Report: Lodging Tax Funding-Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 12. Info Only: Dept Reports [*estimated meeting: 155 minutes] November 1,2011, Study Session Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Oct 24] 1. Spokane Regional Sports Commission Update-Eric Sawyer (10 minutes) 2. Public Facilities District Presentation,Proposed Convention Center Completion-Kevin Twohig (20 minutes) 3. Landscaping Code Amendments-John Hohman (30 minutes) 4. Economic Development Update-Mike Jackson,John Hohman (30 minutes) 5. Railroad Quiet Zones-Mike Jackson (20 minutes) 6. Chapter 1,Draft Governance Manual-Mayor Towey,Councilmember Gothmann, C.Bainbridge (30 min) 7.Advance Agenda-Mayor Towey (5 minutes) [*estimated meeting: 145 minutes] November 8,2011,No meeting (3 councilmembers attending a conference) Draft Advance Agenda 10/6/2011 3:46:07 PM Page 1 of 2 November 15,2011, Special,Formal Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Nov 7] 1. Consent Agenda(claims,payroll,minutes) (5 minutes) 2. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance 11-017 Adopting 2012 Budget—Mark Calhoun (15 minutes) 3.First Reading Proposed Ordinance Amending 2011 Budget—Mark Calhoun (10 minutes) 4.Motion Consideration: Funding Allocation,Lodging Tax—Mark Calhoun (10 minutes) 5.Advance Agenda—Mayor Towey (5 minutes) [*estimated meeting: 45 minutes] November 22,2011; NO MEETING(Thanksgiving week) November 29,2011, Study Session Format 6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Nov 21] 1. Info Only: Dept Reports [*estimated meeting: minutes] December 6,2011, Study Session Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Nov 28] 1. Oath of Office for Council positions#3 and 5—Chris Bainbridge (10 minutes) 2.Advance Agenda—Mayor Towey (5 minutes) [*estimated meeting: minutes] December 13,2011,Formal Meeting Format, 6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Dec 5] 1. Consent Agenda(claims,payroll,minutes) (5 minutes) 2. Second Reading Proposed Ordinance Amending 2011 Budget—Mark Calhoun (10 minutes) 3. Committee,Boards,Commission Mayoral Appointments—Mayor Towey (15 minutes) [*estimated meeting: minutes] December 20, 2011,No meeting(Christmas Week) December 27, 2011,Formal Meeting Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Mon,Dec 19]] 1. Info Only: Dept Reports [*estimated meeting: minutes] January 3,2012, Study Session Format,6:00 p.m. [due date Tue,Dec 27] 1. Oath of Office for Council positions #2, 3 and 6—Chris Bainbridge (10 minutes) 2.Mayor and Deputy Mayor Elections—Chris Bainbridge (15 minutes) [*estimated meeting: minutes] OTHER PENDING AND/OR UPCOMING ISSUES/MEETINGS: Bidding Contracts(SVMC 3.—bidding exceptions) Revenue Policy,Cost Recovery Centennial Trail Agreement School Flashing Beacons,Bowdish Middle,et al Contracts,Annual Renewals Senior Housing Franchise Ord.,Bonneville Power(2" reading) Shoreline Draft Goals and Policies Greenacres Trail/Northern Railroad Sidewalks Investment Accounts Site Selector Update Milwaukee Right-of-way Speed Limits(Indiana etc) Mission Ave Design(Mission&Long ped. crossing) Sprague Appleway Corridor Environ.Assessment Parking/Paving Options(for driveways,etc.) Stormwater Projects for Grant Funding Pavement Management Program Update Stormwater Contracts Prosecution Services WIRA,Water Protection Commitment,Public Educ. Public Input Process for Capital Projects Railroad Quiet Zones *time for public or council comments not included Retreat(Jan or Feb 2012) Draft Advance Agenda 10/6/2011 3:46:07 PM Page 2 of 2 CITY OF SPOKANE VALLEY Request for Council Action Meeting Date: Oct 11th, 2011 Department Director Approval: Check all that apply: ❑ consent ❑ old business ® new business ❑ public hearing ® information ❑ admin. report ❑ pending legislation ❑ executive session AGENDA ITEM TITLE: Fall 2011 Flashing Beacon Grants GOVERNING LEGISLATION: N/A PREVIOUS COUNCIL ACTION TAKEN: None BACKGROUND: The Washington Traffic Safety Commission has issued a Request for Proposals for School Zone Flashing Beacon projects. Applications are due November 1st and speed studies must be completed prior to submitting the application. Applicants will be notified if their projects have been selected on November 18. This past spring we were awarded $15,000 to complete two school zones. These funds were used at Orchard Center Elementary and Chester Elementary. The Public Works Department plans to submit applications again this year for two or three school zones. With this round the eligibility has been expanded to include middle schools. A summary of characteristics for each potential school zone is shown in Table 1. The following criteria were used to determine which school zone to select: • School has frontage or major crosswalk on an arterial street. • High volume of traffic on street. • High percentage of students walking or biking. • Sheriff's Department identified school as problem area. • Priority from the School Districts. Based on the criteria above, the City has selected following schools to further analyze: Evergreen Middle School East Valley Middle School Bowdish Middle School McDonald Elementary Kindergarten Center Construction for any funded projects will be completed through the Spokane County maintenance contract. Surveying work will be contracted out to a consultant. The grant typically covers the equipment purchase and all other expenses are paid from City funds. OPTIONS: Please let us know if you have questions or would like additional information. We will return on 10/18/11 with a final list. RECOMMENDED ACTION OR MOTION: None. BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACTS: None. STAFF CONTACT: Neil Kersten, Public Works Director; Inga Note, Senior Traffic Engineer ATTACHMENTS: None.